1 MISSION STATEMENT

Musicians Institute is dedicated to inspiring artistic and academic excellence while preparing students for careers in the music and entertainment industry. Our cutting- edge educational offerings provide the information, skills and expertise necessary for musicians and creative professionals to achieve their goals. We strive to develop a diverse array of talented individuals who can enrich the global community with their artistic contributions.

INSTITUTIONAL OBJECTIVES: Musicians Institute strives to: • Offer curricula focused on developing essential knowledge and practical skills. • Provide a diverse faculty with active professional expertise and experience. • Train students in facilities designed and equipped according to professional music and entertainment industry standards. • Emphasize current applications in the context of historical and current trends and influences. • Emphasize the exploration of global and experimental musical influences. • Provide students with regular access to successful visiting artists and professionals. • Provide resources, facilities, and support for professional and creative collaboration, the development of their craft and networking opportunities. • Provide resources, facilities, and support to prepare students for careers in the music and entertainment industry. • Create an institutional-wide culture that celebrates diversity, is positive, and inspirational to the community at large.

DIVERSITY STATEMENT Musicians Institute is committed to fostering an inclusive and diverse environment for the community it serves. Members of the MI community include students, faculty, administration, families, and visiting artists. As an institution that is dedicated to preparing students for careers in the diversified music and entertainment industry, MI strives to cultivate talented individuals from across all backgrounds with conscious efforts to enrich the global public.

This course catalog was last updated on: 8/31/2021 I TABLE OF CONTENTS

MISSION STATEMENT 1 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 82 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 3 DJ Performance & Production 82 CERTIFICATE 5 Artist/Producer/Entrepreneur 84 DJ Performance & Production 6 Music Business 87 Artist / Producer / Entrepreneur 9 Bass 94 Music Business 12 Drum 98 Bass 14 Guitar 102 Drum 17 Keyboad Technology 105 Guitar 20 Vocal 108 Keyboard Technology 23 Songwriting 112 Vocal 26 Independent Artist Development 113 Songwriting 29 Electronic Music Production 116 Independent Artist Development 32 Studio Recording Technology 118 Electronic Music Production 36 Bachelor of Music in Studio Recording Technology 39 Songwriting & Production 124 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 42 Common Course Electives 129 Bass 44 Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) 130 Drum 49 ARTIST & CAREER SERVICES 131 Guitar 54 TUITION & FEES 132 Keyboard Technology 59 POLICIES 134 Vocal 64 FACULTY BIOS 150 A.S. in Music Business 69 A.S. in Studio Recording Technology 74 BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE 78 Bachelor of Music in Songwriting & Production 78

II ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ACADEMIC CALENDAR

FALL QUARTER 2021 2022 2023

Re-Registration August 9 – September 18 August 15 – September 24 August 14 – September 23

Financial Aid Application Deadline 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration

New Student Registration September 20 – October 1 September 26 – October 7 September 25 – October 6

New Student Orientation September 30 October 6 October 5

Quarter Begins October 4 October 10 October 9

*Thanksgiving Break November 25 – 26 November 24 – 25 November 23 – 24

Final Exams December 13 – 17 December 19 – 23 December 18 – 22

Graduation December 18 December 23 December 23

Quarter Break December 19 – January 9 December 24 – January 8 December 24 – January 7

*Christmas Break December 24 – 25 December 25 – 26 December 25 – 26

WINTER QUARTER 2022 2023 2024

Re-Registration November 8 – December 18 November 14 – December 23 November 13 – December 23

Financial Aid Application Deadline 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration

New Student Registration December 20 – January 7 December 27 – January 6 December 27 – January 5

New Student Orientation January 6 January 5 January 4

*New Year’s Day January 1 January 1 – 2 January 1 – 2

Quarter Begins January 10 January 9 January 8

*Martin Luther King Day January 17 January 16 January 15

Final Exams March 21 – 25 March 20 – 24 March 18 – 22

Graduation March 26 March 25 March 23

Quarter Break March 27 – April 10 March 26 – April 9 March 24 – April 7

*School Closed

3 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ACADEMIC CALENDAR

SPRING QUARTER 2022 2023 2024

Re-Registration February 14 – March 26 February 13 – March 24 February 12 – March 23

Financial Aid Application Deadline 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration

New Student Registration March 28 – April 8 March 27 – April 7 March 25 – April 5

New Student Orientation April 7 April 6 April 4

Quarter Begins April 11 April 10 April 8

*Memorial Day May 30 May 29 May 27

Final Exams June 20 – 24 June 19 – 23 June 17 – 21

Graduation June 25 June 24 June 22

Quarter Break June 26 – July 10 June 25 – July 9 June 23 – July 7

SUMMER QUARTER 2022 2023 2024

Re-Registration May 16 – June 25 May 15 – June 24 May 13 – June 22

Financial Aid Application Deadline 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration 2 weeks prior to registration

New Student Registration June 27 – July 8 June 26 – July 7 June 24 – July 5

*Independence Day July 4 July 4 July 4

New Student Orientation July 7 July 6 July 5

Quarter Begins July 11 July 10 July 8

*Labor Day September 5 September 4 September 2

Final Exams September 19 – 23 September 18 – 22 September 16 – 20

Graduation September 24 September 23 September 21

Quarter Break September 25 – October 9 September 24 – October 8 September 22 – October 6

*School Closed

4 5 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION

Musicians Institute’s Certificate in DJ Performance and Production is a 2-quarter, 30-unit program for aspiring DJs, producers, beat-makers, remix artists, and electronic music composers and performers. Students are provided with in-depth knowledge and training in the latest technologies, tools and techniques used in contemporary electronic performance and production.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-2 4 DAW 1-2:DAW 1: Ableton Live for DJs & 2 MAJOR AREA = 14 CREDITS Electronic Music Producers 1 DJ Set Building 1-2 2 Beat Matching 1-2 3 DJ Software 1: Serato DJ Pro 1 DJ Software 2: Traktor Pro 1 CERTIFICATE Remixing 1

History and Analysis of Recorded 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 5 CREDITS Popular Music 1-2 The Business of Electronic Music 1 Production & Performance 1 Independent Artist Marketing 2

MUSICIANSHIP = 7 CREDITS Musicianship 1-2 3 Track Building 1-2 4

ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4

Certificate in DJ Performance and Production Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Develop and demonstrate professional-level abilities in fundamental DJ and music producer techniques and technology, live performance, music production, proficiency in a digital audio workstation, and fluency in both traditional and modern DJ equipment. 2. Develop and exhibit professional depth, versatility and creativity through studies in popular recorded music history, Western music theory, ear training, rhythmic studies, song arrangement, and stylistic appropriateness as related to the modern DJ and music producer. 3. Develop and demonstrate the ability to navigate and manage their career in the modern entertainment industry, through the study of marketing, promotions and entertainment business practices as pertaining to a contemporary professional DJ and producer.

This program is new. The number of students who graduate, the number of students who are placed, or the starting salary you can earn after finishing the educational program are unknown at this time. Information regarding general salary and placement statistics may be available from governmental sources or from the institution, but is not equivalent to actual performance data.

6 CERTIFICATE DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DJ-PL Private Lesson 1 2 DJ-PL Private Lesson 2 2 DJ-058 DAW 1: DAW 1: Ableton Live for DJs 1 DJ-158 DAW 2: DAW 1: Ableton Live for DJs 1 & Electronic Music Producers 1 & Electronic Music Producers 2 DJ-101 DJ Set Building 1 1 DJ-201 DJ Set Building 2 1 DJ-102 Beat Matching 1 1.5 DJ-202 Beat Matching 2 1.5 DJ-103 DJ Software 1: Serato DJ Pro 1 DJ-209 Remixing 1 DJ-104 DJ Software 2: Traktor Pro 1 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. DJ-205 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 DJ-105 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 Popular Music 2 Popular Music 1 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 DJ-108 The Business of Electronic Music 1 MUSICIANSHIP Production & Performance 1 DJ-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP DJ-207 Track Building 2 2 DJ-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 ELECTIVES DJ-107 Track Building 1 2 Various Various 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 2 TOTAL 15

TOTAL 15

7 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION

DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME

The part-time DJ Performance and Production Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in DJ who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part- time DJ program.

Q1 Q2 CERTIFICATE CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DJ-PL Private Lesson 1 2 DJ-PL Private Lesson 2 2 DJ-058 DAW 1: DAW 1: Ableton Live for DJs 1 DJ-158 DAW 2: DAW 1: Ableton Live for DJs 1 & Electronic Music Producers 1 & Electronic Music Producers 2 DJ-102 Beat Matching 1 1.5 DJ-202 Beat Matching 2 1.5 DJ-103 DJ Software 1: Serato DJ Pro 1 DJ-104 DJ Software 2: Traktor Pro 1 ELECTIVES MUSICIANSHIP Various Various 2 DJ-107 Track Building 1 2

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DJ-101 DJ Set Building 1 1 DJ-201 DJ Set Building 2 1 PROF. DEV. DJ-209 Remixing 1 DJ-105 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 PROF. DEV. Popular Music 1 DJ-205 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 DJ-108 The Business of Electronic Music 1 Popular Music 2 Production & Performance MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP DJ-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 DJ-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 DJ-207 Track Building 2 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

8 CERTIFICATE ARTIST/PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR PROGRAM

Instrumentalists, singers, songwriters, rappers, DJs and producers learn the entire process of creating their own project—from writing and recording to marketing, publicity, website design and final release. This program is designed to equip musicians with the various skills needed to independently write, record and market their original material. 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM COURSE CREDIT Recording Project 1-4 8 Project Advising 1-4 8 - AUDIO 1 & 2(choose from one platform below) 4-6 MAJOR AREA = 23-25 CREDITS - Pro Tools 1 & 2 (4 credits) DEPENDING ON TRACK - Logic Fundamentals 1 & 2 (2 credits) - Ableton Live 1 & 2 (2 credits) Artist Identity 1 Final Project for A/P/E 2

Applied Entertainment Business 1 & 2 3 Independent Artist Marketing 2 Visual Media 1 & 2 4 Media Relations 2 Music Video Bootcamp 1.5

CERTIFICATE 1 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 17 CREDITS Vocal Production Social Media Branding for the 2 Independent Artist 1-2 EDITING OPTION Option 1: Music Video Editing w/ Adobe Premiere 1.5 Option 2: Final Cut Pro X 1.5

Musicianship 1-4 6 3 MUSICIANSHIP = 14 CREDITS Songwriting for IAP 1 & 2 Advanced Songwriting for A/P/E 1-2 3 Keyboard Essentials 1-2 2

ELECTIVES = 4-6 CREDITS Various 4-6 DEPENDING ON TRACK Artist/Producer/Entrepreneur Certificate Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Develop and demonstrate advanced professional abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as engineers and producers, through studies in audio engineering, production, and multiple digital audio workstations. 2. Develop and exhibit advanced professional depth, versatility and creativity through the study and application of public relations, artist identity and branding, visual media, and web design as pertaining to a contemporary professional artist, songwriter and producer. 3. Build and exhibit fundamental to advanced aptitude in traditional and contemporary Western music theory, keyboard proficiency, ear training, rhythmic studies, and songwriting. 4. Develop a baseline fluency in entertainment business practices and demonstrate the ability to navigate and self-manage their career, through studies in copyright law, marketing and promotions, and business contracts.

9 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE ARTIST/PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR PROGRAM 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-057 AUDIO 1 Level 1(credits depend on track) 1-2 AUDIO-157 AUDIO 1 Level 2 (credits depend on track) 1-2 ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 3 Various Various (credits depend on track) 3

TOTAL 15.5 TOTAL 14.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-301 Recording Project 3 2 AUDIO-401 Recording Project 4 2 2

CERTIFICATE ARTST-311 Project Advising 3 2 ARTST-411 Project Advising 4 AUDIO-056 AUDIO 2 Level 1 (credits depend on track) 1-2 AUDIO-156 AUDIO 2 Level 2 (credits depend on track) 1-2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-403 Final Project for A/P/E 2 MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-353 Music Video Bootcamp 1.5 AUDIO-215 Vocal Production 1 ARTST-319 Social Media Branding for the 1 ARTST-419 Social Media Branding for the Independent Artist 1 Independent Artist 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP EDITING OPTION ARTST-306 Musicianship 3 1.5 ARTST-454 Option 1: Music Video Editing w/ Adobe ARTST-307 Advanced Songwriting For A/P/E 1 1.5 Premiere 1.5 ARTST-380 Keyboard Essentials 1 1 ARTST-413 Option 2: Final Cut Pro X 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 2 MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-406 Musicianship 4 1.5 TOTAL 14.5 ARTST-407 Advanced Songwriting For A/P/E 2 1.5 ARTST-480 Keyboard Essentials 2 1 ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 2

TOTAL 15.5

10 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE ARTIST/PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR PROGRAM 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS / PART-TIME

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA AUDIO 1 Level 1(credits depend on track) MAJOR AREA AUDIO-057 Recording Project 1 1 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 ARTST-101 2 AUDIO-157 AUDIO 1 Level 2 (credits depend on track) 1 MUSICIANSHIP Musicianship 1 PROF. DEV. ARTST-106 Keyboard Essentials 1 1.5 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1 ARTST-380 1 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES Various (credits depend on track) ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 Various 2 ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 ELECTIVES TOTAL 7.5 Various Various (credits depend on track) 1 TOTAL 7.5 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2

MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CERTIFICATE ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ARTST-480 Keyboard Essentials 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 1 Various Various (credits depend on track) 1

TOTAL 8 TOTAL 7

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-301 Recording Project 3 2 AUDIO-156 AUDIO 1 Level 2 (credits depend on track) 1 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 ARTST-311 Project Advising 3 2 AUDIO-056 AUDIO 1 Level 1(credits depend on track) 1 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. ARTST-419 Social Media Branding for the 1 ARTST-319 Social Media Branding for the 1 Independent Artist 2 Independent Artist 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-406 Musicianship 4 1.5 ARTST-306 Musicianship 3 1.5 ARTST-307 Advanced Songwriting For A/P/E 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 1 Various Various (credits depend on track) 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7 Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-401 Project Advising 4 2 ARTST-411 Project Advising 4 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-403 Final Project for A/P/E 2 MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-353 Music Video Bootcamp 1.5 AUDIO-215 Vocal Production 1 MUSICIANSHIP EDITING OPTION ARTST-407 Advanced Songwriting For A/P/E 2 1.5 ARTST-454 Option 1: Music Video Editing w/ Adobe 1.5 ELECTIVES Premiere Various Various (credits depend on track) 1 ARTST-413 Option 2: Final Cut Pro X 1.5 ELECTIVES TOTAL 8 Various Various (credits depend on track) 2 TOTAL 7.5

11 CERTIFICATE MUSIC BUSINESS

For those seeking non-performance careers in the music industry, this program provides the knowledge and practical skills needed for entry-level positions at record labels, marketing and personal artist management firms, or music industry companies specializing in music publishing and licensing, A&R, entertainment law, live concert touring and more.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* COURSE CREDIT Your Music Business Career 2 Law & Contracts 1-2 2 Music Publishing & Licensing 1 2 Industry 1: Labels & Talent 2 Computer Tech Applications 1 1.5 Personal Management 1 Marketing & Social Media 1-2 4 MAJOR AREA = 28 CREDITS Management & Business Skills 1-2 1.5 Industry 3B: Agents & Bookings 1 Music Licensing & Supervision 2 Industry 2: Distribution & Label Services 2 Accounting & Finance 1 1.5 Industry 3C: Tour Management 1 Industry 4B: Concert Promoters 1 CERTIFICATE

ELECTIVES = 2 CREDITS Various 2

Certificate in Music Business Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Define and articulate the current music industry landscape, including how the more specific business areas function and are interconnected to drive the industry as a whole. 2. Describe and apply the essential skills of primary music business career paths and roles across main industry areas such as personal management/artist management, music publishing and licensing, record label operations including A&R (Artists & Repertoire), music marketing, music distribution, and booking and touring. 3. Employ industry-specific practical knowledge gained from application-oriented projects, and integrate direct business experience through music business internships. 4. Recall and implement prevailing business practices and strategies applicable to major established music companies as well as the independent sectors of the industry. 5. Relate and integrate additional valuable business insight gained from networking with successful music industry professionals. 6. Apply and demonstrate general, transferable business skills, such as those in effective communication, with an emphasis on applications within the music industry, as well as identify resources to carry out music business research. 7. Determine particular professional music industry career paths, suited to acquired skills, knowledge and personal strengths, to then identify and secure appropriate business opportunities as well as job opportunities at entry level or for initial professional advancement. 8. Appropriately analyze and adapt the acquired knowledge and skills to individual and specific industry situations that will be encountered in a professional career. 9. Analyze and adapt to new developments and trends in the contemporary music industry utilizing foundational historical perspective and context. 10. Apply the above-referenced knowledge and skills as a self-managed independent/performing artist.

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter 12 This program page is for first-time, Certificate in Music Business students, beginning their first quarter in Winter 2021. ADDITIONS ANDAll students CHANGES previously TO THE enrolled CATALOG before OCCUR Fall FREQUENTLY.2020 will have PLEASEno changes VISIT to WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG their program requirements FOR (pleaseUPDATES go ANDto Page ANNOUNCEMENTS 15). CERTIFICATE MUSIC BUSINESS

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-104 Your Music Business Career 2 MUBUS-220 Law & Contracts 2 2 MUBUS-120 Law & Contracts 1 2 MUBUS-280 Marketing & Social Media 2 2 MUBUS-130 Music Publishing & Licensing 1 2 MUBUS-290 Management & Business Skills 2 1.5 MUBUS-140 Industry 1: Labels & Talent 2 MUBUS-207 Music Licensing & Supervision 2 MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Applications 1 1.5 MUBUS-240 Industry 2: Distribution & Label 2 MUBUS-170 Personal Management 1 Services MUBUS-180 Marketing & Social Media 1 2 MUBUS-250 Accounting & Finance 1 1.5 MUBUS-190 Management & Business Skills 1 1.5 MUBUS-342 Industry 3C: Tour Management 1 MUBUS-341 Industry 3B: Agents & Bookings 1 MUBUS-441 Industry 4B: Concert Promoters 1 ELECTIVES TOTAL 15 Various Various 2

TOTAL 15

MUSIC BUSINESS 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME

The part-time Music Business Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Music Business who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, CERTIFICATE may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Music Business program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-120 Law & Contracts 1 2 MUBUS-220 Law and Contracts 2 2 MUBUS-130 Music Publishing & Licensing 1 2 MUBUS-240 Industry 2: Distribution & Label MUBUS-140 Industry 1: Labels and Talent 2 Services 2 MUBUS-341 Industry 3B: Agents & Bookings 1 MUBUS-207 Music Licensing and Supervision 2 MUBUS-342 Industry 3C: Tour Management 1 TOTAL 7 MUBUS-441 Industry 4B: Concert Promoters 1

TOTAL 8

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-104 Your Music Business Career 2 MUBUS-280 Marketing and Social Media 2 2 MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Applications 1 1.5 MUBUS-290 Management & Business Skills 2 1.5 MUBUS-108 Personal Management 1 MUBUS-250 Accounting and Finance 1 1.5 MUBUS-190 Management & Business Skills 1 1.5 ELECTIVES MUBUS-180 Marketing & Social Media 1 2 Various Various 2

TOTAL 8 TOTAL 7

13 CERTIFICATE BASS

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Bass. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-4 8 Bass LPW 013-203 4 Bass Performance 013-230 8 Bass Technique & Fretboard 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA = 40 CREDITS Bass Reading 012-220 8 Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 Bass & Drum Concepts 1 DAW 1-2 2 CERTIFICATE

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 16 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2

ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4

Certificate in Performance (Bass) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as an electric bassist through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop composition, studio production, and technical skills through advanced studies of studio-based recording software and gear mastery. 3. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, in-depth rhythmic studies and keyboard proficiency. 4. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

14 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE BASS CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013B-ON Bass LPW 013 1 CC-023B-ON Bass LPW 023 1 BASS-013-ON Bass Performance 013 2 BASS-023-ON Bass Performance 023 2 BASS-011-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 011 2 BASS-021-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 021 2 BASS-012-ON Bass Reading 012 2 BASS-022-ON Bass Reading 022 2 BASS-014-ON Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 BASS-025-ON Bass & Drum Concepts 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103B-ON Bass LPW 103 1 CC-203B-ON Bass LPW 203 1 BASS-130-ON Bass Performance 130 2 BASS-230-ON Bass Performance 230 2 BASS-110-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 110 2 BASS-210-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 210 2 BASS-120-ON Bass Reading 120 2 BASS-220-ON Bass Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

15 CERTIFICATE BASS 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Bass Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Bass who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Bass program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 CC-013B-ON Bass LPW 013 BASS-011-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 011 2 BASS-012-ON Bass Reading 012 1 BASS-014-ON Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 BASS-013-ON Bass Performance 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP 2 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-023B-ON Bass LPW 023 BASS-021-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 021 2 BASS-022-ON Bass Reading 022 1 BASS-024-ON Bass & Drum Concepts 1 BASS-023-ON Bass Performance 023 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 2 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP 1 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 CERTIFICATE TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 CC-103B-ON Bass LPW 103 1 BASS-110-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 110 2 BASS-120-ON Bass Reading 120 2 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 BASS-130-ON Bass Performance 130 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-203B-ON Bass LPW 203 1 BASS-210-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 210 2 BASS-220-ON Bass Reading 220 2 MUSICIANSHIP BASS-230-ON Bass Performance 230 2 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 Various Various 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Student’s choice of various DAWs

16 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE DRUM

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Drums. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI’s Drum Certificate is centered on Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-4 8 Drum LPW 013-203 4 Drum Performance 013-230 8 Drum Technique 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA = 42 CREDITS Drum Reading 012-220 8 Developing Your Groove 1 Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 CERTIFICATE E-Drumming Essentials 1 Timekeeping 1 DAW 1-2 2

Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 14 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2

ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4

Certificate in Performance (Drum) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both solo and ensemble drumset performer through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/ diversity, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of digital audio workstations, electronic drumming and gear mastery. 3. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, in-depth rhythmic studies, and keyboard proficiency. 4. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians

17 CERTIFICATE DRUM

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

CERTIFICATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013D-ON Drum LPW 013 1 CC-023D-ON Drum LPW 023 1 DRUM-013-ON Drum Performance 013 2 DRUM-023-ON Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM- 011- ON Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-021-ON Drum Technique 021 2 DRUM-012-ON Drum Reading 012 2 DRUM-022-ON Drum Reading 022 2 DRUM-015-ON Developing Your Groove 1 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1-2 DRUM-014-ON Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 DRUM-025-ON Timekeeping 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 0-1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103D-ON Drum LPW 103 1 CC-203D-ON Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-130-ON Drum Performance 130 2 DRUM-230-ON Drum Performance 230 2 DRUM-110 - ON Drum Technique 110 2 DRUM-210-ON Drum Technique 210 2 DRUM-120-ON Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-220-ON Drum Reading 220 2 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1-2 DRUM-240-ON E-Drumming Essentials 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 0-1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

18 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE DRUM 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Drum Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Drum who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Drum program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 CC-013D-ON Drum LPW 013 1 DRUM- 011- ON Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-013-ON Drum Performance 013 2 DRUM-015-ON Developing Your Groove 1 DRUM-012-ON Drum Reading 012 2 MUSICIANSHIP DRUM-025-ON Timekeeping 1 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-023D-ON Drum LPW 023 1 DRUM-021-ON Drum Technique 021 1 DRUM-023-ON Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM-014-ON Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 2 DRUM-022-ON Drum Reading 022 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 DRUM-240-ON E-Drumming Essentials 1 ELECTIVES AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-130-ON Drum Performance 130 2 CC-103D-ON Drum LPW 103 1 DRUM-120-ON Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-110 - ON Drum Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8 TOTAL 8 Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 DRUM-230-ON Drum Performance 230 2 CC-203D-ON Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-220-ON Drum Reading 220 2 DRUM-210-ON Drum Technique 210 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8 TOTAL 8

* Student’s choice of various DAWs 19 CERTIFICATE GUITAR

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Guitar. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS* REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-4 8 Guitar LPW 013-203 4 Guitar Performance 013-230 8 Guitar Technique 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA = 40 CREDITS Guitar Reading 012-220 8 Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 Guitar Gear Mastery 1 DAW 1-2 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 MUSICIANSHIP = 16 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 CERTIFICATE Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2

ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4

Certificate in Performance (Guitar) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both solo and ensemble guitar performer through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/ diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of digital audio workstations and gear mastery. 3. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, in-depth rhythmic studies, and keyboard proficiency. 4. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

* Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

20 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE GUITAR CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013G-ON Guitar LPW 013 1 CC-023G-ON Guitar LPW 023 1 GUIT-013-ON Guitar Performance 013 2 GUIT-023-ON Guitar Performance 023 2 GUIT- 011- ON Guitar Technique 011 2 GUIT-021-ON Guitar Technique 021 2 GUIT-012-ON Guitar Reading 012 2 GUIT-022-ON Guitar Reading 022 2 GUIT-014-ON Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 GUIT-024-ON Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103G-ON Guitar LPW 103 1 CC-203G-ON Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-130-ON Guitar Performance 130 2 GUIT-230-ON Guitar Performance 230 2 GUIT-110 - ON Guitar Technique 110 2 GUIT-210-ON Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-120-ON Guitar Reading 120 2 GUIT-220-ON Guitar Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

21 CERTIFICATE GUITAR 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Guitar Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Guitar who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Guitar program. Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-013-ON Guitar Performance 013 2 CC-013G-ON Guitar LPW 013 1 GUIT-012-ON Guitar Reading 012 2 GUIT- 011- ON Guitar Technique 011 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 GUIT-023-ON Guitar Performance 023 2 CC-023G-ON Guitar LPW 023 1 GUIT-022-ON Guitar Reading 022 2 GUIT-021-ON Guitar Technique 021 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1 CERTIFICATE TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-130-ON Guitar Performance 130 2 CC-103G-ON Guitar LPW 103 1 GUIT-120-ON Guitar Reading 120 2 GUIT-110 - ON Guitar Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 GUIT-230-ON Guitar Performance 230 2 CC-203G-ON Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-220-ON Guitar Reading 220 2 GUIT-210-ON Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-024-ON Guitar Gear Mastery 1 GUIT-014-ON Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Based on optimal course load of 7.5 credits per quarter 22 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Keyboard Technology. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations. Choosing the Performance Track allows students to receive a heavier emphasis on live performance skills, as well as basic training in using a Digital Audio Workstation (DAW)software.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-4 8

Keyboard LPW 013-203 4 CERTIFICATE MAJOR AREA = 39 CREDITS Keyboard Performance 013-230 8 Keyboard Technique 011-210 8 Keyboard Reading 012-220 8 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 DAW 1-2 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 MUSICIANSHIP = 14 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 Ear Training 012-202 6

ELECTIVES = 7 CREDITS Various 7

Certificate in Performance (Keyboard Technology) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both solo and ensemble keyboard performer through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/ diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of studio-based recording software and gear mastery. 3. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, and in-depth rhythmic studies. 4. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

23 CERTIFICATE KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2

CERTIFICATE CC-013K-ON Keyboard LPW 013 1 CC-023K-ON Keyboard LPW 023 1 KEYBD-013-ON Keyboard Performance 013 2 KEYBD-023-ON Keyboard Performance 023 2 KE YBD - 011- ON Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-021-ON Keyboard Technique 021 2 KEYBD-012-ON Keyboard Reading 012 2 KEYBD-022-ON Keyboard Reading 022 2 MUSICIANSHIP KEYBD-024-ON Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 Various Various 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103K-ON Keyboard LPW 103 1 CC-203K-ON Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-130-ON Keyboard Performance 130 2 KEYBD-230-ON Keyboard Performance 230 2 KE YBD -110 - ON Keyboard Technique 110 2 KEYBD-210-ON Keyboard Technique 210 2 KEYBD-120-ON Keyboard Reading 120 2 KEYBD-220-ON Keyboard Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

24 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME The part-time Keyboard Technologies Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Keyboard who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Keyboard program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-013-ON Keyboard Performance 013 2 CC-013K-ON Keyboard LPW 013 1 KEYBD-012-ON Keyboard Reading 012 2 KE YBD - 011- ON Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-024-ON Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA CERTIFICATE KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 KEYBD-023-ON Keyboard Performance 023 2 CC-023K-ON Keyboard LPW 023 1 KEYBD-022-ON Keyboard Reading 022 2 KEYBD-021-ON Keyboard Technique 021 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-130-ON Keyboard Performance 130 2 CC-103K-ON Keyboard LPW 103 1 KEYBD-120-ON Keyboard Reading 120 2 KE YBD -110 - ON Keyboard Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 Various Various 2

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 KEYBD-230-ON Keyboard Performance 230 2 CC-203K-ON Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-220-ON Keyboard Reading 220 2 KEYBD-210-ON Keyboard Technique 210 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Student’s choice of various DAWs

25 CERTIFICATE VOCAL

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Vocal. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-4 8 Vocal LPW 013-203 4 MAJOR AREA = 40 CREDITS Vocal Performance 013-230 8 Vocal Technique 011-210 8 Sightsinging 012-220 8 Styles Survey 1-2 2 DAW 1-2 2

CERTIFICATE Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 MUSICIANSHIP = 16 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2

ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4

Certificate in Performance (Vocal) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both a solo and ensemble vocalist through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/diversity, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of studio-based recording software. 3. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, in-depth rhythmic studies, and keyboard proficiency. 4. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

26 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE VOCAL CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013V-ON Vocal LPW 013 1 CC-023V-ON Vocal LPW 023 1 VOCAL-013-ON Vocal Performance 013 2 VOCAL-023-ON Vocal Performance 023 2 VOCAL- 011- ON Vocal Technique 011 2 VOCAL-021-ON Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-012-ON Sightsinging 012 2 VOCAL-022-ON Sightsinging 022 2 VOCAL-014-ON Styles Survey 1 1 VOCAL-024-ON Styles Survey 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103V-ON Vocal LPW 103 1 CC-203V-ON Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-130-ON Vocal Performance 130 2 VOCAL-230-ON Vocal Performance 230 2 VOCAL-110 - ON Vocal Technique 110 2 VOCAL-210-ON Vocal Technique 210 2 VOCAL-120-ON Sightsinging 120 2 VOCAL-220-ON Sightsinging 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

27 VOCAL 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Vocal Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Vocals who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Vocal program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-013-ON Vocal Performance 013 2 CC-013V-ON Vocal LPW 013 1 VOCAL-012-ON Sightsinging 012 2 VOCAL- 011- ON Vocal Technique 011 2 VOCAL-014-ON Styles Survey 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 VOCAL-023-ON Vocal Performance 023 2 CC-023V-ON Vocal LPW 023 1 VOCAL-022-ON Sightsinging 022 2 VOCAL-021-ON Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-024-ON Styles Survey 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 Various Various 1 CERTIFICATE TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-130-ON Vocal Performance 130 2 CC-103V-ON Vocal LPW 103 1 VOCAL-120-ON Sightsinging 120 2 VOCAL-110 - ON Vocal Technique 110 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 MAJOR AREA CC-203V-ON Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-230-ON Vocal Performance 230 2 VOCAL-210-ON Vocal Technique 210 2 VOCAL-220-ON Sightsinging 220 2 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 2 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Student’s choice of various DAWs

28 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE SONGWRITING

Students can earn a Certificate in Songwriting. with this intensive program, students will learn practical training sufficient to create a foundation for a career as a professional songwriter in the contemporary music and entertainment industry. With an innovative approach to music education, MI’s Certificate in Songwriting program is centered on Harmony and Theory, Lyric Writing, Songwriting, Keyboard essential and Recording and Production. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience for careers as songwriters.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT

Songwriting Private Lesson 1-2 4 Songwriting 1-2 3 3 MAJOR AREA = 18 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-021 Keyboard Essentials 1-2 2 CERTIFICATE Lyric Writing 1-2 4 Songwriting Final Project 2

Demo Recording and Production 1-2 2 The Working Songwriter 1 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 6 CREDITS Songwriters Lab 1 The Business of Composing 1-2 2

DAW Track Option A: Logic 1-2 2 DAW = 2 CREDITS DAW Track Option B: Ableton Live 1-2 2

ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4

Certificate in Songwriting Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will compose songs within various genres of contemporary music including: Pop, Singer-Songwriter and Country, while exhibiting foundational stylistic understanding, lyric-writing ability and originality. 2. The student will demonstrate rudimentary knowledge within areas including: music theory, keyboard essentials and music business. 3. The student will demonstrate technological proficiency within the areas of music recording (digital audio workstations) and music business. 4. The student will exhibit personal and artistic growth and leadership potential as a contemporary songwriter.

29 CERTIFICATE SONGWRITING CERTIFICATE Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA SONG-PL Private Lesson 1 2 SONG-PL Private Lesson 2 2 SONG-101 Songwriting 1 1.5 SONG-201 Songwriting 2 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 ARTST-380 Keyboard Essentials 1 1 ARTST-480 Keyboard Essentials 2 1 SONG-125 Lyric Writing 1 2 SONG-225 Lyric Writing 2 2 SUPPORTIVE SONG-210 Songwriting Final Project 2 MUSIC SUPPORTIVE SONG-102 Demo Recording and Production 1 1 MUSIC SONG - 015 The Working Songwriter 1 SONG-202 Demo Recording and Production 2 1 SONG- 011 Songwriters Lab 1 SONG-487 The Business of Composing 2 1 SONG-486 The Business of Composing 1 1 DAW DAW DAW Track A or B (must choose 1) 2 1 DAW Track A or B (must choose 1) 1 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

30 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE SONGWRITING

SONGWRITING 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME The part-time Songwriting Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Songwriting who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Songwriting program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA SONG-PL Private Lesson 1 2 SONG-101 Songwriting 1 2 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 SONG-125 Lyric Writing 1 2 ARTST-380 Keyboard Essentials 1 1 DAW DAW Track A or B (must choose 1) 1 1 SUPPORTIVE ELECTIVES MUSIC Various Various 1 SONG-102 Demo Recording and Production 1 1 DAW TOTAL 7.5 DAW Track A or B (must choose 1) 2 1 ELECTIVES CERTIFICATE Various Various 2

TOTAL 8

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA SONG-201 Songwriting 2 1.5 SONG-PL Private Lesson 2 2 SONG-225 Lyric Writing 2 2 ARTST-480 Keyboard Essentials 2 1 SUPPORTIVE SONG-210 Final Project 2 MUSIC SUPPORTIVE SONG-015 The Working Songwriter 1 MUSIC SONG- 011 Songwriters Lab 1 SONG-202 Demo Recording and Production 2 1 SONG-486 The Business of Composing 1 1 SONG-487 The Business of Composing 2 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8

TOTAL 7.5

31 CERTIFICATE INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT

Instrumentalists, singers, songwriters, rappers, DJs and producers learn the entire process of creating their own project— from writing and recording to marketing, publicity, website design and final release. This program is designed to equip musicians with the various skills needed to independently write, record and market their original material.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT

Recording Project 1 & 2 4 Project Advising 1 & 2 4 MAJOR AREA = 11 OR 13 CREDITS DAW 1 & 2 (choose from one platform below) 2-4 DEPENDING ON TRACK - Pro Tools 1 & 2 (4 credits) - Logic Fundamentals 1 & 2 (2 credits) - Ableton Live 1 & 2 (2 credits) Artist Identity 1 Final Project 2

Applied Entertainment Business 1 & 2 3

CERTIFICATE PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 9 CREDITS Independent Artist Marketing 2 Visual Media 1 & 2 4

MUSICIANSHIP = 6 CREDITS Musicianship 1 & 2 3 Songwriting for IAP 1 & 2 3

ELECTIVES = 2 OR 4 CREDITS Various 2-4 DEPENDING ON TRACK

Certificate in Independent Artist Development Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Develop and implement professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as engineers and producers through studies in audio engineering, music production, and digital audio workstations. 2. Establish and demonstrate professional depth, versatility and creativity through the study of artist identity and branding, public relations, visual media and web design as pertaining to a contemporary professional songwriter and producer. 3. Build and exhibit fundamental proficiencies in traditional and contemporary Western music theory, ear training, rhythmic studies, and songwriting. 4. Develop a baseline fluency in entertainment business practices and demonstrate the ability to navigate and self-manage their career, through studies in copyright law, marketing and promotions, and business contracts.

32 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-057 AUDIO 1 (credits depend on track) 1-2 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 AUDIO-157 AUDIO 2 (credits depend on track) 1-2 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ARTST-203 Final Project 2 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 PROF. DEV. CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 Various Various (credits depend on track) 1-2 ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 1-2 TOTAL 14.5-15.5 TOTAL 14.5-15.5

The part-time Independent Artist Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Independent Artist Development who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Independent Artist Program.

33 CERTIFICATE INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT W/ PRO TOOLS 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 AUDIO-159 DAW 1 - ProTools 1 2 AUDIO-259 DAW - Pro Tools 2 2 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-203 Final Project 2 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 PROF. DEV. CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7.5

CERTIFICATE INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT W/ REASON 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 - Reason 1 1 AUDIO-156 DAW - Reason 2 1 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 PROF. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 Various Various 2 ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-203 Final Project 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 PROF. DEV. CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

34 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE

INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT W/ ABLETON LIVE 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 AUDIO-058 DAW 1 - Ableton Live 1 1 AUDIO-158 DAW 2 - Ableton Live 2 1 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 PROF. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 Various Various 2 ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-203 Final Project 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 PROF. DEV.

CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CERTIFICATE MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT W/ LOGIC 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 ARTST-111 Project Advising 1 2 AUDIO-162 DAW 1 - Logic Fundamentals 1 1 AUDIO-262 DAW 2 - Logic Fundamentals 2 1 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 PROF. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 Various Various 2 ARTST-107 Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 ARTST-211 Project Advising 2 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-203 Final Project 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 PROF. DEV. CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 ARTST-207 Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

35 CERTIFICATE ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRODUCTION

The Electronic Music Production Certificate Program at Musicians Institute is a two-quarter, 30-unit postsecondary educational/vocational program created to provide students with education and practical training sufficient to create a foundation for a career as an electronic music producer in the contemporary music and entertainment industry. Students in this program will gain the technical knowledge and professional skills to grow as independent electronic music producers, beat makers, and remix artists in a variety of musical settings in the industry.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

COURSE CREDIT Private Instruction 1-2 2 Musicianship 1-2 3 MAJOR AREA = 21 CREDITS Keyboard Essentials 1-2 2 Vocal Production 1 Production Advising 1-2 2 Track Building 1-2 4 Remixing 1 Beat Making and Maschine 1 Sound Design w/Ableton Live 1-2 3

CERTIFICATE Final Project for EMP 2

Plugin Processing 1 STUDIES IN MUSIC = 6 CREDITS Music Mastering 1 DAW 1-2: Ableton Live© for DJs & Electronic Music Producers 1-2 2 Business of Electronic Music Production 2 & Performance

ELECTIVES = 3 CREDITS Various 3

Certificate in Electronic Music Production Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Develop and demonstrate professional production abilities in contemporary electronic music styles through studies in production, digital audio workstations, audio engineering, and sound design, using contemporary technology and techniques. 2. Build and demonstrate fundamental aptitude, adaptability, and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary Western music theory, keyboard proficiency, ear training, song arrangement, and stylistic appropriateness as pertaining to modern electronic music. 3. Develop a baseline fluency in entertainment business practices and demonstrate the ability to navigate and self-manage their career, through studies in copyright law, marketing and promotions, and business contracts.

36 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRODUCTION CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA EMP-PL Private Instruction 1 1 EMP-PL Private Instruction 2 1 DJ-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 DJ-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ARTST-380 Keyboard Essentials 1 1 ARTST-480 Keyboard Essentials 2 1 EMP-115 Vocal Production 1 EMP-202 Production Advising 2 1 EMP-102 Production Advising 1 1 EMP-207 Track Building 2 2 EMP-107 Track Building 1 2 EMP-209 Remixing 1 EMP-016 Beat Making and Maschine 1 EMP-211 Sound Design w/Ableton Live 2 1.5 EMP-111 Sound Design w/Ableton Live 1 1.5 EMP-203 Final Project for EMP 1 STUDIES IN MUSIC STUDIES IN MUSIC EMP-214 Plugin Processing 1 EMP-216 Music Mastering 1 DJ-058 DAW 1: Ableton Live© for DJs & 1 DJ-158 DAW 2: Ableton Live© for DJs & 1 Electronic Music Producers 1 Electronic Music Producers 2 EMP-108 The Business of Electronic Music 1 EMP-208 The Business of Electronic Music 1 Production & Performance1 Production & Performance 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

37 CERTIFICATE ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRODUCTION

ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRODUCTION 30 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME The part-time Electronic Music Production Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a Certificate in Electronic Muic Production who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Electronic Music Production program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA EMP-PL Private Instruction 1 1 EMP-PL Private Instruction 2 1 DJ-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 DJ-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ARTST-380 Keyboard Essentials 1 1 EMP-102 Production Advising 1 1 EMP-016 Beat Making and Maschine 1 EMP-107 Track Building 1 2 STUDIES IN MUSIC EMP-111 Sound Design w/Ableton Live 1 1.5 DJ-058 DAW 1: Ableton Live© for DJs & STUDIES IN MUSIC Electronic Music Producers 1 1 N/A N/A NA EMP-108 The Business of Electronic Music ELECTIVES Production & Performance1 1 Various Various 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8

TOTAL 7.5 CERTIFICATE

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-480 Keyboard Essentials 2 1 EMP-202 Production Advising 2 1 EMP-115 Vocal Production 1 EMP-209 Remixing 1 EMP-207 Track Building 2 2 EMP-211 Sound Design w/Ableton Live 2 1.5 STUDIES IN MUSIC EMP-203 Final Project for EMP 2 EMP-214 Plugin Processing 1 STUDIES IN MUSIC DJ-158 DAW 2: Ableton Live© for DJs & EMP-216 Music Mastering 1 Electronic Music Producers 2 1 ELECTIVES EMP-208 The Business of Electronic Music Various Various 1 Production & Performance 2 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7

38 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY

In a remote learning environment, students learn the fundamentals of audio recording, mixing, and mastering as executed in professional, industry related, recording scenarios. The Certificate in Studio Recording Technology prepares audio recording engineers, producers, and singer songwriters for the demands of working in professional or project- based recording studios.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT

Recording Techniques 1 1 Console Theory & Operation 1-2 4 Pro Tools 1-2 4 MAJOR AREA = 28 CREDITS The Business of Audio 1 Critical Listening 2 Mac Basics 1 Recording Theory 1 Electronics 2 Music Production 1 Musicianship for Industry Professionals 1 Recording Studio Etiquette 1 Recording Techniques 2 1

CERTIFICATE Mixing Essentials 1 3 Intro to Post Production 1 Analog and Digital Signal Processing 2 Sound Reinforcement Theory & Operation 1 Vocal Production 1

ELECTIVES = 2 CREDITS Various 2

Certificate in Studio Recording Technology Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Demonstrate the ability to operate modern analog and digital audio systems using industry-standard production techniques and equipment. 2. Demonstrate basic knowledge of audio engineering concepts in theory and in practice, including the principles of computer basics, signal flow, and signal processing. 3. Demonstrate proficiency in frequency recognition and other critical listening skills. 4. Demonstrate basic musicianship skills and practical knowledge of Western music theory along with methods and fundamentals associated with the creation and production of contemporary, popular music. 5. Demonstrate fundamental understanding of common audio post-production and live sound technologies and practices. 6. Demonstrate fundamental understanding of basic audio electronics and theory, including soldering techniques related to professional audio equipment. 7. Demonstrate basic understanding of common business practices related to music and professional efforts in the entertainment industry.

* This program is new. The number of students who graduate, the number of students who are placed, or the starting salary you can earn after finishing the edu- cational program are unknown at this time. Information regarding general salary and placement statistics may be available from governmental sources or from the institution, but is not equivalent to actual performance data. 39 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATE

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques 1 1 AUDIO-285 Console Theory & Operation 2 2 AUDIO-185 Console Theory & Operation 1 2 AUDIO-259 Pro Tools 2 2 AUDIO-159 Pro Tools 1 2 AUDIO-201 Recording Techniques 2 1 AUDIO-104 The Business of Audio 1 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 1 3 AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post Production 1 AUDIO-107 Mac Basics 1 AUDIO-208 Analog and Digital Signal 2 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 Processing AUDIO-151 Electronics 2 AUDIO -211 Sound Reinforcement Theory & 1 AUDIO-051 Music Production 1 Operation AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry 1 AUDIO-215 Vocal Production 1 Professionals ELECTIVES AUDIO-140 Recording Studio Etiquette 1 Various Various 2

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

40 CERTIFICATE

STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY 28 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME The part-time Studio Recording Technology program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a Certificate in Studio Recording Technology who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Studio Recording Technology program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-185 Console Theory & Operation 1 2 AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques I 1 AUDIO-159 ProTools 1 2 AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 AUDIO-104 The Business of Audio 1 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry AUDIO-140 Recording Studio Etiquette 1 Professionals 1 AUDIO-151 Electronics 2 AUDIO-107 Mac Basics 1 AUDIO-051 Music Production 1 TOTAL 7

TOTAL 8

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-259 ProTools 2 2 AUDIO-215 Vocal Production 1 AUDIO-285 Console Theory & Operation 2 2 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 1 3 AUDIO-201 Recording Techniques 2 1 AUDIO-208 Analog & Digital Signal Processing 2 AUDIO -211 Sound Reinforcement Theory & ELECTIVES Operation 1 Various Various 1 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post Production 1 ELECTIVES TOTAL 7 Various Various 1

TOTAL 8

41 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. 42 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS OVERVIEW 6 QTRS IN PERFORMANCE STUDIES

MI’s Associate of Arts Degree in Performance offers students extensive vocational training in Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology, Vocal, Saxophone, Trombone and Trumpet. Topics in Harmony, Theory and Ear Training are explored in extensive depth through Reading, Technique and Performance on the chosen instrument.

The intensive A.A. curriculum prepares musicians to perform in professional situations, along with learning professional development skills such as basic computer use, EPK creation, resume and bio writing, and social media as a tool for business and networking. The Associate of Arts Degree is intended to equip students with the knowledge and training needed to become professional performers in today’s music industry.

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE OVERVIEW 6 QTRS IN MUSIC BUSINESS

Associate of Science in Music Business The goal of this degree is to provide extensive knowledge, experience, and practical skills needed for a professional business career in the contemporary music industry. It is applicable as preparation for entry-level employment and beyond as well as for further professional advancement and specialization, fully managing a career as an independent/ performing artist, creating and developing music businesses as an entrepreneur, and for the full scope of assessing, acquiring, developing, marketing, promoting and launching a new artist or music project in the current music industry and marketplace. Along with several of the primary industry-related subjects being structured as in-depth progressive course series, the program curriculum also includes expanded studies in general business skills as well as supportive studies of basic musicianship and the creative aspects of music relevant for a music business professional to know, and a broadened historical perspective. Along with several of the primary ASSOCIATE industry related subjects being structured as in-depth progressive course series, the program curriculum also includes expanded studies in general business skills as well as supportive studies of basic musicianship and the creative aspects of music relevant for a music business professional to know, and a broadened historical perspective.

43 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE

44 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS BASS 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Bass LPW 013-403 6 Bass Performance 013-230 8 Bass Technique & Fretboard 011-210 8 Bass Reading 012-220 8 MAJOR AREA = 53 CREDITS Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 Bass & Drum Concepts 1 DAW 1-2 2 Synth Bass 1 Upright Bass Workshop 1-2 2 Project Recording: Bass 1-2 4 Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Media Relations 2 Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2 Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP = 19 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting for IAP 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 7 CREDITS Various 7

Associate of Arts in Performance (Bass) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as a bassist through advanced studies in electric bass, upright bass, and synth bass technique; reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop composing, studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of studio-based recording software and gear mastery. 3. The student will develop skills of professional depth, versatility, and creativity in the areas of composition and studio performance and production. 4. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, songwriting, in-depth rhythmic studies and keyboard proficiency. 5. The student will develop basic skills in applied entertainment business concepts, marketing techniques, visual media software, digital branding, and media relations concepts and practices, allowing them to negotiate the professional business side of the music industry. 6. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

45 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS BASS

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013B-ON Bass LPW 013 1 CC-023B-ON Bass LPW 023 1 BASS-013-ON Bass Performance 013 2 BASS-023-ON Bass Performance 023 2 BASS-011-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 011 2 BASS-021-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 021 2 BASS-012-ON Bass Reading 012 2 BASS-022-ON Bass Reading 022 2 BASS-014-ON Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 BASS-025-ON Bass & Drum Concepts 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ASSOCIATE BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103B-ON Bass LPW 103 1 CC-0203B-ON Bass LPW 203 1 BASS-130-ON Bass Performance 130 2 BASS-230-ON Bass Performance 230 2 BASS-110-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 110 2 BASS-210-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 210 2 BASS-120-ON Bass Reading 120 2 BASS-220-ON Bass Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 CC-303B-ON Bass LPW 303 1 CC-403B-ON Bass LPW 403 1 BASS-370-ON Synth Bass 1 BASS-450-ON Upright Bass Workshop 2 1 BASS-350-ON Upright Bass Workshop 1 1 BASS-460-ON Project Recording: Bass 2 2 BASS-360-ON Project Recording: Bass 1 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

46 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS BASS 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Bass Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate of Arts degree in Bass who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Bass program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CC-CC New Student Seminar 0 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA CC-013B-ON Bass LPW 013 1 BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 BASS-012-ON Bass Reading 012 2 BASS-011-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 011 2 BASS-013-ON Bass Performance 2 BASS-014-ON Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 TOTAL 7.5

TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT

ASSOCIATE CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 MAJOR AREA BASS-021-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 021 2 CC-023B-ON Bass LPW 023 1 BASS-024-ON Bass & Drum Concepts 1 BASS-022-ON Bass Reading 022 2 MUSICIANSHIP BASS-023-ON Bass Performance 023 2 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1-2 ELECTIVES MUSICIANSHIP Various Various 1 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5

TOTAL 7.5/8.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 CC-103B-ON Bass LPW 103 1 BASS-110-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 110 2 BASS-120-ON Bass Reading 120 2 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1-2 BASS-130-ON Bass Performance 130 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP 1.5 CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1 ELECTIVES CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5/8.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Student’s choice of various DAWs

47 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS BASS 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME/ CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-203B-ON Bass LPW 203 1 BASS-210-ON Bass Technique & Fretboard 210 2 BASS-220-ON Bass Reading 220 2 MUSICIANSHIP BASS-230-ON Bass Performance 230 2 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 Various Various 2 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q9 Q10 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 CC-303B-ON Bass LPW 303B 1 PRO. DEV. BASS-360-ON Project Recording 1 2 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 PRO. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q11 Q12 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 CC-403B-ON Bass LPW 403B 1 BASS-460-ON Project Recording 2 2 PRO. DEV. PRO. DEV. MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-307-ON Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 Various Various 3

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

48 ASSOCIATE

49 49 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DRUM 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-6 12 Drum LPW 013-403 6 Drum Performance 013-230 8 Drum Technique 011-210 8 Drum Reading 012-220 8 Developing Your Groove 1 MAJOR AREA = 56 CREDITS Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 E-Drumming Essentials 1 Timekeeping 1 DAW 1-2 2 Advanced Drumming Styles: Jazz 2 Advanced Drumming Styles: Latin, Jazz 2 2 or R&B Gospel (pick one option) Project Recording: Drum 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Media Relations 2 Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 17 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting for IAP 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

Associate of Arts in Performance (Drum) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both solo and ensemble drumset performer through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/ diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of digital audio workstations, electronic drumming and gear mastery. 3. The student will develop skills of professional depth, versatility, and creativity in the areas of composition, and studio production with instrument performance as the focal point. 4. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, songwriting, and in-depth rhythmic studies. 5. The student will develop basic skills in recording techniques, digital audio software, applied entertainment business concepts, marketing techniques, visual media software, digital branding, and media relations concepts and practices, allowing them to negotiate the professional business side of the music industry. 6. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

50 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DRUM

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013D-ON Drum LPW 013 1 CC-023D-ON Drum LPW 023 1 DRUM-013-ON Drum Performance 013 2 DRUM-023-ON Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM- 011- ON Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-021-ON Drum Technique 021 2 DRUM-012-ON Drum Reading 012 2 DRUM-022-ON Drum Reading 022 2 DRUM-015-ON Developing Your Groove 1 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1-2 DRUM-014-ON Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 DRUM-025-ON Timekeeping 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 0-1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103D-ON Drum LPW 103 1 CC-203D-ON Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-130-ON Drum Performance 130 2 DRUM-230-ON Drum Performance 230 2 DRUM-110 - ON Drum Technique 110 2 DRUM-210-ON Drum Technique 210 2 DRUM-120-ON Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-220-ON Drum Reading 220 2 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1-2 DRUM-240-ON E-Drumming Essentials 1

ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 0-1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 CC-303D-ON Drum LPW 303 1 CC-403D-ON Drum LPW 403 1 DRUM-350-ON Advanced Drumming Styles: Jazz 1 2 DRUM-451-ON Advanced Drumming Styles 2A: Jazz 2 2 DRUM-360-ON Project Recording: Drum 1 2 DRUM-450-ON Advanced Drumming Styles 2B: Latin 2 PROF. DEV. DRUM-452-ON Advanced Drumming Styles 2C: R&B/ MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 Gospel 2 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 DRUM-460-ON Project Recording: Drum 2 2 CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 PROF. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 ELECTIVES MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 Various Various 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 TOTAL 15 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 15

* Student’s choice of various DAWs 51 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DRUM

90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Drum Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate of Arts degree in Drum who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Drum program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

CC-CC-ON New Student Seminar 0 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA CC-013D-ON Drum LPW 013 1 DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 DRUM-012-ON Drum Reading 012 2 DRUM- 011- ON Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-013-ON Drum Performance 013 2 DRUM-015-ON Developing Your Groove 1 DRUM-025-ON Timekeeping 1 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 2 Various Various 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 ASSOCIATE

TOTAL 7

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-023D-ON Drum LPW 023 1 DRUM-021-ON Drum Technique 021 2 DRUM-023-ON Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM-014-ON Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 DRUM-022-ON Drum Reading 022 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 DRUM-240-ON E-Drumming Essentials 1 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-130-ON Drum Performance 130 2 CC-103D-ON Drum LPW 103 1 DRUM-120-ON Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-110 - ON Drum Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 8

TOTAL 8

* Student’s choice of various DAWs 52 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DRUM

90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME / CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 DRUM-230-ON Drum Performance 230 2 CC-203D-ON Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-220-ON Drum Reading 220 2 DRUM-210-ON Drum Technique 210 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8

TOTAL 8

Q9 Q10 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 ASSOCIATE DRUM-360-ON Project Recording 1 2 CC-303D-ON Drum LPW 303 1 PROF. DEV. DRUM-350-ON Advanced Drumming 1: Jazz 2 MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 MUSICIANSHIP CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7

Q11 Q12 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 DRUM-460-ON Project Recording 2 2 CC-403D-ON Drum LPW 403 1 PROF. DEV. DRUM-450/452-ON Advanced Drumming 2: Latin or 2 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 Gospel CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 PROF. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ELECTIVES TOTAL 7 Various Various 1

TOTAL 8

53 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE

5454 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS GUITAR 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE

COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-6 12 Guitar LPW 013-403 6 Guitar Performance 013-230 8 Guitar Technique 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA = 54 CREDITS Guitar Reading 012-220 8 Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 Guitar Gear Mastery 1 DAW 1-2 2 Advanced Musicianship Concepts 1-2 4 Project Recording: Guitar 1-2 4

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Media Relations 2 Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6

ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP = 19 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting for IAP 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

Associate of Arts in Performance (Guitar) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both solo and ensemble guitar performer through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/ diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of digital audio workstations, electronic guitar and gear mastery. 3. The student will develop skills of professional depth, versatility, and creativity in the areas of composition and studio production with instrument performance as the focal point. 4. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, songwriting, in-depth rhythmic studies, and keyboard proficiency. 5. The student will develop basic skills in applied entertainment business concepts, marketing techniques, visual media software, digital branding, and media relations concepts and practices, allowing them to negotiate the professional business side of the music industry. 6. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

55 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS GUITAR

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013G-ON Guitar LPW 013 1 CC-023G-ON Guitar LPW 023 1 GUIT-013-ON Guitar Performance 013 2 GUIT-023-ON Guitar Performance 023 2 GUIT- 011- ON Guitar Technique 011 2 GUIT-021-ON Guitar Technique 021 2 GUIT-012-ON Guitar Reading 012 2 GUIT-022-ON Guitar Reading 022 2 GUIT-014-ON Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 GUIT-024-ON Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ASSOCIATE GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103G-ON Guitar LPW 103 1 CC-203G-ON Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-130-ON Guitar Performance 130 2 GUIT-230-ON Guitar Performance 230 2 GUIT-110 - ON Guitar Technique 110 2 GUIT-210-ON Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-120-ON Guitar Reading 120 2 GUIT-220-ON Guitar Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 CC-303G-ON Guitar LPW 303 1 CC-403G-ON Guitar LPW 403 1 GUIT-350-ON Advanced Musicianship Concepts 1 2 GUIT-450-ON Advanced Musicianship Concepts 2 2 GUIT-360-ON Project Recording: Guitar 1 2 GUIT-460-ON Project Recording: Guitar 2 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

56 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS GUITAR 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Guitar Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate of Arts degree in Guitar who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Guitar program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CC-CC-ON New Student Seminar 0 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-013-ON Guitar Performance 013 2 GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-012-ON Guitar Reading 012 2 CC-013G-ON Guitar LPW 013 1 MUSICIANSHIP GUIT- 011- ON Guitar Technique 011 2 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 ELECTIVES CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 MAJOR AREA CC-023G-ON Guitar LPW 023 1 GUIT-023-ON Guitar Performance 023 2 GUIT-021-ON Guitar Technique 021 2 GUIT-022-ON Guitar Reading 022 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 Various Various 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-130-ON Guitar Performance 130 2 CC-103G-ON Guitar LPW 103 1 GUIT-120-ON Guitar Reading 120 2 GUIT-110 - ON Guitar Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Based on optimal course load of 7.5 credits per quarter 57 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS GUITAR

90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME / CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 GUIT-230-ON Guitar Performance 230 2 CC-203G-ON Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-220-ON Guitar Reading 220 2 GUIT-210-ON Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-014-ON Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 GUIT-024-ON Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q9 Q10 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 GUIT-350-ON Adv. Musician Concepts 1 2 ASSOCIATE CC-203G-ON Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-360-ON Project Recording 1 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 1 2 MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 ELECTIVES VARIOUS Various 1 TOTAL 7.5

TOTAL 7.5

Q11 CODE COURSE CREDIT Q12 MAJOR AREA CODE COURSE CREDIT GUIT-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 CC-203G-ON Guitar LPW 203 1 MAJOR AREA PROF. DEV. GUIT-450-ON Adv. Musician Concepts 2 2 MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 GUIT-460-ON Project Recording 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP PROF. DEV. CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 VARIOUS Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

58 ASSOCIATE

5959 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE

COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-6 12 Keyboard LPW 013-403 6 Keyboard Performance 013-230 8 Keyboard Technique 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA = 53 CREDITS Keyboard Reading 012-420 8 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 DAW 1-2 2 Commercial Composition 1-2 4 Project Recording: Keyboard 1-2 4 Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Media Relations 2 Visual Media 1-2 4

Independent Artist Marketing 2 ASSOCIATE

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 17 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Songwriting for IAP 1-2 3 ELECTIVES = 9 CREDITS Various 9

Associate of Arts in Performance (Keyboard Technology) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both solo and ensemble keyboard performer through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/ diversity, tone production, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of studio-based recording software and gear mastery. 3. The student will develop skills of professional depth, versatility, and creativity in the areas of recording, composition, and studio production (performance focus). 4. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, songwriting, and in-depth rhythmic studies. 5. The student will develop basic skills in applied entertainment business concepts, marketing techniques, visual media software, and media relations concepts and practices, allowing them to negotiate the professional business side of the music industry. 6. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

60 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013K-ON Keyboard LPW 013 1 CC-023K-ON Keyboard LPW 023 1 KEYBD-013-ON Keyboard Performance 013 2 KEYBD-023-ON Keyboard Performance 023 2 KE YBD - 011- ON Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-021-ON Keyboard Technique 021 2 KEYBD-012-ON Keyboard Reading 012 2 KEYBD-022-ON Keyboard Reading 022 2 MUSICIANSHIP KEYBD-024-ON Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 Various Various 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103K-ON Keyboard LPW 103 1 CC-203K-ON Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-130-ON Keyboard Performance 130 2 KEYBD-230-ON Keyboard Performance 230 2 KE YBD -110 - ON Keyboard Technique 110 2 KEYBD-210-ON Keyboard Technique 210 2 KEYBD-120-ON Keyboard Reading 120 2 KEYBD-220-ON Keyboard Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 CC-303K-ON Keyboard LPW 303 1 CC-403K-ON Keyboard LPW 403 1 KEYBD-350-ON Commercial Composition 1 2 KEYBD-450-ON Commercial Composition 2 2 KEYBD-360-ON Project Recording: Keyboard 1 2 KEYBD-460-ON Project Recording: Keyboard 2 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

* Student’s choice of various DAWs 61 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME

The part-time Keyboard Technologies Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate of Arts degree in Keyboard who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Keyboard program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

CC-CC-ON New Student Seminar 0 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-013-ON Keyboard Performance 013 2 KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-012-ON Keyboard Reading 012 2 CC-013K-ON Keyboard LPW 013 1 KEYBD-024-ON Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 KE YBD - 011- ON Keyboard Technique 011 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 ASSOCIATE

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 KEYBD-023-ON Keyboard Performance 023 2 CC-023K-ON Keyboard LPW 023 1 KEYBD-022-ON Keyboard Reading 022 2 KEYBD-021-ON Keyboard Technique 021 2 AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-130-ON Keyboard Performance 130 2 CC-103K-ON Keyboard LPW 103 1 KEYBD-120-ON Keyboard Reading 120 2 KE YBD -110 - ON Keyboard Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 Various Various 2

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

62 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY// PERFORMANCE TRACK 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME / CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 KEYBD-230-ON Keyboard Performance 230 2 CC-203K-ON Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-220-ON Keyboard Reading 220 2 KEYBD-210-ON Keyboard Technique 210 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q9 Q10 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 KEYBD-360-ON Project Recording 1 2 CC-303K-ON Keyboard LPW 303 1 PROF. DEV. KEYBD-350-ON Commercial Composition 1 2 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 1 2 PROF. DEV. CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 ASSOCIATE Q11 Q12 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 KEYBD-460-ON Project Recording 2 2 CC-403K-ON Keyboard LPW 403 1 PROF. DEV. KEYBD-450-ON Commercial Composition 2 2 CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

63 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE

6464 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS VOCAL 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE

COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-6 12 Vocal LPW 013-403 6 Vocal Performance 013-230 8 Vocal Technique 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA = 54 CREDITS Sightsinging 012-220 8 Styles Survey 1-2 2 DAW 1-2 2 Ensemble 1-2 4 Project Recording: Vocal 1-2 4 Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Media Relations 2 Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 ASSOCIATE Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 19 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting for IAP 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

Associate of Arts in Performance (Vocal) Program Learning Outcomes: 1. The student will develop professional performance abilities in contemporary commercial music styles as both a solo and ensemble vocalist through advanced studies in technique, reading, ensemble, stylistic appropriateness/diversity, and live performance workshops/ ensembles. 2. The student will develop professional studio production and technical skills through advanced studies of studio-based recording software. 3. The student will develop skills of professional depth, versatility, and creativity in the areas of composition and studio production with vocal performance as the focal point. 4. The student will cultivate fundamental proficiencies alongside adaptability and inventiveness through the study of traditional and contemporary music theory, ear training, songwriting, in-depth rhythmic studies, and keyboard proficiency. 5. The student will develop basic skills in applied entertainment business concepts, marketing techniques, visual media software, digital branding, and media relations concepts and practices, allowing them to negotiate the professional business side of the music industry. 6. The student will choose options for specialized study in areas such as musical styles, secondary instrument study, popular music history, technology, music business, creative development and composition and analysis; assembling a skill set specific to themselves as artists/musicians.

65 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS VOCAL

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 CC-013V-ON Vocal LPW 013 1 CC-023V-ON Vocal LPW 023 1 VOCAL-013-ON Vocal Performance 013 2 VOCAL-023-ON Vocal Performance 023 2 VOCAL- 011- ON Vocal Technique 011 2 VOCAL-021-ON Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-012-ON Sightsinging 012 2 VOCAL-022-ON Sightsinging 022 2 VOCAL-014-ON Styles Survey 1 1 VOCAL-024-ON Styles Survey 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103V-ON Vocal LPW 103 1 CC-203V-ON Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-130-ON Vocal Performance 130 2 VOCAL-230-ON Vocal Performance 230 2 VOCAL-110 - ON Vocal Technique 110 2 VOCAL-210-ON Vocal Technique 210 2 VOCAL-120-ON Sightsinging 120 2 VOCAL-220-ON Sightsinging 220 2

ASSOCIATE AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 CC-303V-ON Vocal LPW 303 1 CC-403V-ON Vocal LPW 403 1 VOCAL-350-ON Contemporary Vocal Ensemble 2 VOCAL-450-ON Advance Contemporary Vocal Ensemble 2 VOCAL-360-ON Project Recording: Vocal 1 2 VOCAL-460-ON Project Recording: Vocal 2 2 PRO. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 2 CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

* Student’s choice of various DAWs 66 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

VOCAL 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Vocal Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate of Arts degree in Vocals who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Vocal program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CC-CC-ON New Student Seminar 0 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-013-ON Vocal Performance 013 2 VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-012-ON Sightsinging 012 2 CC-013V-ON Vocal LPW 013 1 VOCAL-014-ON Styles Survey 1 1 VOCAL- 011- ON Vocal Technique 011 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-025-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-015-ON Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-012-ON Ear Training 012 1.5 CC- 011- ON Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 ASSOCIATE

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 2 2 VOCAL-023-ON Vocal Performance 023 2 CC-023V-ON Vocal LPW 023 1 VOCAL-022-ON Sightsinging 022 2 VOCAL-021-ON Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-024-ON Styles Survey 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-056-ON AUDIO 1 1 CC-021-ON Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-108-ON Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-022-ON Ear Training 022 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-130-ON Vocal Performance 130 2 CC-103V-ON Vocal LPW 103 1 VOCAL-120-ON Sightsinging 120 2 VOCAL-110 - ON Vocal Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156-ON AUDIO 2 1 CC-102-ON Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP VOCAL-031E-ON Digital Notation & Arranging 1 CC-101-ON Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

* Student’s choice of various DAWs

67 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

VOCAL 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME / CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 4 2 MAJOR AREA CC-203V-ON Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-230-ON Vocal Performance 230 2 VOCAL-210-ON Vocal Technique 210 2 VOCAL-220-ON Sightsinging 220 2 MUSICIANSHIP VOCAL-360-ON Project Recording 1 2 CC-201-ON Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-208-ON Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 CC-202-ON Ear Training 202 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q9 Q10 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 5 2 VOCAL-350-ON Vocal Ensemble 1 2 CC-303V-ON Vocal LPW 303 1 PROF. DEV. VOCAL-460-ON Project Recording 2 2 MUBUS-0460-ON Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 PROF. DEV. CC-307-ON Visual Media 1 2

ASSOCIATE MUBUS-0360-ON Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-107-ON Songwriting for IAP 1 1.5 Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7.5

Q11 Q12 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL-ON Private Lesson 6 2 VOCAL-450-ON Vocal Ensemble 2 2 CC-403V-ON Vocal LPW 403 1 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. CC-407-ON Visual Media 2 2 MUBUS-0202-ON Media Relations 1 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307-ON Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-207-ON Songwriting for IAP 2 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 2 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7.5

68 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY

69 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE MUSIC BUSINESS 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE* COURSE CREDIT Music Industry History 1-2 4 Music Business Law & Contracts 1-3 5 Music Publishing & Licensing 1-4 8 Music Industry 1-4 11 Computer Tech Music Business Applications 1-2 3 MAJOR AREA = Music Business Accounting & Finance 1-2 3 Personal Management & the Artist’s Team 1 64.5 CREDITS Artist Development: Skills for the Creative Ent. 1.5 Music Business Marketing & Social Media 1-5 10 Music Industry Internship 1-2 10 Personal Entrepreneurship 1-2 4 Publishing/A&R Practicum 4 Booking & Management Practicum 4

PROF. DEVELOPMENT = Management & Business Skills 1-4 6.5 10.5 CREDITS (includes Business Writing, Networking, Public Speaking and Leadership) Visual Media 1-2 4 Musicianship for Industry Professionals 1 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = Song Structure & Content 2 Songs, Recording & Production: A&R Analysis 2 ASSOCIATE 9 CREDITS Production Music for Visual Media: Critical Listening 1-2 4 ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

Associate of Science in Music Business Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Define and articulate more comprehensively and with added global perspective the current music industry landscape including how the more specific business areas function and are interconnected to drive the industry as a whole. 2. Describe, apply and demonstrate the essential skills of primary music business career paths and roles across main industry areas such as personal management/artist management, music publishing and licensing, record label operations including A&R (Artists & Repertoire), music marketing, music distribution, and booking and touring. 3. Employ industry-specific practical knowledge gained from application-oriented projects and hands-on technology training, and integrate direct business experience through music business internships. 4. Recall and implement prevailing business practices and strategies applicable to major established music companies as well as the independent sectors of the industry. 5. Relate and integrate additional valuable business insight gained from networking with successful music industry professionals. 6. Apply and demonstrate a more developed and expanded range of transferable business skills, such as those in leadership, team building, effective communication and expanding a professional network, with an emphasis on applications within the music industry, as well as identify resources to carry out music business research. 7. Determine particular professional music industry career paths, suited to acquired skills, knowledge and personal strengths, to then identify and secure appropriate business opportunities as well as job opportunities at entry level or beyond, or for further professional advancement and specialization. 8. Appropriately analyze and adapt the acquired knowledge and skills to individual and specific industry situations that will be encountered in a professional career. 9. Analyze and adapt to new developments and trends in the contemporary music industry utilizing broadened historical perspective and context. 10. Fully apply and demonstrate the above-referenced knowledge and skills as a self-managed independent/performing artist. 11. As for being an entrepreneur, define, articulate and implement the practical and legal aspects/steps of forming a business, develop skills to operate and manage the day-to-day functions of a music-related company, and overall business planning. 12. Demonstrate practical skills related to goal-setting, task allocation, research and analysis techniques, measurement and results analysis, problem solving, and time management. 13. More effectively evaluate musical talent and music product as prospects from an independent business/company standpoint, considering both business and artistic/creative goals. 14. Demonstrate basic musical knowledge as well as critical/analytical skills sufficient for a certain level of professional music evaluation from a creative standpoint and effective communication with artists and other creative professionals such as songwriters, producers, musicians and audio engineers. 15. Wholly utilize the in-depth knowledge, experience and practical skills acquired, to perform the full scope of assessing, acquiring, developing, marketing, promoting and launching a new artist or music project.

*This program is new. The number of students who graduate, the number of students who are placed, or the starting salary you can earn after finishing the educational program are unknown at this time. Information regarding general salary and placement statistics may be available from governmental sources or from the institution, but is not equivalent to actual performance data. 70 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE MUSIC BUSINESS

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-110 Music Industry History 1 2 MUBUS-210 Music Industry History 2 2 MUBUS-120 Music Business Law & Contracts 1 2 MUBUS-220 Music Business Law & Contracts 2 2 MUBUS-130 Music Publishing & Licensing 1 2 MUBUS-230 Music Publishing & Licensing 2 2 MUBUS-140 Music Industry 1 2 MUBUS-240 Music Industry 2 2 MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business 1.5 MUBUS-250 Music Business Accounting & 1.5 Applications 1 Finance 1 MUBUS-170 Personal Management & The Artist’s 1 MUBUS-280 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 Team Media 2 MUBUS-180 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 PRO. DEV. Media 1 MUBUS-290 Management & Business Skills 2 1.5 PRO. DEV. SUP. MUSIC MUBUS-190 Management & Business Skills 1 1.5 AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry Prof. 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-320 Music Business Law & Contracts 3 1 MUBUS-430 Music Publishing & Licensing 4 2 MUBUS-330 Music Publishing & Licensing 3 2 MUBUS-440 Music Industry 4A 2 MUBUS-340 Music Industry 3A 2 MUBUS-441 Music Industry 4B 1 MUBUS-341 Music Industry 3B 1 MUBUS-450 Computer Tech Music Business 1.5 MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C 1 Applications 2

ASSOCIATE MUBUS-350 Music Business Accounting & 1.5 MUBUS-470 Artist Development: Skills for the 1.5 Finance 2 Creative Environment MUBUS-380 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-480 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 Media 3 Media 4 PRO. DEV. PRO. DEV. MUBUS-390 Management & Business Skills 3 1.5 MUBUS-490 Management & Business Skills 4 2 SUP. MUSIC SUP. MUSIC MUBUS-360 Song Structure & Content 2 MUBUS-460 Songs, Recording & Production: 2 ELECTIVES A&R Analysis Various Various 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-580 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-640 Music Industry Internship 2 4 Media 5 MUBUS-650 Personal Entrepreneurship 2 2 MUBUS-540 Music Industry Internship 1 2 MUBUS-670 Booking & Mgmt. Practicum 4 MUBUS-550 Personal Entrepreneurship 1 2 PRO. DEV. MUBUS-570 Publishing/A&R Practicum 4 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 PRO. DEV. SUP. MUSIC CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-660 Production Music for Visual Media 2 2 SUP. MUSIC ELECTIVES MUBUS-560 Production Music for Visual Media 1 2 Various Various 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

71 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE

MUSIC BUSINESS 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME

The part-time Music Business Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate degree in Music Business who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Music Business program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-140 Music Industry 1 2 MUBUS-110 Music Industry History 1 2 MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business 1.5 MUBUS-120 Music Business Law & Contracts 1 2 Applications 1 MUBUS-130 Music Publishing & Licensing 1 2 MUBUS-180 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-240 Music Industry 2 2 Media 1 PRO. DEV. TOTAL 8 MUBUS-190 Management & Business Skills 1 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 8 ASSOCIATE

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-210 Music Industry History 2 2 MUBUS-320 Music Business Law & Contracts 3 1 MUBUS-220 Music Business Law & Contracts 2 2 MUBUS-330 Music Publishing & Licensing 3 2 MUBUS-230 Music Publishing & Licensing 2 2 MUBUS-340 Music Industry 3A 2 MUBUS-170 Personal Management & The 1 MUBUS-341 Music Industry 3B 1 ELECTIVES Artist’s Team MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-250 Music Business Accounting & 1.5 MUBUS-430 Music Publishing & Licensing 4 2 Finance 1 MUBUS-440 Music Industry 4A 2 MUBUS-280 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-441 Music Industry 4B 1 Media 2 MUBUS-380 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 PRO. DEV. Media 3 MUBUS-290 Management & Business Skills 2 1.5 SUP. MUSIC AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry Prof. 1 TOTAL 7 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 7

72 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE

MUSIC BUSINESS 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME / CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-350 Music Business Accounting & 1.5 MUBUS-450 Computer Tech Music Business 1.5 Finance 2 Applications 2 MUBUS-480 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-470 Artist Development: Skills for the 1.5 Media 4 Creative Environment PROF. DEV. MUBUS-580 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-390 Management & Business Skills 3 1.5 Media 5 SUP. MUSIC SUP. MUSIC MUBUS-360 Song Structure & Content 2 MUBUS-460 Songs, Recording & Production: 2 A&R Analysis ELECTIVES TOTAL 7 Various Various 1

TOTAL 8

Q9 Q10 ASSOCIATE CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-550 Personal Entrepreneurship 1 2 MUBUS-650 Personal Entrepreneurship 2 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-490 Management & Business Skills 4 2 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 SUP. MUSIC SUP. MUSIC MUBUS-660 Production Music for Visual Media 2 2 MUBUS-560 Production Music for Visual Media 1 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 8 TOTAL 7

Q11 Q12 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-540 Music Industry Internship 1 2 MUBUS-640 Music Industry Internship 2 4 MUBUS-570 Publishing/A&R Practicum 4 MUBUS-670 Booking & Mgmt. Practicum 4 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8

TOTAL 7

73 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY 90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE

COURSE CREDIT

Mac Basics 1 Recording Techniques 1-2 2 Recording Theory 1 Pro Tools 1-4 4 Electronics 2 Console Theory & Operation 1-4 8 Intro to Post-Production 1 Sound Reinforcement Theory & Operation 1 MAJOR AREA = 59 CREDITS Interactive Audio & Emerging Technologies 2 Mixing Essentials 1-3 7 Pro Tools Operation 1-2 4 Advanced Analog and Digital Audio Principles 1-2 3 Analog and Digital Signal Processing 2 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 1 Music Mastering 1 Systems Integration & File Management 2 2

Broadcast Media 1-2 ASSOCIATE Survey of Recording & Production Techniques 1-2 4 Live Recording Techniques 2 Studio Technology 2 Recording Studio Etiquette 1 Final Project 1-2 6

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Operating a Music Business 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 12 CREDITS Networking Strategies 1 Visual Media 1-2 4 Business Law for Music Producers 2

The Evolution of Audio 1 Musicianship for Industry Professionals 1 MUSICIANSHIP = 11 CREDITS Critical Listening 2 Music Production 1 Song Structure and Content 2 Music Industry History 1-2 4

ELECTIVES = 8 CREDITS Various 8

Associate of Science in Studio Recording Technology Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Demonstrate the ability to operate modern analog and digital audio systems using industry-standard production techniques and equipment in various recording scenarios. 2. Demonstrate basic to advanced knowledge of audio engineering concepts in theory and in practice, including the principles of computer basics, signal flow, and signal processing. 3. Demonstrate proficiency in frequency recognition and other critical listening skills. 4. Demonstrate basic musicianship skills, song structure, and practical knowledge of Western music theory, methods and fundamentals associated with the creation and production of contemporary, popular music. 5. Demonstrate fundamental understanding of common audio post-production and live sound technologies and practices. 6. Demonstrate fundamental understanding of basic audio electronics and theory, including soldering techniques related to professional audio equipment. 7. Demonstrate basic understanding of common business practices related to music and professional efforts in the entertainment industry, including music business law & contracts. 8. Demonstrate the ability to create your own visual media components. 9. Understand deep technical concepts as they relate to audio recording, broadcasting, and podcasts. 10. Identify the different musical genres and musical standards as they relate to historical and cultural changes throughout the last eighty years. 11. Demonstrate fundamental understanding of the audio technology arc from wax cylinders to vinyl, analog systems, early digital formats, to digital audio workstations. 74 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY

In a remote learning environment, students explore all phases of audio production including recording, mixing, mastering, and producing as executed in professional, industry related, recording scenarios. The Associate of Science in Studio Recording Technology offers audio recording engineers and producers individual and team exercises designed to build a mastery of the recording process while understanding the business of the audio industry.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-107 Mac Basics 1 AUDIO-259 Pro Tools 2 2 AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques 1 1 AUDIO-285 Console Theory & Operation 2 2 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post-Production 1 AUDIO-159 Pro Tools 1 2 AUDIO -211 Sound Reinforcement Theory and 1 AUDIO-185 Console Theory and Operation 1 2 Operation AUDIO-151 Electronics 2 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 1 3 PRO. DEV. AUDIO-208 Analog and Digital Signal Processing 2 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 PRO. DEV. MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 AUDIO -111 Evolution of Audio 1 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry AUDIO-051 Music Production 1 Professionals 1 MUBUS-110 Music Industry History 1 2 TOTAL 14.5 TOTAL 15.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA

ASSOCIATE AUDIO-201 Recording Techniques 2 1 AUDIO-459 Pro Tools 4 2 AUDIO-359 Pro Tools 3 2 AUDIO-485 Console Theory & Operation 4 2 AUDIO-385 Console Theory & Operation 3 2 AUDIO-440 Mixing Essentials 3 2 AUDIO-360 Interactive Audio & Emerging AUDIO-450 Advanced Analog and Digital Audio Technologies 2 Principles 2 2 AUDIO-340 Mixing Essentials 2 2 AUDIO-216 Music Mastering 1 AUDIO-350 Advanced Analog and Digital Audio AUDIO-470 Systems Integration & File Principles 1 1 Management 2 AUDIO-320 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 1 MUSICIANSHIP PRO. DEV. MUBUS-360 Song Structure and Content 2 AUDIO-375 Business Law for Music Producers 2 ELECTIVES MUSICIANSHIP Various Various 2 MUBUS-210 Music Industry History 2 2 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-510 Broadcast Media 1 1 AUDIO-610 Broadcast Media 2 1 AUDIO-575 Survey of Recording & Production AUDIO-675 Survey of Recording & Production Techniques 1 2 Techniques 2 2 AUDIO-580 Live Recording Techniques 2 AUDIO-660 Studio Technology 2 AUDIO-140 Recording Studio Etiquette 1 AUDIO-690 Final Project 2 3 AUDIO-590 Final Project 1 3 PRO. DEV. PRO. DEV. CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUBUS-206 Networking Strategies 1 MUBUS-308 Operating a Music Business 2 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 3 Various Various 3 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

75 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE

STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME

The part-time Studio Recording program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue an Associate degree in Studio Recording who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Studio Recording program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-107 Mac Basics 1 AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques 1 1 AUDIO-159 Pro Tools 1 2 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 AUDIO-185 Console Theory & Operation 1 2 AUDIO-259 Pro Tools 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-151 Electronics 2 AUDIO -111 The Evolution of Audio 1 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 Professionals 1 AUDIO-051 Music Production 1 TOTAL 8

TOTAL 8 ASSOCIATE

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-201 Recording Techniques 2 1 AUDIO -211 Sound Reinforcement Theory & AUDIO-285 Console Theory & Operation 2 2 Operation 1 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 1 3 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post-Production 1 AUDIO-359 Pro Tools 3 2 AUDIO-360 Interactive Audio & Emerging AUDIO-208 Analog and Digital Signal Processing 2 Technologies 2 MUSICIANSHIP TOTAL 8 MUBUS-360 Song Structure and Content 2

TOTAL 8

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-340 Mixing Essentials 2 2 AUDIO-440 Mixing Essentials 3 2 AUDIO-459 Pro Tools 4 2 AUDIO-385 Console Theory & Operation 3 2 AUDIO-320 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 1 AUDIO-216 Music Mastering 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-110 Music Industry History 1 2 MUBUS-210 Music Industry History 2 2

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7

76 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE

STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY 90 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS/ PART-TIME / CONT.

Q7 Q8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-485 Console Theory & Operation 4 2 AUDIO-350 Advanced Analog and Digital Audio Principles 1 1 AUDIO-470 Systems Integration and File PRO. DEV. Management 2 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 PRO. DEV. MUBUS-308 Owning and Operating a Music CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 Business 2 AUDIO-375 Business Law for Music Producers 2 CC-407 Visual Media 1 2 ELECTIVES TOTAL 8 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5

Q9 Q10 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-450 Advanced Analog and Digital Audio AUDIO-510 Broadcasting Media 1 1 Principles 2 2 AUDIO-675 Survey of Recording & Production AUDIO-575 Survey of Recording & Production Techniques 2 2 Techniques 1 2 AUDIO-580 Live Recording Techniques 2 PRO. DEV. ELECTIVES MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 Various Various 2 MUBUS-206 Networking Strategies 1 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 ASSOCIATE TOTAL 7

TOTAL 7.5 Q11 Q12 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-610 Broadcasting Media 2 1 AUDIO-660 Studio Technology 2 AUDIO-140 Recording Studio Etiquette 1 AUDIO-690 Final Project 2 3 AUDIO-590 Final Project 1 3 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7

77 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 78 WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO ADDITIONSTHE CATALOG AND CHANGES TOOCCUR THE CATALOG FREQUENTLY. OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISIT VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS BACHELOR OF MUSIC OVERVIEW 12 QTRS IN COMPOSITION OR SONGWRITING & PRODUCTION

MI’s Bachelor of Music Degree offers several options for students who want to gain an in-depth mastery of Harmony, Theory and Ear Training as well as comprehensive courses in music history, music production software, producing, and business relations. Bachelor Degrees are available in either Composition, Performance or Songwriting & Production with the goal of preparing graduates to become professional artists in the contemporary music and entertainment industry.

Bachelor of Music in Songwriting & Production The Bachelor of Songwriting & Production degree program is designed to prepare students for careers as songwriters in today’s modern music industry. Graduates of this program will be able to write and produce their own music, while also gaining the skills to write music for other artists or for TV, film and commercial placement. Curriculum includes classes in Songwriting, Lyric Writing, Contemporary Arranging, Studio Production, Ensemble, Logic, Pro Tools, Ear Training, and more. BACHELOR

Published program lengths are based on optimal course load at 12 credits per quarter for Bachelor Programs 79 BACHELOR OF MUSIC SONGWRITING & PRODUCTION

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE* COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-12 24 Songwriting 1-6 11 MAJOR AREA = 63 CREDITS Compositional Style and Analysis 1-2 4 Lyric Writing 1-2 4 Contemporary Arranging 1-5 10 Vocal Technique for Songwriters 1 Guitar Harmony for Songwriters 1 Vocal Arranging 1-2 4 Sophomore Recital 2 Senior Portfolio Project 2

Keyboard Harmony for Songwriting 1-2 4 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 33 CREDITS Vocal Production and Collaboration 1-2 4 Music History 1-4 8 Musical Directing/Conducting 2 Secondary Applied Lessons 2 Business of Composing 1-2 2 Production Music for Visual Media 1-2 4

BACHELOR Sibelius Notation 1 Logic Fundamentals 1-2 2 Pro Tools 1-2 4 Harmony & Theory 1-8 15 MUSICIANSHIP = 33 CREDITS Ear Training 1-6 11 Keyboard Proficiency 1-3 3 Composers Ensemble 1-2 4 GENERAL ED* = 45 CREDITS Various 45

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

Bachelor of Music in Songwriting and Production Program Learning Outcomes: 1. Compose and arrange within various genres of contemporary music including: Pop, Rock & Roll, Rhythm & Blues/Funk, Latin, Jazz, and Country while exhibiting stylistic authenticity, lyric-writing ability and originality. 2. Demonstrate comprehensive technical, reading and performing abilities as they pertain to the aforementioned styles within the specified area of instrumental concentration. 3. Demonstrate proper application of audio production techniques including: microphone placement, live tracking, audio- editing, mixing and mastering along with showcasing leadership skills as applied to problem solving within a recording studio environment. 4. Demonstrate substantive knowledge within supportive areas including: music history, theory and composition (traditional and contemporary), arranging, conducting (traditional and contemporary), ear-training, keyboard and guitar proficiency. 5. Demonstrate technological proficiency within the areas of music notation, recording, performance and music business. 6. Exhibit personal and artistic growth and leadership skills as a team-oriented songwriter and producer of contemporary musical styles along with the ability to further develop an organizational foundation for well-rounded self-study.

80 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS BACHELOR OF MUSIC BACHELOR OF MUSIC SONGWRITING & PRODUCTION

QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 BACHELOR 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2

1 1 1 2 2

1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2

3 3 5 4 3 1 3 3 4 3 5 8

2 3 1

81 COURSES 82 DJ-202 BEAT MATCHING 2 (1.5) MATCHING BEAT DJ-202 Prerequisite: Beat Matching Further DJ-102 1. the to concepts and techniques ofBeat Matching focus is 1, on expanding beat matching abilities through the mastery of advanced skills such “cuts”, hard blending, different styles, blending half-time as: blending a capellas, and harmonic mixing. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. DJ SOFTWARE (1) SERATO© 1: DJ-103 DJ-205 HISTORY & ANALYSIS OF RECORDED POPULAR OF RECORDED & ANALYSIS HISTORY DJ-205 MUSIC 2 (1) Popular Recorded of Analysis History and DJ-105 Prerequisite: Music Further 1. the to material presented in the History and Analysis of Recorded Popular Musiccourse, 1 focus switches the to exploration of musical sub-genres. Under the guidance of faculty, students select a sub-genre in keeping with their DJ-209 REMIXING (1) DJ-209 Prerequisite: DJ-058 Ableton Live This for DJs course 1. explores the essential techniques needed transform to a pre- existing track into a successful remix. Students will understand how use to flextime editingto change thetempo and pitch of audio stems and layer their own beats, synths, and samples. an between difference the examine also will course The “official” remix versus a “bootleg” and to how collect remix fees and royalties. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. & DJ PERFORMANCE // DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL PRODUCTION POPULAR OF RECORDED & ANALYSIS HISTORY DJ-105 MUSIC 1 (1) Beyond the technicality and physicality of the art of DJ’ing, DJs must also be knowledgeable about the music be to played with enrich and broaden to designed is course This repertoire. their the aspiringDJ’s musical repertoire by examining the different styles of music commonly performed This today. includes: 40, Hip-Hop,Top Disco, Rock, Reggae, Latin, Soul-Funk, and Electronic Dance Music (“EDM”). One lecture hour per week quarter. one for An introduction one to of the industry-standard vinyl emulation computer applications: Serato DJ. The course focuses on the functionality of the Serato DJ platform, including: playback control, beat matching; absolute,relative and internal modes; the use of cue points,loops, effects (“FX”), plugins, using playlists“crates”, and recording. lab hours Two per week for one quarter. Required software fee: $150.00 DJ SOFTWAREDJ-104 1: TRAKTOR© (1) industry-standard with familiarity well-rounded a ensure To vinyl emulation software, this course exploresone of the most course The focuses Pro. Traktor world: the in platforms popular on the functionality of the software, including: loading and mixing tracks; synching tracks by beat, bar and/or phrase; cues, “hot” decks, loops, remix samples and and points cue equalization (“EQ”), filters, harmonic mixing, effects(“FX”), macros, and recording. lab hours Two per week for one quarter. for one quarter. one for COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

DJ-102 BEAT MATCHING 1 (1.5) MATCHING BEAT DJ-102 A DJ’s most essential skill is the ability seamlessly to match (“tracks”) songs pre-recorded different between transition and on traditional DJ equipment (defined as equipment without the ability “auto-sync”)to in a live setting. The concepts students allow will course this in presented techniques and execute to this core function on any type of traditional DJ equipment. (This is done with turntables/vinyl and CDJ-NOT Serato One lecture or Traktor.) hour and one lab hour per week DJ-201 DJ SET BUILDING 2 (1) DJ-201 DJ SetPrerequisite: Building Building 1. DJ-101 on the concepts and techniques of DJ Set Building focus 1, progresses the to creation of DJ sets that are tailor-made for specific(such events as: fashion shows, inaugurations, commercial events, and radio extended shows), sets, and working with external parameters in a live setting (such as: “MCs”, performers, ceremonies dance of and master theater lights, One lecture etc). hour per week for one quarter. In addition the to core skills required for the art of DJ’ing, it is imperative that DJs are able apply to those skills create to a cohesive experience - one with a narrative musical “arc” - of the same duration “set”). (a This course is designed aid to students with this goal via the exploration of core set elements such as: determining a mood or theme, song selection, transitions, time management, and building intensity. One lecture hour per week quarter. one for DJ-101 DJ SET BUILDING 1 (1) DJ-101 DJ-158 ABLETON LIVE© FOR DJS FOR ABLETON 2 (1) LIVE© DJ-158 Prerequisite: DJ-058 Ableton Live Building 1 for DJs 1. on the material of Ableton Live for DJs, students focus on gaining effects, instruments, Ableton’s of understanding deeper a mapping, and audio warping. Students will alsolearn the setups. performance live custom create to used techniques lab hoursTwo per week for one quarter. DJ-058 DJS FOR ABLETON 1 (1) LIVE© Ableton Live is a live music solution favored by producers, DJs, beatmakers, and remixArtists. In this course, studentsexplore this platform and learn core functionality in order be to able to create “mashups” and remixes, as well as how incorporate to cues, samples, trigger and to order in external controllers effects (“FX”). lab hours Two per week for one quarter. MAJOR AREA // DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION DJ PERFORMANCE MAJOR AREA // LESSONDJ-PL (2) PRIVATE In a one-on-one setting, students are guided by faculty hone to certain technical and artistic aspects of their live set. Technical and transitions convincing achieving to paid is attention effective use of equipment (hardware, controllers and effects “FX”). Artistic attention is paid artistic to choices, such as: songs, creative and musical use of filters, EQ and effects; and per lesson hour private artistic decision-making. One on-the-fly quarter. one for week DJPERFORMANCE &PRODUCTION COURSES 83 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS DJ-206 MUSICIANSHIP 2 (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour Department’s Musicianship course (AUDIO-106). One lecture Engineering Audio to the equivalent NOT is course This (ARTST-106). course Musicianship IAP to the equivalent is course This studio. the in sessions recording or writing during using appropriate music terminology, which will prove invaluable by professionals musical other with communicate to effectively able be will students course this completing Upon examples. as songs popular using by training ear study will and notation rhythmic to basic introduced be also will Students creation. chart of basics the and form song analysis, harmonic numeral Roman qualities, chord minor vs. major rhythm, and harmony melody, of role the including covered, be will theory and harmony of Basics patterns. rhythmic common various and through the analysis of popular harmonic melodies, structures, accomplished is This theory. music basic the in foundation the study of popular music composition devices and their is course this professionals, music aspiring for Designed DJ-106 MUSICIANSHIP 1 (1.5) MUSICIANSHIP // PERFORMANCE DJ &PRODUCTION per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and sales sponsorships, and advertising promotion, video press, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as to radio, access gaining audience, target the identifying including definingan image, brand,position, and format, objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set research, conduct marketing advice. After identifying a business vision, students independent practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible atFurthermore, a time when new technologies make it more attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING MUBUS-0307 ARTIST INDEPENDENT quarter. per week per hour lecture One craft. producer/performer may in findthe him/herself execution of the the which in situations common with along publishing; of basics the and law copyright of overview an contracts; personnel business team, session riders; performance, recording, and key personnel in an electronic music producer/performer’s the taxes, filing entity, abusiness creating Topics include: DJ. or producer music electronic an as abusiness operating of overview acomprehensive gain students course, this In 1(1) PERFORMANCE DJ-108 BUSINESS OF ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRODUCTION & quarter. one for week per hour lecture One examples. listening critical of presentation the with voce viva defended and group to the the core elements thereof. Research results are presented stylistic identity and conduct independent to research identify lab hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lab Two suite. hardware and software Maschine the using remixes and productions complex more as well as sequences beat to create able be will students course, this completing Upon Maschine. Instruments’ Native using techniques programming Studentssoftware. will be exposed to modern production and Sampler Maschine of utility and use to the introduction An 1. Producers Music Electronic and DJs for Live Ableton DJ-058 or I, Reason AUDIO-056 I, Ableton AUDIO-058 1, Tools Logic 101, Pro AUDIO-057 AUDIO-052 courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following music producer. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two producer. lecture music electronic modern the for music recorded in involved aspects individualized manner. The instructor mentors on the production and aunique in skills, such utilizing identity, astylistic develop will students Additionally, level. professional to the music recorded their of quality the to elevate designed are that skills This course focuses on providing students with production DJ-207 2(2) BUILDING TRACK per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture peers. their of differentiation in skills, those of utilization in identity, astylistic to develop them enabling also level-whilst professional to the music recorded their of quality the to elevate designed are that skills production with students providing on focuses course This DJ’ing. modern for music recorded in involved aspects production the of examination An DJ-107 1(2) BUILDING TRACK one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studio. the in sessions recording or writing during invaluable prove will which music by professionals using appropriate music terminology, other with communicate to effectively able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon Leading. Voice and Inversions, Triad Cadences, Scales, Minor Signatures, Time as application of Harmony and Theory, addressing concepts such practical in-depth amore provides 1, course this Musicianship on DJ-106 1. Building ARTST-106 or Prerequisite: Musicianship Students will learn how to make beats, use the sequencer, sequencer, the use beats, to make how learn will Students provides an in-depth look at Ableton’s flagshipcontroller, Push. 1. course DJs for This Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: DJ-126E SEQUENCING WITH PUSH© (1) quarter. per week per hour lab one and lecture One Live. Ableton within instruments synthesizer various on sounds unique to design learn will students platform, any to applicable are concepts Although Live. Ableton within tools on focuses material course The sampling. of basics important the as well as synthesis of forms additive and subtractive in of sound synthesis and signal flow, concepts includingcritical elements fundamental the examines 1. course This Producers Music &Electronic DJs for Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: 1(1) LIVE ABLETON WITH DJ-111E DESIGN SOUND (1) CIS-016E MASCHINE AND BEAT MAKING ELECTIVES PROGRAM-SPECIFIC ELECTIVES // PERFORMANCE DJ &PRODUCTION

COURSES 84 ARTST-111 | PROJECT ADVISING 1 (2) ARTST-111 Working in close consultation with project advisors, begin final Independent Artist your creating project, and planning including two or more original songs, artwork, anInternet presence, a press kit and a marketing/career plan. Initial category/focus, project a choosing assignmentsinclude creating a production scheduleand creating a project proposal. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. | PROJECT ADVISING 2 (2) ARTST-211 Project Advising WorkingPrerequisite 1. in close ARTST-111 to continue advisors, students project with consultation develop a music performance, production, and marketing plan for their final culminating experience (The Final Project). They also complete a promotional package, consist to of a recording of their recording and supporting materials. The final package must be defended before a faculty committee chaired by the student’s advisor/mentor. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. | PROJECT ADVISING 3 (2) ARTST-311 Prerequisite ARTST-211 ProjectPrerequisite Advising ARTST-211 2. Working in close are they advisors, whom project various with consultation required meet to with at least once a week, students begin planning and creatingtheir final project, including five or more original songs, artwork, an internet presence, four videos, a press kit and a marketing/career plan. One lecture hour per quarter. one for week | PROJECT ADVISING 4 (2) ARTST-411 Prerequisite Project Advising ARTST-311 3. Working in close they whom advisors, with project various with consultation are required meet to at least once a week, students begin more or three final project, including their creating and planning original songs, artwork, an internet presence, a press kit and a marketing/career plan. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. | ARTIST IDENTITY (1) ARTST-103 concepts various explore students which in workshop a is This of aesthetics, with a focus on developing their own musical branding. personal and identity artistic philosophy, aesthetic Students present their own original material the to class for artists-in-residence and lecturers Guest advice. and feedback from a variety of diverse backgrounds will also join the quarter. one for week per hour lecture One discussions. (1.5) 1 MUSICIANSHIP | ARTST-106 aspiring professionals,Designed music for course is this their and devices composition music popular of study the foundation in the basic music theory. This is accomplished structures, melodies, harmonic popular of analysis the through and various common rhythmic patterns. Basics of harmony and theory will be covered, including the role of melody, harmony and rhythm, major vs. minor chord qualities, Roman numeral harmonic analysis, song form and the basics of chart creation. Students will also be introduced basic to rhythmic notation and will study ear training by using popular songs as examples. Upon completing this course students will be able effectively to communicate with other musical professionals by using Topics includeTopics remixing, mix bus processing, and mix delivery. lectureTwo hours per weekfor one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Prerequisite: ARTST-301 Recording Project 3. Building on on Building 3. Project Recording ARTST-301 Prerequisite: the foundation of Recording Project 3, this course focuses on the mixing and mastering process. Students learn how turn to products. finished professional and dynamic into tracks basic ARTST-401 | RECORDING PROJECT 4 (2) | RECORDING ARTST-401 ARTST-301 | RECORDING PROJECT 3 (2) | RECORDING ARTST-301 Prerequisite: Recording ARTST-201 Project 2. This course delves deeper in the to specifics of production, with an recording. and performance, arrangement, on focus increased Students learn what it takes transform to their tracks into production include Topics products. professional dynamic, vision, home studio setup, live instrument tracking, time/ MIDI editing, pitch performance/programming, virtual and course, this of completion Upon instruments/samplers. students should be able conceptualize to and execute all steps up leading commercial-quality recordings create to needed the post-production stage. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. ARTST-201 | RECORDING PROJECT 2 (2) | RECORDING ARTST-201 Learn 1. Project Recording ARTST-101 Prerequisite: project-studio a in recordings professional produce to environment. This portion of this course focuses on recording fundamentals and the process of tracking and overdubbing. Students learn how record to their original songs using the school’s studios as well as their own home setups. Specific choice and mic terminology, project-studio include topics techniques. production vocal EQ, compression and placement, lectureTwo hours per week for one quarter. ARTST-101 | RECORDING PROJECT 1 (2) | RECORDING ARTST-101 project-studio a in recordings professional produce Learn to environment. This portion of this course focuses on recording fundamentals and the process of tracking and overdubbing. Students learn how record to their original songs using the school’s studios as well as their own home setups. Specific choice and mic terminology, project-studio include topics techniques. production vocal EQ, compression and placement, lectureTwo hours per week for one quarter. ARTIST/PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR MAJOR AREA/ ARTIST/PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR CIS-150E SERUM (1) CIS-150E Prerequisite: DJ-058 Ableton Live 1 for DJs, AUDIO-052 AUDIO-056Logic AUDIO-057 1, 101, Reason ProTools or 1, AUDIO-058 Ableton This Live course 1. is designed explore to the functions, workflow and creative options of the Serum synthesizer plugin. Students will demonstrate how produce to their own sounds using the software’s extensive routing this of successful Upon completion features. editing and course, students will understand how program to the Serum synthesizer plugin create to and apply sounds found in modern quarter. one for week per hour lecture One productions. launch clips, play melodies and chords, and edit sounds. We’ll also take an in-depth look at how this powerfulcontroller can be used for live performances. One lecture hour per week for quarter. one COURSES 85 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS and practices of modern songwriting for the contemporary contemporary the for songwriting modern of practices and methods to the introduction ahands-on is course This 1(1.5) ARTIST ARTST-107 INDEPENDENT FOR THE |SONGWRITING quarter. per week per hour lab one and hour lecture recognition skills required by a professional musician. One aural the in proficiency of degree ahigh to demonstrate able diatonic and chromatic modulation. Students will also be inversion triad formation, smaller formal structures, and understand advanced harmonic concepts such as second to able be will students course, this of completion Upon patterns. melodic and chords, seventh and triads diatonic Minor, Minor) and Melodic including single notes, intervals, Harmonic Minor, (Natural key centers to Minor diatonic are that elements musical of transcription and dictation, concentrates on identification,arpeggiation, sightsinging, system; labeling solfege the using skills recognition aural as topics to such introduced be also will Students addressed. structures, sequences, and irregular resolution will also be concepts such as second inversion triads, smaller formal 7th chords resolve within chord Advanced progressions. and reharmonization and how of different types diminished instruction in the principles of modulation, tonicization, (Musicianship 3), this course provides students with detailed 3 Artists Independent for Training Harmony/Theory/Ear Prerequisite: ARTST-306 Musicianship 3. Building on ARTST-406 | MUSICIANSHIP 4 (1.5) quarter. per week per hour lab one and hour lecture recognition skills required by a professional musician. One aural the in proficiency of degree ahigh to demonstrate and concepts harmonic advanced to understand able be will students course, this of completion Upon training. ear of study continued as well as covered, be will creation chart of basics common chord 7th progressions, chords, song form and the Topics will include the role of melody, harmony and rhythm, melodies andstructures, various common patterns. rhythmic harmonic popular of analysis the through accomplished is This training. ear and theory music in foundation their and devices course provides continued study of popular music composition This 2. Musicianship DJ-206 or ARTST-206 Prerequisite: ARTST-306 | MUSICIANSHIP 3 (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studio. the in sessions recording or writing during appropriate music terminology, which will prove invaluable using by professionals music other with communicate to effectively able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon Leading. Voice and Inversions, Cadences, Triad Scales, Minor Signatures, Time as such concepts addressing Theory, and Harmony of application practical in-depth amore provides 1, course this Musicianship on ARTST-106 1. Building DJ-106 or Prerequisite: Musicianship ARTST-206 (1.5) 2|CREDITS: |MUSICIANSHIP one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture (AUDIO-106). One to the Audio Engineering Department’s Musicianship course equivalent NOT is (DJ-106). course course This Musicianship Program’s Production and DJPerformance to the equivalent is course This studio. the in sessions recording or writing during appropriate music terminology, which will prove invaluable and one lab hour per week, per quarter. per week, per hour lab one and hour lecture One course. the of end the at song fully-finished a presenting and creating by learned have they what apply and as independent songwriters through weekly writing exercises, skills their develop will Students songs. hit current and classic songwriting structures, styles, and examples, analyzing both multiple with work and examine will Students groove. and engineering, and effective chord melody, progressions, based song structure studies, lyric writing, reverse- independent Topics music artist. covered include: genre- hour per week, per quarter. lab one and hour lecture One quarter. the of end the at songs completed more or one of presentation afinal in culminate will collaboratively on various creative songwriting exercises, which and independently both work will Students copyright. and to publishing, rights performance organizations (PROs), respect with songwriting of business the navigating about knowledge crucial learn will students addition, In groove. more and complex chord rhythm/ melodies, progressions, practice more advanced lyric writing techniques, and produce styles, songwriting of genres various of analysis detailed independent Students music artists. will dig deeper into modern for songwriting of application and art the explores further 1, course level this from methods and concepts the on 1. Building SONG-101 1or Songwriting Artist Prerequisite: ARTST-107 Songwriting for the Independent 2(1.5) ARTIST ARTST-207 INDEPENDENT FOR THE |SONGWRITING one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One editing. video and operation, camera performance, directing of basics the be: will Topics covered workshops. seminar-style of aseries in instructor the of guidance the under video amusic create will artists, or bands own their sourcing Students, videos. music inAn introductory course creating simple, single-camera-style ARTST-353 (1.5) VIDEO BOOT |MUSIC CAMP quarter. one for week per hour lab one and lecture One songs. contemporary of study analytical continued as well as chords, and groove melody, development, lyrical of study further focuses on more advanced songwriting tips and techniques, course this 3, Songwriting in provided foundation the upon Building 2. APE for Adv. Songwriting ARTST-307 Prerequisite: 2(1.5) PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR ARTST-407 |ADVANCED FORARTIST/ THE SONGWRITING per week for one quarter. hour lab one and lecture One form. song and writing lyric of craft the of understanding their to deepen able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon covered. be also will usage word and rhyming of use The songs. descriptive and songs love songs, story including writing Types lyric of country. and rock Broadway, blues, folk, including Century 20th the through songs of forms different concept, a defining and finding include: Topics covered lyric. and construction form, song on concentrating songwriting, of study a deeper in delves course this 2, Songwriting in provided foundation the upon Building 2. Songwriting SONG-201 Prerequisite: 1(1.5) PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR ARTST-307 |ADVANCED ARTIST/ FOR THE SONGWRITING COURSES 86 Prerequisite: MUBUS-0360 Business Entertainment Applied Prerequisite: 1. Further1. exploration of the entertainment business with a focus on the independent aspects of the industry and how musicians can best exploit them their to career advantage. include:Topics how start to a record company, indie starting a lawyers; managers, and agents, deals; distribution hour entrepreneurship. lecture One and company publishing quarter. one for week per ARTST-403 | FINAL PROJECT (2) APE FOR ARTST-403 ARTST-413 | FINAL CUT PRO X (1.5) PRO | FINAL CUT ARTST-413 seasoned to beginning the familiarize to designed course A film editor on the variety of featuresavailable in Final Cut Pro X. color audio, transforming clips, include manipulating will Topics correcting, and multi-camera editing. One lecture hour andone lab hour per week for one quarter. (1) PRODUCTION VOCAL | AUDIO-215 following the of one of Successful completion Prerequisite: courses: or AUDIO-052 AUDIO-057 101, Logic ProTools 1, or Recording ARTST 101 Project Using industry 1. standard explore course will the Logic, and ProTools programs EQ, FX, compression, vocal management, project templates, remixing and stems, printing Aligning, comping, bussing, Vocal techniques. Upon completion of this course, students will be able run to a vocal session on their own and produce, record, edit, tune and mix vocals. One Lecture hour per week for one quarter. CC-307 | VISUAL MEDIA | VISUAL 1 (2) CC-307 Learn design to album artwork, flyers, posters, promotional Prerequisite: ARTST-302 Project Advising 3. Corequisite: Corequisite: 3. Advising Project ARTST-302 Prerequisite: to required are Students 4. Advising Project ARTST-402 complete a culminating experience that serves as both a practicum and bridge the to professional world. This directed research his/her utilize to student the enables project study within experience (and from) our Visual Media, Recording Artist and Branding Media Social Video, Songwriting, Project, Identity courses. During the quarter, the student will work in consultation with a mentor during weeks 2, to 4, 7 and 10 include will which project, professional unique, his/her develop DIY videos, marketing compositions/arrangements, of set a plan, website and album art. A committee evaluates the final experience. culminating the from results that project BUSINESS 1 (1.5) ENTERTAINMENT | APPLIED MUBUS-0360 This course provides the student with an understanding of the knowledge essential - today exists it as industry entertainment for anyone looking sustain to a career as a vocalist in the digital era. include: Topics an overview of record companies, copyright, publishing, contracts, representation, distributors, viable industry positions and more. This course is equivalent to the IAP Entertainment Business course. One lecture hour per quarter. one for week BUSINESS 2 (1.5MUBUS-0460 ENTERTAINMENT | APPLIED ) student editing their final projectto completion. Students will be exposed the to basic skills of editing, color correction, and creatingoutputs. Upon completion of this course, students will be able understand to the post-production process and how it relates other to aspects of production. One lecture hour and quarter. per week per hour lab one COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ARTST-454 | MUSIC EDITING VIDEO WITH ADOBEARTST-454 PREMIERE (1.5) An introduction editing to music videos and other short-form file footage, importing include Techniques content. video management, time code, building sequences, working with effects transitions, and fine-cutting, outputs delivering and from Adobe Premiere Pro. The quarter culminates with the Prerequisite requirement: ARTST-380 Keyboard Essentials 1. 1. Essentials Keyboard ARTST-380 requirement: Prerequisite Essentials Keyboard in provided foundation the upon Building this course1, focuses on more advanced contemporary keyboard techniques through the introduction and study of 4-note chords. include Topics Major Dominant and Minor 7, 7, Augmented and Diminished Sus4 and Sus2 7, chords, natural minor and blues scales. Upon completion of this course, students will be able continue to developing the necessary motor skills and music vocabulary required for using the tool. production and compositional arranging, an as keyboard One Lecture hour per week per quarter. ARTST-480 | KEYBOARD ESSENTIALSARTST-480 2 (1) ARTST-380 | KEYBOARD ESSENTIALS 1 (1) ARTST-380 This is an introductory course on contemporary keyboard technique. Through the study of physical posture, major scales enable will course progressions, this chord common and students develop to the necessary motor skills required for using the keyboard as an arranging and compositional tool. Upon completion of this course, students will gain a study focused through skills keyboard of knowledge basic of performance posture, practice routine development, triad and interval dexterity, finger scale construction, major progressions. One chord common as well as construction lecture hour per week for one quarter. Prerequisite: ARTST-319 or CC-019E Social Media Branding Branding Media Social CC-019E or ARTST-319 Prerequisite: Building1. upon the foundation provided in Social Media Branding this course 1, focuses on more advanced concepts in navigating the world of social media as a musician. Students will continue study to how share to their story effectively through song and visuals by fully harnessing the power of Social Media platforms Facebook such and as YouTube, Instagram. Students will gain experience in live streaming musical their showcasing at filmmaking aimed on-the-go and course, students this of successful Upon completion abilities. will be better able use to more advanced branding strategies as well as practical skills create, to post and monetize relevant content and build their fan base. One lecture hour per week for quarter. one ARTST-419 | SOCIAL MEDIA BRANDINGARTST-419 THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST (1) ARTST-319 | SOCIAL MEDIA BRANDING THE FOR ARTST-319 INDEPENDENT ARTIST (1) This is an introductory course on navigating the world of social media as a musician. Students will study how share to their story and music effectively through Social Media platforms Facebook Instagram. and this Throughout as YouTube, such course, students will be guided through various practical steps shape to their image and expand their fan base. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to use effective branding strategies aswell as practical skills to create and post relevant content. One lecture hour per week quarter. one for COURSES 87 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS week for one quarter. per hours Two thing! lecture real the is This results. marketing on report and compile, track, students project, final the As kits. press of distribution and development and licensing, TV advertising and sponsorships, sales and distribution, film and gaining to access radio, Internet, and press, video promotion, shows, live booking for plans practical creating audience, an image, brand, position, and format, identifying the target album through the including entire defining marketing process, limited budgets. Eachstudent guides an independent artist’s do-it-yourself marketing strategies grass-roots for designed production using recording/editing Apple Loops, audio and Pre- to finish. start from song, actual an creating of process the explores class The X. Pro Logic of interface user basic and features primary to the students introduces course This AUDIO-162 FUNDAMENTALS |LOGIC 1(1) week for one quarter. per hours Two lecture efforts. mixing and editing, recording, their of results the improve and purposes commercial for mid-sized Students sessions. learn to build designed sessions running Tools system aPro operate to competently need students techniques and concepts core the introducing while 1 Tools Fundamentals Pro in taught principles basic the upon expands Tools AUDIO-159 1. Pro course This Prerequisite: AUDIO-259 2(2) |PRO TOOLS week for one quarter. per hours Two more. lecture and drives, external with working data, backing-up MIDI, audio, recording editing, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an to set-up how in using a digital audio workstation. Students will understand involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses course This AUDIO-159 1(2) |PRO TOOLS quarter. one for week per hours lecture online retail. Students engage in real-time Two research. Topicspractices. include: blogging, widgets podcasts, and music distribution, industry promotion, marketing and retail impacted has Internet the how of aspects all covers course This industry. music the changed forever has Internet The MUBUS-0202 RELATIONS (2) |MEDIA (2) MARKETING MUBUS-0307 ARTIST |INDEPENDENT quarter. one for week per hours strategies, video editing and basics social Two media. lecture and tools marketing online website, artist acontent-rich of Topics include: building a strong online presence, creation online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisite: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has CC-407 2(2) |VISUAL MEDIA quarter. one for week per hours design in promotional materials and packaging. Two lecture color theory, photo retouching,and filters, elements of effective covered include Adobe Photoshop image manipulation, basics, directly music support marketing campaigns. Detailed topics that designs expressive and exciting creating on is Emphasis merchandise, and Internet using banners Adobe Photoshop. Learn Learn lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Exam. Certification User Logic the to take student the qualify not 1(online) does Fundamentals Logic explored. are techniques automation and mixing basic as well as drummer, avirtual with drumbeats producing tracks, of arranging MIDI, using Ableton Live. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Live. Ableton using music produce and record, to compose, able be will students course, the of completion successful Upon mixing. and includingsetup, editing, fileandarranging, session tracking, process, recording the of fundamentals the on artists and songwriters for overview an provides course this Live, Ableton using techniques recording digital of application A practical 1(1) LIVE |ABLETON AUDIO-058 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Exam. Certification User Logic the to take student the qualify not 2(online) does Fundamentals Logic troubleshooting. app, Remote Logic Techniques, Recording/Editing MIDI, and Audio Pitch, Vari-Speed, Tempo, Controls, Smart Smart Advanced and Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging instruments, software of array Pro’s comprehensive Upon completion, students will understand how to use Logic and producers, soundsongwriters, composers, engineers. for interface Xuser Pro Logic the of acontinuation is course Prerequisite: AUDIO-162 Logic Fundamentals 1. This AUDIO-262 FUNDAMENTALS |LOGIC 2(1) MUSIC BUSINESS credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour student goals and program requirements. One private lesson of support in style and musicianship, technique, developing in student the guides who instructor an with lesson Weekly ARTST-VPL (Vocal) ARTST-KPL (Keyboard) ARTST-GPL (Guitar) ARTST-DPL (Drum) ARTST-BPL (Bass) PRIVATEIAP (1) LESSON credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour workshop individual One more. and development Topics synth remixing, include sampling, drum programming, knowledge into dynamic and professional quality material. production basic their to enhance how learn Students skills. musicianship and in style of support music production technique, developing in student the guides who instructor Computer-based weekly one-on-one workshop with an ARTST-010E | MUSIC PRODUCTION WORKSHOP (1) // ARTIST/PRODUCER/ENTREPRENEUR ELECTIVES quarter. one for week per hour lecture One live. perform to blocks building have as well as effects and sounds own their to create tools have will students course, this of completion successful Upon performance. live and remixing, clips, dummy audio effects, advanced building racks, including synthesis, Live, Ableton using techniques recording digital of application practical in-depth amore provides 1, course Live this Ableton on 1. Live Building Ableton AUDIO-058 Prerequisite: 2(1)AUDIO-158 LIVE |ABLETON COURSES 88 MUBUS-430 MUSIC PUBLISHING AND LICENSING 4 (2) 4 LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-430 3. Licensing and MUBUS-330 Publishing Music Prerequisite: music the of role Libraries. The Music Supervision and Music MUBUS-230 MUSIC PUBLISHING AND LICENSING 2 (2) 2 LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-230 1. Licensing and Publishing Music MUBUS-130 Prerequisite: Global Markets. A study of publishing with a global focus. non-U.S. territories, in sub-publishing include Concepts international copyright terms and extensions, royalty payments addition, In Societies). (Songwriter PRO’s international and the creative aspects of music publishing with a global relationships, songwriter including examined, are perspective song plugging and promoting music in alternative markets. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. (2) 3 LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-330 2. Licensing and Publishing Music MUBUS-230 Prerequisite: MUBUS-350Co-requisite: Finance and 2. Accounting Music Licensing and Alternative Catalog Income. An examination of the significant revenue streams generated by licensing recordings for use in TV, film, trailers, commercials, videogames, digital and mobile platforms, print music and greeting toys, karaoke, projects, lyrics, compilations/special cards, and more. include Topics an overview and analysis of typical deal structures, contracts, forms, and licenses used in the field along with the process of music rights clearance and metadata of use the is disbursements. explored Also royalty and advancements in music recognition technology. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. MUBUS-320 MUSIC BUSINESS LAWMUBUS-320 AND CONTRACTS 3 (1) Prerequisite: MUBUS-220 Music Business Law and Contracts 2. Analysis of real-worlddisputes in the music equitable doctrines legaland various the including industry, as applied by courts rendering judgment in those cases, exploring a broad range of legal issues and causes of action: artist/manager disputes, contract infringements, copyright trade dilutions, and infringements trademark disputes, rights, publicity personality and of dress, misappropriations personality infringements, rights alike” “look and “sound-alike” they when disaffirm entered to contracts performers’ actions cases, fraud publishing disputes, co-authors’ minors, were cases conflict-of-law and disputes, licensing disputes, different of laws the between interactions the balancing countries in the same case. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. (2) 1 LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-130 Introduction Music to Publishing. include Topics the business and creative responsibilities of a publisher, how copyright to songs and recorded works, how royalties are paid writers to and publishers, an overview of various royalty income streams, and the scope and functions of the Performing rights music emerging and (PRO) Organizations Rights PRO and copyright include exercises Hands-on organizations. forms, online using sheets cue completing execution, form both in used licenses mechanical and sync, performance, and traditional and new digital medias. lecture Two hours per week quarter. one for COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE MUBUS-220 MUSIC BUSINESS LAWMUBUS-220 AND CONTRACTS 2 (2) Prerequisite: Music MUBUS-120 Business Law and Contracts analysis including More contract law advanced principles of 1. provisions, and clauses contract commonly-encountered of as well as practical exercises with expert coaching in the negotiation and drafting of effective legal contracts, licenses, releases, and other written instruments, coupled with study of real-world disputes as a guide what to include to and what avoid to in formulating contracts. During the course, students will actually negotiate and draft at least five complete personal a license; mechanical a including: contracts partnership agreement general a agreement; management (band agreement); a “sync” license for first-use inclusion of a comprehensive a and picture; motion a in composition musical recording contract deal lecture memo. Two hours per week for quarter. one MUBUS-120 MUSIC BUSINESS LAW ANDMUBUS-120 CONTRACTS 1 (2) This course is designed develop to an understanding of the fundamentals of law and legal rights which permeate the music industry by providing an overview of legal concepts which those on emphasis particular with activities, business all govern transactions, music-related in role significant a play which (publicity copyrights, trademarks, likeness” including & “name and rights Constitutional property (generally), law rights), guaranties in the context of the music industry (e.g., freedom of speech, freedom of assembly), and the basics of contract law introduction common(with to industry agreements, negotiation hours lecture Two terminology). specialized and techniques, quarter. one for week per MUBUS-210 MUSIC (2) INDUSTRY 2 HISTORY MUBUS-210 MusicPrerequisite: Industry MUBUS-110 History An 1. overview of the evolution of the industry through an era of coming and ‘60s the increasingly in beginning rapid change into the digital age. Includes listening and musical analysis as well as examination of sources and influences on subsequent trends in the context of social and cultural movements and political events. Additional topics include the advent and exponential growth of new technologies in the recording process as well as with music consumption and formats, and theremodeling of business practices and economic structures entertainment the arena.throughout course The concludes with an overview of industry careers in the modern era. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. An introduction the to components key of the music business and a comprehensive historical overview of the recorded music industry from the to onset 1909 of the rock roll ’n’ era. Students listen and to analyze the music of each era,including sources and influences on subsequent trends in the context of social and cultural movements and political events. In addition, students are given an overview of the basic concepts and steps in the recording process, and its evolution from invention lecture theto end of the Two hours 1950’s. per week for one quarter. MAJOR AREA // MUSIC BUSINESS (ASSOCIATE) BUSINESS MUSIC MAJOR AREA // MUSIC 1 (2) INDUSTRY HISTORY MUBUS-110 COURSES 89 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS for one quarter. week per hours Two lecture distributors. including companies, of avariety by provided services label utilize instead and deals, record traditional forego who artists to independent given be will focus Aspecial watermarks. digital and metadata ISRC’s, codes, bar UPC of importance the examined, be will compiled and tracked monitored, are sales how Additionally, value. added- for music bundling and packaging and distribution, with retail outlets, coordinating promotions andservicing marketing distributors in alternative each area, distribution, consignments, terrestrial radio, digital, online and mobile pitching platforms, marketplace. Topics cover all distribution including platforms, global evolving an in music positioning and releasing for distributors, varied deal structures and innovative strategies onlinetraditional, independent and and major digital channels, including industry music the in distribution of area the of study 1. Acomplete Industry MUBUS-140 Music Prerequisite: (Distribution Companies) & Services Label MUBUS-240 2(2) INDUSTRY MUSIC per week for one quarter. hours Two act. lecture the for campaign sales and promotion marketing, a define as well as album, an prepare/record would they how of analysis with report A&R afull create and act the unsigned carefully articulate artist, their A&R decision to “sign” an to find challenged be will student each which in project culminates The course dynamic. inlabel-management a final development, artist process, song selection and the artist- signing the discovery, artist new material, new of screening the including role, &Repertoire) (Artist A&R the of responsibilities and evolution the study will students addition, In labels. indie and major between deals artist as well as structure company career. Students analyze the similarities in and differences artist’s an build to interact they how and departments specific of functions the of analysis an including evolved, they how and structures label record typical of overview Team. An Artist’s Co-requisite: MUBUS-170 Personal Management and The (Record Structure Label & Talent Acquisition) MUBUS-140 1(2) INDUSTRY MUSIC per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture careers. own their to further professionals industry with connecting for methods as well as productions TV and film on information to gather resources online employ to study also Students business. today’s in available deals publishing numerous the of areview with along disbursement, royalty affects this how and them for music of configuration libraries, music include Topics also projects. of types various for music to submit how as well as explored is supervisor commercial and non-commercial radio, public radio, mix and to promote music. Forms of for broadcasts study include help and programming, and formats determine operate, they how on afocus with examined are outlets broadcast Various industry. music the on impact their and media, broadcast other as well as radio, of evolution the Topics include 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3B, Industry Music MUBUS-341 Prerequisite: MUBUS-240 2. Co-requisites: Music Industry Media) (Broadcast 3AMUBUS-340 INDUSTRY (2) MUSIC per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture broadcasts. to support used concerts live mediacommercial are explored, along with promo-tours and non- and commercial both in airplay obtaining for Techniques systems. tracking and services monitoring charts, industry of overview an with programming, for prepared and chosen is music to how given is Focus services. streaming and shows,specialty satellite and internet radio, digital broadcasts week for one quarter. per hour lecture One discussed. be will conferences booking and tours college of specifics the Additionally, introduced. be will shows advancing in steps the with along riders and Logistical aspects and execution of contract requirements promoters. and buyers talent with negotiating and structures, fee contracts, performance pitching, and offers venues, and contacts sourcing to major), (local tours booking in involved methods agencies, of evolution and history the Topics include explored. are industry concert live the in responsibilities corresponding its and role critical This artist. the for member team avital as emerged has Agent Booking The 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3A, Industry Music MUBUS-340 Prerequisite: MUBUS-240 2. Co-requisites: Music Industry (Agents & Bookings) (1) 3B INDUSTRY MUBUS-341 MUSIC hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture service. or product the for or artists independent marketing plan elements and promotional media for actual and business develop students business music project, final a As advertising. and promotion branding, image, the develop likewise and costs, outline consumer, target the identify services, and products company, the define service or product and publicity. Similarly, students developing a music-related and develop the image, branding, promotion, advertising backup musicians, audio engineers and recording studios; artists; set recording budgets; arrangers, select producers, sign and find audience; target the identify genre; music the define label amock developing Students service). or product independent record label or company music-based (related an starting for requirements business and creative of overview An 4B. Industry Music MUBUS-441 Co-requisite: 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3B, Industry Music Prerequisites: Music MUBUS-341 Industry MUBUS-340 3A, (Entrepreneurial Strategies for Music Based Companies) 4A (2) INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-440 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One discussed. also are tours festival working in specifics The office. management, and interviews, running a mobile production merchandising,managers, budgets, per diems, personnel tocoordinating itineraries follow routing, dealing with stage deliverables,sound advancing checks, performance shows, including explored, are aspects logistical tour. the All during artist the for ground the on responsibilities all handles Manager Tour the agent, the with tandem in Working 3B. Industry Music MUBUS-341 and 3A, Industry Music MUBUS-340 Prerequisite: MUBUS-240 2. Co-requisites: Music Industry (Tour Management) (1) 3C INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-342 COURSES 90

MUBUS-180 MUSIC BUSINESS MARKETING BUSINESS SOCIAL AND MUSIC MUBUS-180 MEDIA 1 (2) An overview of the principles of marketing for music as well as video publicity, airplay, used, channels including distinct the and social media. Students study how structure to effective marketing campaigns, as well as strategies for maximizing results. The course culminates with students developing an MUBUS-470 ARTIST DEVELOPMENT: SKILLS THE FOR ARTIST MUBUS-470 DEVELOPMENT: ENVIRONMENTCREATIVE (1.5) The and Management Personal MUBUS-170 Prerequisites: 3A, MUBUS-340 Industry MUBUS-341 Music Team, Artist’s Music Industry 3B, MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C, and MUBUS-360 Song Structure and Content. Co-requisite: MUBUS-460 Songs, Recordings and Production: A&R Analysis. This class explores the roles of the arranger, musicians, side technicians, road engineer, producer, support personnel technical and vocalists background employed on a tour or session. Students study musical rehearsal, in communication effective for required terminology stage, or studio environments and strategies for carrying out artistic/ with decision-making musical and critique constructive scenarios, relationship apply personalities. Students creative one-on- during skills artist-development and communication hour artists. lecture One independent actual sessions with one and one lab hour per week for one quarter. MUBUS-350 MUSIC BUSINESS ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-350 2 (1.5) and Finance and 1, Accounting MUBUS-250 Prerequisites: MUBUS-220 Music Business Law and Contracts 2. Co- Licensing and MUBUS-330 Publishing Music requisite: principles accounting and 3. of More advanced study techniques as applied the to music industry, including: digital rights management, internet marketing and revenue pay- streaming, (P2P), peer-to-peer (subscription, models elements, quantify financial to analysis contract per-play), royalty collections, royalty accounting, international currency statements, royalty analyzing and preparing considerations, management and distribution of licensing revenues, recording (“360”) multiple-rights under arising considerations contracts (live performance revenue, endorsement and revenue entertainment-related other revenue, merchandise streams), and general strategies for minimizing taxliabilities. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. PERSONAL MANAGEMENT & THE ARTIST’SMUBUS-170 TEAM (1) Co-requisite: Music MUBUS-140 Industry An overview 1. of the of leaders as managers personal of responsibilities the artist’s team, and the nature of the relationships they maintain with their artists. include: Topics contractual agreements obligations, those of fulfillment manager, artist and the between negotiation the to regard with responsibilities management and and concluding of various contracts. In addition, the specific roles of an artist’s team are defined and discussed, including and manager tour business agent, manager, attorney, the publicist. Overview of planning and positioning an artist’s career along with strategies are discussed. One lecture hour quarter. one for week per COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

MUBUS-250 MUSIC BUSINESS ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-250 1 (1.5) Business Music Tech Computer MUBUS-150 Prerequisite: and concepts core to introduction An 1. Applications fiscal business and accounting of management,techniques cash accrual methods; and accounting accounting including: charts double-entry credits; debits and accounts; of bookkeeping; the “acid test” and other commonly used fiscal ratios; inventory controls (“LIFO” vs. “FIFO”); personal and fundamentalsof financial and planning; business budgeting (“above-the-line” entertainment industry budgeting project financial reports common elements); “below-the-line” and statements); cash flow statements, income sheets, (balance W-4, (W-2, forms government common and tax considerations SS-4, W-9, 1099, etc.). One lectureW-7, hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. Prerequisites: MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business Music Tech Computer MUBUS-150 Prerequisites: Licensing and MUBUS-330 Publishing Music 1, Applications MUBUS-3503, and on Finance Building and 2. Accounting designed programs explore skills, students computer core tasks publishing and music administer and manage to songwriter catalogs, rights and royalty accounting and (including distribution library digital music production tracking, generating cue sheets), and music licensing. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. Required lab fee $195.00. license): (software MUBUS-450 COMPUTER TECH MUSIC BUSINESSMUBUS-450 TECH COMPUTER (1.5) 2 APPLICATIONS A practical introduction to commonly used music business music used commonly to practical introduction A explore students rooms, computer on-site software. Using office basics and develop projects using MS Office(Word, Excel and PowerPoint) as well as a survey of Mac productivity suite applications (Keynote, Pages, Numbers, Preview). Also includes an overview of cloud-based and mobile productivity applications. Google and Evernote the as such applications One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. MUBUS-150 COMPUTER TECH MUSIC BUSINESS TECH COMPUTER MUBUS-150 (1.5) 1 APPLICATIONS MUBUS-441 MUSIC INDUSTRY 4B (1) Promoters) (Concert Prerequisites: MUBUS-340 Music Industry 3A, MUBUS-341 3A, MUBUS-340 Industry MUBUS-341 Music Prerequisites: Music Industry 3B, and MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C. Co-requisite: MUBUS-440 Music Industry 4A. As the live concert industry has become one of the most dominant areas of the music and entertainment business, the distinct include Concert Topics explored. the is of Promoter role the history of promoters and talent buyers, venue ownership, and the evolution and rise of large corporations such as Live Nation and AEG. In addition, the specifics of to how produce a live concert, musical event, festival or tour are covered, including sizing of venues, ticket sales, contracts, negotiating Industry more. and aspects technical agents, booking with resources for the live industry are reviewed such as Pollstar and Celebrity Access. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSES 91 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS media mix. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. quarter. one for week per hours Two mix. lecture media adiverse utilizing impact maximum for budgets to allocate how search engine optimization (SEO) techniques. Students study demographic communities, along with web and analytics to relevant services and products marketing and with Facebook and Twitter are explored for creating relationships as such platforms Major reviewed. also are advertising media integration social effective merchandise, and online and music for retailing in Strategies music. their and artists to position how and outlets), alternative and mobile streaming, of airplay platforms (terrestrial, internet and satellite radio, overview an Topics include techniques. media social expanded as well as retailing and airplay of areas the on focusing strategies marketing of study Continued 2. Media Social Prerequisite: MUBUS-280 Music Business Marketing and 3(2)MEDIA MUBUS-380 MUSIC AND SOCIAL BUSINESS MARKETING one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture platforms. media social multiple on share then and artist, an starring series to avideo links live incorporating release apress write will students project, afinal As tie-in. and to support media social of integration and content; YouTube to use as how of overview an and writing and image development; online video platforms such implementing a plan, press creating PR materials, promotional digital age. Topics include the logistics of media relationships, current this in content video of use effective as well as (PR) focusing on the principles and methods of public relations strategies marketing of study 1. Continued Media Social Prerequisite: MUBUS-180 Music Business Marketing and 2(2)MEDIA MUBUS-280 MUSIC AND SOCIAL BUSINESS MARKETING quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two exposure. of channels and methods their defining with along elements visual and media slogans, message, the online including marketing for creating campaign an artist, a mock sponsorship report that evaluates the success of the the of success the evaluates that report sponsorship a mock writing by follow-up and pitch actual an together put students course, the of part afinal As to etc.) pitch. planner, event manager, (brand contacts proper the locating etc.), and goodwill, exposure, (media return in sponsor the offering are you what identifying credibility), giveaways, (money, product sponsor the from want you what understanding fit,” “brand agood be would that sponsors the identifying event, the students will This undertake. framework includes: describing that project pitch amock through sponsorships successful into entering for presented then is Aframework identity. brand your identifying and market, target your defining company, your of overview an writing including to sponsorships related elements key marketing of overview an presents it Next, large. successful case studies with several brands-both small and of anumber at looking by proceeds and “sponsorships” term the defining first by begins It sponsorship. and lifestyles consumer of areas the on focusing strategies marketing of study acontinued provides course This 3. Media Social Prerequisite Music Business Marketing MUBUS-380 & 4(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MARKETING MUBUS-480

per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture investment. on return the and sponsorship to earn course credits. course to earn Log Hours completed and sheet Credit Course of Verification signed present must Students total. hours 60 quarter, one for week per hours internship six of Average availability. to according vary duties and positions firms, Specific personal interviewrésumés, techniques and professionalism. employment including skills business writing professional music-related Students companies. are coached on music for interns as working by industry music the within experience firsthand gain 1. Students Skills Business and Management 1, MUBUS-190 and Media Social and Marketing Business Team, Music MUBUS-180 Artist’s The and Management 1, MUBUS-170 Personal Applications Business Tech Music 1, MUBUS-150 Computer 1, Industry MUBUS-140 Music Prerequisite: MUBUS-130 Music Publishing and Licensing 1, Contracts and Law Business MUBUS-120 Music 1, History MUBUS-110 Industry Prerequisite: Music MUBUS-540 MUSIC INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP I (2) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture executing. and research, goal setting, strategizing, measuring, assembling, include: topics process, marketing the 2, part In results. the reporting and data, the analyzing research, quantitative and commissioning the work, conducting research both qualitative include: a Identifying problem, designing the brief, research topics process, research the one, part In process. marketing entire the reviewing then and process research the out singling by begins course two-part This involved. planning and research marketing no or little, was there because fail but heart with start businesses Many 4. Media Social Prerequisite Music Business Marketing MUBUS-480 & 5(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MUBUS-580 MARKETING federal, state, and local laws and regulations that govern govern that regulations and laws local and state, federal, and with loans, maintainingobtaining compliance business structure, tax the up setting permits, DBAs, clearances, and securing licenses, financial/tax planning, trademark searches LLC, corporation), partnership, (proprietorship, type business the defining including abusiness, starting of aspects legal 1. The Finance and Accounting MUBUS-250 Prerequisite: 1(2)MUBUS-550 ENTREPRENEURSHIP PERSONAL credits. course to earn Log Hours completed and sheet Credit total. Students must present signed Verification Course of 120 quarter, hours one for week per hours internship twelve of Average to availability. according vary duties and positions firms, Specific firm. adifferent with internship anew undertake or capacity expanded an in firm same the with internship their continue may 1. Students Skills Business and Management 1, MUBUS-190 and Media Social and Marketing Business Team, Music MUBUS-180 Artist’s The and Management 1, MUBUS-170 Personal Applications Business Tech Music 1, MUBUS-150 Computer 1, Industry MUBUS-140 Music Prerequisite: MUBUS-130 Music Publishing and Licensing 1, Contracts and Law Business MUBUS-120 Music 1, History MUBUS-110 Industry Prerequisite: Music MUSIC INDUSTRYMUBUS-640 INTERNSHIP 2 (4) COURSES 92

MUBUS-190 MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS SKILLS BUSINESS AND (1.5) 1 MANAGEMENT MUBUS-190 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // // DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL MUSIC BUSINESS ASSOCIATE (Business Writing and Time Management) Learning and applying effective written communication is essential in the music businessas is completing tasks with appropriate business creating to addition In deadlines. tight communication, students will identify and use industry specific language and expand their vocabularies with new words. alsoTopics cover using words as a productive business tool establish to a professional image, as well as clear, effective written communication in business letters, email (with email etiquette), and web content. In time management, new methods increase to efficiency and productivity will be written maintaining include Topics analyzed implemented. and punctuality, prioritizing, vision, a creating goals, records, setting how and delegating, organizing, overload, information reducing focus to and use time effectively. SKILLS BUSINESS AND (1.5) 2 MANAGEMENT MUBUS-290 Professionalism) and Strategies (Networking Prerequisite: Management MUBUS-190 and Business Skills Success1. in a changing music industry is determined by the strength and longevity of personal contacts: who you know, what you know, and most important, who knows you. In this and analyze students course, application-oriented practical, techniques, social communication, types different practice of contacts personal making important skills to presentation and in all strata of the music business, plus study how comport to themselves professionally at events and in corporate situations. performance music appropriate attend and select Students and music business events where they network, follow up with professionals, and reporton the activity and results. Building career strategies develop students aforementioned, the on seek to out job opportunities or business ventures through career area, chosen in reputation a establish networking, Business Law & Contracts 2, MUBUS-350 Music Business Accounting & Finance 2, MUBUS-460 Songs, Recordings & Production: A&R Analysis, MUBUS-470 Artist Development: Skills, MUBUS-480 Music Business Marketing & Social Media 4, and MUBUS-490 Management & Business Skills 4. Music the practicum in a Business through students direct instructors areas of artist development, management, booking tours in the US and connecting live to events and possible partnerships internationally. Students pick an active musician or band, to assignments. and projects all examples, for real-life as use The management section will guide the student as an advisor in career development covering performing, imaging & branding, pitching for deals and sponsors plus executing full management contracts and acquiring team members. On the live performance side, the student will be instructed on how to assess, research, negotiate and book venues. instruction Tour will concentrate on executing tour routing, plus constructing music and promotion activities that align with tour budgets in both the United States and Internationally. Four lecture hours quarter. one for week per COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Prerequisites MUBUS-330 Music Publishing & Licensing 3, Licensing & MUBUS-330 Publishing Music Prerequisites MUBUS-440 Music Industry 4A, MUBUS-441 Music Industry Personal4B, MUBUS-170 Management, MUBUS-220 Music MUBUS-670 BOOKING-MANAGEMENT (4) PRACTICUM MUBUS-670 MUBUS-570 PUBLISHING/A&R PRACTICUM (4) PRACTICUM PUBLISHING/A&R MUBUS-570 Licensing and MUBUS-430 Publishing Music Prerequisites: 4, MUBUS-440 Music Industry Personal 4A, MUBUS-170 Management and The Artist’s MUBUS-220 Team, Music Business Law and Contracts 2, MUBUS-350 Accounting and Finance 2, MUBUS-460 Songs, Recordings and Production: A&R Analysis, MUBUS-470 Artist Development: Skills For The Creative Environment, MUBUS-480 Music Business MUBUS-490Management and 4, Media Social and Marketing and Business Skills 4. Co-requisite: MUBUS-560 Production Music For Visual Media 1 (Critical Listening). Under the guidance of instructors as project advisors, business students undertake the responsibilities of the roles of Publishing executive and A&R executive. With application MI to student artists/projects, business own students’ artists their or activities will include determining musical direction aswell as providing advice and assistance on copyrighting their songs, co-writer agreements, joining agreements, and publishing alongside Organization Rights Performing appropriate the of preparation advising and material polishing critiquing, song (pitching “casting” determining recordings; demo competitive the promoting vs. singer/songwriter self-contained a for songs other to artists) and potential for pitching the songs artist to management and record label A&R reps as well as respect With placement. film/TV/media supervisors for music the to A&R role, business students advise and develop artists/projects towards being signable for a record deal or with Interaction independent. an as viability and marketability industry organizations relevant and industry professionals project group Four quarter the as well. throughout integrated independent plus quarter one for week per hours advisement completion. project Prerequisites: MUBUS-550 Entrepreneurship Personal Prerequisites: MUBUS-2201, Music Business Law and Contracts 2, MUBUS-440 Music Industry 4A, MUBUS-441 Music Industry 4B, MUBUS-430 Music Publishing and Licensing 4, and Media Social and MUBUS-580 Marketing Business Music skills, product/service development research and Utilizing 5. projections, including plan, business formal a write students strategies, andresource materials, for a new music business firm in a field of their choice (management, booking, label, music library, publishing, licensing, app development). Based on the business plan, each student then develops a marketing physical a identifying include Topics strategy. promotion and business, the financing,location,finding naming obtaining and and retaining customers/clients. lecture Two hours per week quarter. one for MUBUS-650 PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 2 (2) business ventures. Students also carry out analysis to determine if a proposed business is financially viable and study hiring as such skills management operations business daily employees, managing inventory, and lecture more. Two hours quarter. one for week per COURSES 93 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture organizations. executive in membership holding and trends, setting curve, the of ahead staying by specialty of field your in leadership maintaining on be will focus Additional more. and listener, abetter becoming rewarding your workers, leadership traits, delegating, employees, to hire/recruit how leader, effective an to be how Topics include workplace. the in them motivate and employees, for example an set tactfully, and ethically associates business qualities that enable music business professionals to deal with leadership the developing for methods of Astudy 3. Skills and Business Management Prerequisite: MUBUS-390 (Leadership, Relations Business and Applied Methods) MUBUS-490 MANAGEMENT 4 (2) AND BUSINESS SKILLS quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture personnel, studio personnel, accountants, and One audiences. and communicate agents, managers, with record label artists, howPlus, tosituations diplomatically business handle difficult motivational and debating. inspirational speaking speaking, presentations, business making Topics include to acrowd. or people of to ahandful whether public, in to speak prepare course helps students overcome stage fright and helps them This clients. or artists employees, your motivate and inspire to order in concisely and clearly to speak able be must you lounge, employee the or boardroom the in Whether 2. Skills Prerequisite: and Business Management MUBUS-290 Relations) Professional Managing and Speaking (Public MUBUS-390 MANAGEMENT 3 (1.5) AND BUSINESS SKILLS quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One possible. level highest the at industry the enter to order in field achosen in people) and (companies players primary the identify and people right the meet and Students will be introduced to the fundamentals of music music of fundamentals to the introduced be will Students PROFESSIONALS (1) AUDIO-106 MUSICIANSHIP FOR INDUSTRY SUPPORTIVE MUSIC // MUSIC BUSINESS ASSOCIATE week for one quarter. per hours Two lecture media. social and basics, editing video content-rich website, online marketing tools and strategies, include: building a strong online presence,creation of a Topics online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisite: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has CC-407 2(2) VISUAL MEDIA quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing exciting and expressive designs that directly music support vital to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. creating promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students CC-307 1(2) VISUAL MEDIA

hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lab creation. chart of basics the and form, song harmony, numeral Roman keys, minor vs. major between to differentiate musicians in the studio. Upon completion, students will be able theory that are discussed between producers, engineers, and and harmony of basics the including staff, the on notation ANALYSIS (2) MUBUS-460 SONGS, RECORDING & PRODUCTION: A&R quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture producers. and engineers, arrangers, performers, with level amusical on role-playing, students develop techniques for communicating Through and Latin, folk/Americana. blues, R&B/soul, jazz, in various including genres country, pop, rock, rap/hip-hop, accompaniment Includes analysis styles. of songwriting styles development, hook recognition, chord structures, and melodic and lyric including to songwriting, elements those of application the and songs successful of structure the of analysis form; and rhythm, intervals, scales, harmony, structure, including melody, lyric patterns and construction, song popular of elements basic the of Astudy Professionals. Prerequisite: AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Industry CONTENT AND (2) MUBUS-360 STRUCTURE SONG Prerequisite: Production Music For Visual MUBUS-560 Media (2) LISTENING) (CRITICAL MUBUS-660 PRODUCTION MUSIC FOR VISUAL MEDIA 2 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture composer. the to aspects desired the communicating and film, the in markers to significant factors other and dynamics tone, supervisor,aspects assigning of specific lyriccontent, melodic amusic of perspective the from media visual of pieces various review to assigned are Students or television. film for placement song or composition acustom within motifs and interpreting of aspects tone, timbre, instrumentation, dynamics songwriter and the music supervisor, including identifying and composer/ the of perspectives the from analysis to musical Introduction Content. and Structure Song MUBUS-360 and 4, Prerequisites: Music Publishing MUBUS-430 and Licensing (2) LISTENING) (CRITICAL MUBUS-560 PRODUCTION MUSIC FOR VISUAL MEDIA 1 one quarter. for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One etc.). writers, creative personnel (i.e. engineers, musicians, producers, co- other the with communicate and to work how as well as lyrics and melody, selection, song performance, on advice effective provide and needs artist’s the to assess how on guided also are Students song.” a“hit becoming song” to a“good led the versions, commercially-released identifying choices that songpreliminary demos by prominent popular with artists of comparison and Analysis explored. be will arecording in for enhancing a musical composition and identifying them the of phases production the elements recording process, covering with Along genres. musical of arange across stages and levels various at talent and songs of standpoint A&R an from listening critical on focus aspecific with terminology, and skills analysis musical of development Continued Prerequisite: Song Structure MUBUS-360 and Content. COURSES 94 ELECTIVES // MUSIC BUSINESS ASSOCIATE BUSINESS MUSIC // ELECTIVES BASS BASS MAJOR AREA // BASS-PL LESSON (2) PRIVATE A weekly individual instrument lesson that supports core curriculum goals. An instructor guides the student in developing style. and musicianship technique, MUBUS-416E ADVANCED TOUR MANAGEMENT TOUR (1) ADVANCED MUBUS-416E Prerequisites: MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C: Tour Finance 1. & Management Accounting MUBUS-250 and This advanced course provides a more in-depth study of tour management practices including the development of packages, advancing and information pre-advancing show communication and leadership planning, logistical and travel budgeting tour involved more techniques, management show of understanding technical a developing exercises, planning in considerations common and production, plan course, will the students Throughout tours. international and manage a mock tour scenario while developing a tour book that includes the creation of common documents and process. hour the lecture One throughout collected information quarter. one for week per Music Business Associate students may choose from all aselectives well asthe listed above (except MUBUS-115E), electives.following Music Business Associate students may also choose from a limited selection of Common Course electives approved by quarter. first their after completing Director Program the (1) MANAGEMENT PERSONAL ADVANCED MUBUS-415E The & Management Personal MUBUS-170 Prerequisites: Artist’s MUBUS-320 Team, Music Business LawContracts & 3, MUBUS-330 Music Publishing & Licensing 3, MUBUS-340 Music Industry 3A, MUBUS-341 Music Industry 3B, MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C, MUBUS-350 Accounting & Finance 2, MUBUS-380 Marketing & Social Media 3. Personal Management course foundational the upon Building as well as courses(MUBUS-170) up 3 in Qtr. to the Associate of Science in Music Business program, this advanced course in personal management further cultivates the necessary skills and abilities successfully to grow and manage music careers, as well as develop artists. include:Topics 5-year career goal setting, the application of business structures and new media tools acquire to fans and funding, developing successful scenarios, deal negotiations touring executing and creating money-making ventures expand to the artist’s case studies and tips insider are covered Additionally career. personal industry prominent the managers (pastof in and present). One lecture hour per week for one quarter. and strategies that canlead successful to awarded grants. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Prerequisites: MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business Music Tech Computer MUBUS-150 Prerequisites: Applications Personal MUBUS-170 Management 1, & The Artist’s and Team, MUBUS-180 Music Business Marketing & Social Media 1 OR Computers MUBUS-102 In Business, Personal MUBUS-108 and Marketing, Digital MUBUS-106 skill essential an becoming is Writing Grant Management. in our new music world. The National Endowment for the Arts will annually support more than 30,000 concerts and performances. In this course, the student will be taken through the entire process of researching and applying for grants, plus connecting with corporate awards that align with specific music missions and branding. Detailedtopics include: audience analysis, purpose and draftingpreparing your and formatting a written proposal plus definingyour SMART goals MUBUS-216E GRANTMUBUS-216E WRITING: GETTING MONEY FREE FOR MUSIC PROJECTSYOUR (1) MUBUS-214E NEWSAND INDUSTRY TRENDS (1) MUBUS-214E Students and instructor review and discuss all of the latest music business news as reported in Billboard, trade websites on media. center Discussions general and newspapers, and how the news impacts the industry and students’ own careers. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. MUBUS-115E BUSINESS WRITING (1) WRITING BUSINESS MUBUS-115E Students learn how use to words as a productive business prepares course This image. professional a establish to tool written in efficiently and clearly communicate to students press letters, email, business including communication, per hour lecture/workshop One content. releases, website and quarter. one for week Students learn the most efficient ways for artists and bands bookto live shows and tours. Subjects include: where to checkingplay, out the venue, personal appearance contracts, getting paid, and putting together your own tours. Guest promoters, owners, club include available) (as speakers booking agents, and touring artists. One lecture hour per week quarter. one for Music Business students must complete their elective elective their complete must Music Business students requirements by choosingamong the following courses only: GETTING GIGS (1) MUBUS-114E ELECTIVES // MUSIC BUSINESS MUSIC // ELECTIVES 1 (Critical Listening).Continued study of the relationship between music and visual media from the perspectives of both the composer and the music supervisor. Professionals in the field explain and demonstrate the role and requirements of production music libraries by screening film, TV and ad effects, accompanying sound the interpreting and cues discussion of Topics elements. soundtrack and compositions include the process of custom composing for short films, ads/commercials, formats, various films, show TV feature are Students institutions. religious and events, corporate material song existing (“place”) select and source to required for use in a commercial, a film trailer and as a TV theme song, analyzing and material of researching availability including the and explaining the musical attributes of selections. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. COURSES 95 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS tone. This class coordinates with Bass Technique & Fretboard &Fretboard Technique Bass with coordinates class This tone. and setup, & instrument reading, chart basic form, song Concentration is placed on listening, awareness dynamics, of performance. live weekly through styles popular of variety Students develop fundamental technical approaches to a 021 &FRETBOARD BASS-021-ON TECHNIQUE BASS (2) and intervals. triads scales, major through introduced is harmony Fretboard All techniques are mastered through extensive exercises. muting. and plectrum) (use of picking as well as independence, playing, including posture, correct hand positioning, finger bass finger-style for techniques covers course This 011 &FRETBOARD (2) TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-011-ON lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. Two 220 topics. Reading 210 Technique Bass and Bass with feel, including odd-meter concepts. This coordinates class time developing and skills reading chart- strengthening form, song typical in variations handling on placed also is Emphasis concepts, such as odd meters and metric modulation. performance emphasizing applied techniques and advanced Prerequisites: BASS-230 230. Performance Bass Ensemble 230 (2)BASS-230 PERFORMANCE BASS topics. 110 120 Technique Reading Bass with Bass and coordinates class This group. the within role aleadership taking and skills, chart-reading improving form, song typical in variations handling on placed is Emphasis techniques. applied and textures Ensemble performance emphasizing stylistic rhythm section (2) 130 PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-130-ON class. to each prior learned and discussed be will song each of line Bass The book. e-text the in available is that track backing to the bass play will Students line. bass the to learn students the for assigned be will style different in asong week, Each on. so and Jazz Funk, Rock, include will which music of styles various in written are that to songs lines bass studying continue 2will Performance Bass track. backing pre-recorded to the bass playing 1with Performance Bass of A continuation 023 (2) PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-023-ON per week for one quarter. hour 1. lecture/ensemble Workout One Reading Rhythm and 011,011, 012, Theory 012 Training Reading Harmony Ear Bass &Fretboard Technique Bass with coordinates class This tone. and setup, & instrument reading, chart basic form, song Concentration is placed on listening, awareness dynamics, of performance. live weekly through styles popular of variety Students develop fundamental technical approaches to a (2) 013 PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-013-ON hour per week per quarter. ensemble One quarter. per higher or 70% of grade average an with performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Performance Live on (see section settings and styles of avariety in perform Students (1) 403 CC-013B-CC403B 013- WORKSHOPS PERFORMANCE LIVE per week for one quarter. hour 1. lecture/ensemble Workout One Reading Rhythm and 011,011, 012, Theory 012 Training Reading Harmony Ear Bass per week for one quarter. videos instructional hour, and lab 013One topics. Performance 011 Technique Bass Bass with and coordinates class This settings. ensemble and solo in perform Students forms. scale and strings four all on playing 3/4 &2/4) position and (4/4, studies signature time to introduced identification, pitch subdivisions, rhythmic including clef, bass in reading music of elements basic to the reader novice the introduces course This 012 (2) READING BASS-012-ON BASS week. per hours two for meets fretboard and hour one for meets Technique quarter. one for week per hour lab variations, modes and improvisation. One lecture hour and one scale minor examining continue will harmony Fretboard soloing. to approaches and techniques hand striking additional grooves, A continuation of Technique Bass 110 with concentration on BASS-210 210 &FRETBOARD TECHNIQUE (2) BASS week. per hours two for meets fretboard and hour scale variations, and extended chords. Technique meets for one minor harmony, blues pentatonics, including scales, and chords cover will harmony Fretboard swung. and straight grooves, sixteenthnote and eighth-note including feels, and grooves concentration on versatile approaches to standard rhythms, a with techniques, guitar bass of study Continued BASS-110 &FRETBOARD TECHNIQUE 110 (2) BASS with Bass Technique 210 and Bass Performance 230 topics. topics. 230 Performance 210 Technique Bass and Bass with coordinates class This transcribing. and sheets lead reading, clef notation, compound meter, metric chart modulation, jazz introduce odd- meter concepts and exercise reading of treble with sight-reading concepts and exercises. This course will Continuing neck. the of register upper the in key(s) reading specific and position with continues 220 curriculum Reading 120. Bass BASS-120 The Reading Bass Prerequisites: 220 (2)BASS-220 READING BASS participate in weekly discussion questions on their LMS. will students and introduced, be will concepts reading Sight neck. the of register middle the on focus concentrated with playing has the students revisiting the lower register but Position detail. in presented also are styles different in rhythm transcription and Interpreting chord charts. melodies and notation clef bass through forms longer to read student the continued position and specific key reading, thiscourse preps to addition In 2. Reading Bass of acontinuation is class This 120 (2) READING BASS-120-ON BASS 023 topics. Performance 021 Bass Technique and Bass with coordinates class This settings. ensemble and solo in perform will Students reading. chart basic and ensembles in reading symbols, chord markings, dynamic ties, (2/4 &3/4), notes, studies dotted signature time of music reading, including position playing, triplet subdivisions, elements advanced to more bassist the introduces course This 022 (2)BASS-022-ON READING BASS COURSES 96 A continuation of Project Recording Bass by learning 1: as such styles advanced including experiences, and techniques odd-meter performance and soloing. Detailed bass tones, amp settings and microphone placement are also covered. Each student receives an HD video of his or her final performance. One private recording session hour per week for one quarter. Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has has Internet The 1. Media Visual CC-307 Prerequisites: promote to opportunity musicians enormous an for up opened themselves directly music to fans. This course focuses on the technical skills needed promote to music online. include: Topics content-rich a of creation presence, online strong a building video strategies, and tools marketing online artist website, editing basics, and social media. lecture Two hours per week quarter. one for Prerequisites: MUBUS-0360 Business Entertainment Applied Prerequisites: This course1. is a continuation of Applied Entertainment Business further 1, covering the most importantareas and aspects of the entertainment industry. include: Topics record labels (major and indie), types of deals, the DIY market, S.M.A.R.T. more. and merchandising, touring, distribution, goal setting is also covered support to students in creating a path career to success. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. MEDIA (2) RELATIONS MUBUS-0202 Students learn the difference between publicity and public relations, how create to and implement media campaigns, and how write to artist bios, press releases, news releases, and eye-catching headlines. Skills apply independent to artists as well as those aspiring work to in the industry. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per MEDIA VISUAL 1 (2) CC-307 Students learn how use to Adobe Photoshop design to visual other and tools, artwork, CD original flyers,promotional Artists. on Independent is modern Emphasis to vital materials support directly that designs expressive and exciting creating music marketing campaigns. covered Topics in this class artwork image album design, design, flyer typography, include: hours lecture Two more. and design, merchandise manipulation, quarter. one for week per MEDIA VISUAL 2 (2) CC-407 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // BASS // DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL ENTERTAINMENT MUBUS-0360 APPLIED BUSINESS 1 (1.5) The first in a two-quarter course sequence, designedto provide students with an understanding of the entertainment industry, as it exists and today, essential knowledge for sustaining a career in the digital era. In Applied Entertainment Business topics 1, include an overview of industry structure, the artist’s team (manager, attorney, agent, copyrights etc.), artists, solo partnerships and band publishing, music and One more. and unions work-for-hire, agreements, employment lecture hour per week for one quarter. BUSINESSMUBUS-0460 2 (1.5) ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE BASS-460 BASS 2: (2) PROJECT RECORDING Prerequisites: BASS-360 Project Recording Bass. 1: BASS-360 PROJECT RECORDING 1: BASS PROJECT (2) RECORDING BASS-360 Prerequisites: Bass Reading 220, Bass Technique 210, Bass Performance 230. This course is designed mimic to the “real world” scenario of tracking bass in a 24-track studio. include:Topics developing bass parts, sight-reading charts, performing backing with tracks, in, punching overdubbing, as well as performing with loops and backing tracks. Studio etiquette and sound development are also presented in detail. Each student receives an HD video of his or her final performances. One private recording session hour per week for quarter. one BASS-450 UPRIGHT BASS WORKSHOP 2 (1) 1: Bass Workshop BASS-350 Upright Prerequisites: bass. The upright performance the of on Continuation curriculum is designed be to a comprehensive resource for the electric bass player making the transition the to upright bass. repeated When discussed. be will bow the and fingers of Use for credit, the instructor will determine course content and objectives. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. BASS-350 UPRIGHT BASSBASS-350 WORKSHOP 1 (1) Study and performance of the upright bass. The curriculum is designedbe to a comprehensive resource for the electric bass player making the transition the to upright bass. Use of fingers the credit, for repeated When discussed. be will bow the and instructor will determine course content and objectives. One quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab BASS-370 SYNTH BASSBASS-370 (1) This course is an introduction keyboard to bass playing – from a bass player’s perspective. The layout and controls of a discussed be will techniques keyboard basic and synthesizer keyboard prominent featuring songs Popular detail. great in week per hour lecture/lab One discussed. be also will basslines quarter. one for Prerequisite: BASS-011 Bass Technique 011, BASS-016 Prerequisite: Bass BASS-011 Technique 011, Bass Fretboard and BASS-013 Bass 016, Performance 013. Performance workshop for bassists that takes an in-depth look at the musical dependency between the two instruments and the effect that it has on the groove. Particular attention is given theto intertwining of bass and drum parts and solidifying the groove. One ensemble hour per week for one quarter. BASS-025-ON BASS & DRUM CONCEPTS (1) This course covers critical techniques of bass setup and maintenance, such as truss rod adjustment, setting intonation, action, minor wiring repairs, as well as basic concepts assure to the longevity and performance of bass amps and cables. In addition, this course introduces many elements that make up a components these how and chain signal bassists contemporary interact best to facilitate the tones and techniquesrequired of a different environments working professional bassist multiple in and genres. One lecture hourper week for one quarter. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. BASS-014-ON BASS GEAR MAINTENANCE & MASTERY (1) COURSES 97 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS meters. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. 3/4, mixed 6/8) (cut and time, signatures time advanced notes, sixteenth and eighth swung notes, tied notes, dotted include: Topics covered concepts. rhythm intermediate of understanding an students Program Performance to give designed is class 1. Workout This Reading Rhythm CC-015 Prerequisites: WORKOUT 2(1)CC-025 READING RHYTHM and syncopation. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. triplets counting, relationships, value note values), note sixteenth to note whole from (ranging rests and notes signatures) time Topicsbasics. covered include: notation (bar basics lines, solely on understanding rhythmic notation and subdividing focus will Students rhythms. reading in foundation a solid students Program Performance to give designed is course This WORKOUT 1(1) CC-015 READING RHYTHM //MUSICIANSHIP BASS per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and sales sponsorships, and advertising promotion, video press, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as to radio, access gaining audience, target the identifying including definingan image, brand,position, and format, objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set research, conduct marketing advice. After identifying a business vision, students independent practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible atFurthermore, a time when new technologies make it more attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST MUBUS-0307 INDEPENDENT scales, inverted,scales, extended and non-standard chord types, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights & Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: CC-101 &THEORY 101 HARMONY (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and chord and progressions, key centers. One video lecture hour analysis, triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation 011. is &Theory CC-011 course Harmony This Prerequisites: CC-021 &THEORY 021 HARMONY (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key major scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This CC-011 &THEORY 011 (1.5) HARMONY week for one quarter. Oneprogressions. video lecture hour and one lab hour per chord symbols and and modes, voice leading and chord CC-022 022 TRAINING EAR (1.5) for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One studied. also intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic and scale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This CC-012 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR quarter. one for week per hour lab altered and symmetrical One scales. video lecture hour and one modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 &THEORY 201 HARMONY (1.5) hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument a performing as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard CC-108 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody and focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: CC-202 202 TRAINING EAR (1.5) week for one quarter. per hour lab one and hour lecture video One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: CC-102 102 TRAINING EAR (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord progressions. transcribing melody and melodic rhythm, and harmonic sight-singing, phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through continuation a is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: COURSES 98 quarter). DRUM-110-ON DRUM TECHNIQUE 110 (2) 110 TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-110-ON Prerequisites: DRUM-021 Drum Technique 2. This course presents intermediate hand technique as applied the to drum set. The transition of essential rudiments from the practice pad the to drum set is essential for all drummers in order develop to DRUM-230-ON DRUM PERFORMANCE (2) 230 Ensemble Performance Drum 130. DRUM-130 Prerequisites: advanced and techniques applied emphasizing performance modulation. metric and meters odd as such concepts, Emphasis is also placed on handling variations in typical song form, improving odd meter chart reading skills, metric modulations and developingtime feel. This course coordinates with and Drum Drum Technique Reading 210 topics. 220 Two quarter. one for week per hours ensemble lecture/ (2) 011 TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-011-ON This course covers introductory hand technique for the drum and posture strokes, grips, relevant) (and Essential player. set rudiments are essential developmental areas for all drummers. This course coordinates with Drum Performance and Drum 013 topics.Reading One 012 lecture hour per week for one quarter. (2) DRUM TECHNIQUE 021 DRUM-021-ON Prerequisites: This course Drum DRUM-011 Technique 011. presents intermediate hand technique as applied the to drum set. The transition of essential rudiments from the practice pad the to drum set is essential for all drummers in order develop to developed is functionality Creativity and vocabulary. deep a through technique building. This course coordinates with Drum Performance and 023 Drum Reading topics. 022 One lecture hour per week for one quarter. DRUM-013-ON DRUM PERFORMANCE 013 (2) This course covers fundamental technical approaches a to needed skills essential on styles. Lessons popular of variety for a professional drummer such as: listening, dynamics, song form, basic chart reading, instrument setup, and drum set sound are presented. This class coordinates with topics within and Drum OneDrum Reading lecture Technique 012. 011 hour quarter. one for week per DRUM-023-ON DRUM PERFORMANCE (2) 023 Performance Drum on continuation a is PerformanceDrum 023 and covers topics013 such as mixedmeters, unique song forms, dynamics, drum set sound and feel, and reading at an intermediate level. This course coordinates with topics within Drum and Technique Drum 021 Reading 022. One lecture hour quarter. one for week per DRUMDRUM-130-ON PERFORMANCE 130 (2) course DRUM-023 This Performance Drum 023. Prerequisites: performance ensemble covers stylistic emphasizing rhythm on placed is Emphasis techniques. applied and textures section chart-reading advanced form, typical song in variations handling skills, and taking a leadership role within the group. This course coordinates and Drum with Reading Drum 120 Technique 110 topics. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE CC-013D-CC403D LIVE PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS 013-CC-013D-CC403D 403 (1) Students performin a variety of styles and settings section (see on Live Performance Workshops for overview of workshop offerings). Minimum requirement of ten performances with an average grade of 70% or higher per quarter. One ensemble per (one required credits Six quarter. per week per hour DRUM-PL PRIVATE LESSON 1-6 (2) LESSON 1-6 DRUM-PL PRIVATE A weekly individual instrument lesson that supports core curriculum goals. An instructor guides the student in developing (two required credits Twelve style. and musicianship technique, quarter). per DRUM DRUM MAJOR AREA // Prerequisite: CC-107 Songwriting for the Independent Artist Independent the for Songwriting CC-107 Prerequisite: Songwriting1 or SONG-101 Building 1. on the concepts and methods from this level course 1, further explores the art music independent modern for songwriting of application and various of analysis detailed into deeper dig will artists. Students lyric advanced more styles, practice songwriting of genres melodies, chord complex more produce and techniques, writing learn will students addition, In rhythm/groove. progressions, and crucial knowledge about navigating the business of songwriting organizations performance rights publishing, respect to with (PROs), and copyright. Students will work both independently exercises, songwriting creative various on collaboratively and which will culminate in a final presentation of one or more completed songs at the end of the quarter. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week, per quarter. CC-207 SONGWRITING THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST2 CC-207 (1.5) This course is a hands-on introduction the to methods and practices of modern songwriting for the contemporary genre-based include: covered artist. music Topics independent and reverse-engineering, writing, lyric studies, structure song will Students groove. and progressions, melody, chord effective styles, structures, songwriting multiple with work and examine and examples, analyzing both classic and current hit songs. Students will develop their skills as independent songwriters through weekly writing exercises, and apply what they have learned by creating and presenting a fully-finished song at the end of the course. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week, quarter. per CC-107 SONGWRITING THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST 1 CC-107 (1.5) CC-208 KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY 2 (1) CC-208 course This 1. Proficiency Keyboard CC-108 Prerequisites: further develops the technical skills required for successful and Pop performance comprehension. musical and keyboard Classical repertoire performance serves as the main focus of progressions chord of further study to addition course, in this and scales. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. COURSES 99 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS week for one quarter. per hour lecture One 130 topics. 110 Performance Drum and Tech- nique Drum with coordinates course This suggestions. sented in varying styles accompanied by orchestration and fill pre- are figures ensemble bar two- and One fills. set-up figure tion, drum set orchestration, sight-reading, and ensemble needed by professional- level drummers: lead sheet interpreta- This course presents the essential reading fundamentals DRUM-120-ON 120 DRUM (2) READING quarter. one for week per hour lecture One 023 topics. Performance 021 Drum Technique and Drum with coordinates course This detail. in presented also are reading chart basic and studies independence 3-way set, drum the at rhythms notation, counting, and subdivision exercises. Interpreting include: time signature studies, note-value relationships, false Topics rhythms. fundamental of application set drum presents 012. course Reading This Drum DRUM-012 Prerequisites: DRUM-022-ON 022(2) DRUM READING quarter. one for week per hour lecture 013One topics. Performance 011 Technique Drum with Drum and coordinates course This skills. sight-reading and subdividing, values, rest and note basic basics, notation learn Students reading. set drum and line single- of fundamentals introductory presents course This DRUM-012-ON 012 DRUM (2) READING quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 220 topics. Reading Drum and 230 Performance Drum with coordinates course This development. creative and application set drum rudimental including set, drum to the presents advanced hand technique concepts as applied DRUM-110 110. Technique Drum Prerequisites: course This DRUM-210-ON 210 TECHNIQUE DRUM (2) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One building. technique through a deep vocabulary. and Creativity functionality are developed mounting, repair, restoration, storage and gear selection and inspection,specifications, maintenance, repair, cleaning, on seminal drum including equipment care, equipment lessons hands-on presenting course introductory an is This YOUR DEVELOPING GROOVE 1(1) DRUM-015-ON quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 210 Performance Technique Drum and Drum with coordinates course This presented. be also will time cut and modulations metric as such concepts Advanced fills. set orchestration, sight-reading, and ensemble figureset-up professional- level drummers: lead sheet interpretation, drum presents the advanced reading concepts needed by 120. course This Reading DRUM-120 Drum Prerequisites: DRUM-220 220 DRUM READING (2) DRUM-014 per week for one quarter. hour ensemble lecture/ One styles. jazz and rock within class in drillssound. Coordination are introduced and performed and independence, feel, time, improve which set, drum to the rhythms fundamental to apply drummers helps course This -ON -ON DRUM GEAR MAINTENANCE & MASTERY (1) &MASTERY MAINTENANCE GEAR DRUM situations. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. all for choices tuning and drumhead drum, proper the make how to include topics Specific sounds. modern on emphasis an with music recorded of eras multiple from sounds drum workshops where students learn to tune and create appropriate options. Additionally, this in-depth course offers sound design DRUM-025-ON TIMEKEEPING (1) TIMEKEEPING DRUM-025-ON for one quarter. programs such as Ableton Live. One lecture/ lab hour per week computer with and modules respective their in instruments basic understanding of programming electronic percussion a have will student the addition, In settings. practice and with using electronic percussion for both performance comfortable be will student the course, the of completion and explored with weekly Upon assignments. successful class during covered be will triggering and looping sampling, with electronic percussion instruments. Concepts such as of anda programming understanding performing basic developing on focuses 156/156E course 2). This (Reason 2), AUDIO-157/157E or (Logic Tools 110), (Pro AUDIO- or Prerequisite: completion Successful of either AUDIO-152/152E DRUM-240 E-DRUMMING (1) ESSENTIALS lecture hour and one ensemble hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour ensemble one and hour lecture One there). belong they like (and sound ensemble ajazz within to function able be will student the study), this completing (and upon Altogether presented. be also will patterns brush Genre-relevant, drumset-based rudimental voicings and simple approach. comping and concept, solo sound, set drum form, but each composition also focuses on a particular musical charts; detailed of aset include curricula and class this does only Not forms. and styles popular Jazz’s —within section arhythm perform—alongside to authentically how of study in-depth and inclusive an is It idiom. Jazz the learn efficiently) (and quickly drummer student today’s to help designed is 1. course This Jazz Styles: Drumming Advanced 350 210 Technique DRUM- DRUM-210 Drum and Prerequisites: DRUM-451 ADVANCED 2 (2) JAZZ 2A: DRUMMING week for one quarter. per hour lab one plus hour lecture One samba. and nova bossa practice, with emphasis on popular including styles, Brazilian techniques through listening, demonstration, and classroom foot and hand stylistic authentic develops course This Jazz. Prerequisites: Advanced DRUM-350 Drumming Styles: DRUM-450 ADVANCED 2B: LATIN STYLES (2) DRUMMING for one quarter. week per hour lab one plus hour lecture One concepts. soloing and coordination, interaction, ensemble independence and basic comping, left-hand and patterns ride include: techniques drumming jazz of elements basic the addition, In Bebop. to 1950s Dixieland from Jazz of evolution technical and stylistic Drum Performance 230. This course presents the historical, 210, Technique DRUM-210 Drum DRUM-230 Prerequisites: DRUM-350 ADVANCED (1) JAZZ STYLES: DRUMMING quarter. one for week per hour lecture/ensemble One counting. verbal and usage metronome to coordination groove-based developed applies course This Your Groove. Developing DRUM-015 Prerequisites: COURSES 100 aspects of the entertainment industry. include: Topics record labels (major and indie), types of deals, the DIY market, S.M.A.R.T. more. and merchandising, touring, distribution, goal setting is also covered support to students in creating a path career to success. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. CC-011 HARMONY (1.5) 011 & THEORY CC-011 This course is an introduction the to harmony and theory used within popular music. This is accomplished through the application of music notation pitch), major (for scales, major key signatures, intervals, triads, and major scale harmonies. One video lecture hour andone lab hour per week for one quarter. (1.5) HARMONY 021 & THEORY CC-021 Prerequisites: This Harmony course CC-011 & Theory is 011. CC-407 VISUAL MEDIA VISUAL 2 (2) CC-407 has Internet The 1. Media Visual CC-307 Prerequisites: promote to opportunity musicians enormous an for up opened themselves directly music to fans. This course focuses on the technical skills neededpromote to music online. include: Topics content-rich a of creation presence, online strong a building video strategies, and tools marketing online artist website, editing basics, and social media. lecture Two hours per week quarter. one for INDEPENDENTMUBUS-0307 ARTIST MARKETING (2) This course reveals basic marketing concepts applicable to any professional business venture and focuses on the creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of attack. At a time when new technologies make it more possible than ever for artists leverage to their own careers, there has never marketing independent practical, for need greater a been conduct students vision, business a identifying After advice. research, set short-term goals, and create an integrated mix of marketing strategies achieve to their objective. Students create a complete marketing plan utilizing handy templates included in three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the one-hour lecture lab. Two hours per week for one quarter. DRUM MUSICIANSHIP // MUBUS-0202 MEDIA (2) RELATIONS MUBUS-0202 Students learn the difference between publicity and public relations, how create to and implement media campaigns, and how write to artist bios, press releases, news releases, and eye-catching headlines. Skills apply independent to artists as well as those aspiring work to in the industry. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per MEDIA VISUAL 1 (2) CC-307 Students learn use to Adobe Photoshop design to original CD vital materials visual other and tools, artwork, flyers,promotional exciting creating artists. on is Emphasis independent modern to marketing support music directly that designs expressive and campaigns. covered Topics in this class include: typography, manipulation, artworkimage album design, design, flyer for week per hours lecture Two more. and design, merchandise quarter. one COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Prerequisites:and Drum DRUM-210 Technique 210 Prerequisites: MUBUS-0360 Business Entertainment Applied Prerequisites: This course1. is a continuation of Applied Entertainment Business further 1, covering the most important areas and MUBUS-0460 ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED BUSINESS 2 (1.5) MUBUS-0360 APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT ENTERTAINMENT MUBUS-0360 APPLIED BUSINESS 1 (1.5) The first in a two-quarter course sequence, designedto provide students with an understanding of the entertainment industry, as it exists and today, essential knowledge for sustaining a career in the digital era. In Applied Entertainment Business topics 1, include an overview of industry structure, the artist’s team (manager, attorney, agent, copyrights etc.), artists, solo partnershipsand band publishing, music and One more. and unions work-for-hire, agreements, employment lecture hour per week for onequarter. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // DRUM // DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL DRUM-460 DRUMS 2: (2) PROJECT RECORDING Prerequisites: DRUM-360 Project Recording Drums. 1: A experiences, and techniques drumming studio of continuation performance and styles, odd-meter as advanced such including are placement microphone and tuning drum Detailed soloing. also covered. Each student receives an HD video of his or her final performance. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. Prerequisites: DRUM-220 DRUM Reading 220, DRUM-210 DRUM-230Drum Technique 210, Drum Performance 230. This course is designed mimic to the “real world” scenario of drum tracking in a 24-track studio. include: Topics developing drum parts, charts, sight-reading performing backing with tracks, overdubbing and punching in, and learning lock to in with loops and backing tracks. Studio etiquette and sound development are also presented in detail. Each student receives an HD video of his or her final performances. Two lecture hours per week for quarter. one DRUM-360 PROJECT RECORDING 1: DRUMS (2) PROJECT RECORDING DRUM-360 DRUM-452 ADVANCED DRUMMING 2C: R&B/ GOSPEL GOSPEL R&B/ DRUMMING 2C: ADVANCED DRUM-452 (2) DRUM-350 AdvancedDrumming Styles: Jazz This course 1. is designed help to today’s student drummer quickly(and efficiently) learn R&B/Gospel drummingtechniques. It is an in-depth study of how perform to popular R&B/Gospel styles and forms. This course takes the technical building blocks -the-bar over combinations, fill hand/foot drumming, (linear in presented modulation) metric and ostinatos soloing rhythms, and appliesDrum-210 these techniques within a modern R&B/ each understanding on Instructions section. rhythm Gospel approaches solo comping, feel, figures, rhythmic form, song’s and appropriate drum set sound are also presented. This class presents each student with a weekly assignment that focuses on a particular R&B/Gospel form; drum set sound, groove this completing Upon approach. improvisational and concept technical advanced apply to able be will student the course, drumming concepts in a musical and comprehensive manner. One lecture hour and oneensemble hour per week for one quarter. COURSES 101 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One studied. also intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic and scale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This CC-012 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR quarter. one for week per hour lab altered and symmetrical One scales. video lecture hour and one modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 &THEORY 201 HARMONY (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One progressions. chord and leading voice and modes, and symbols inverted, extended and non-standard chord chord types, scales, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony & 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: CC-101 &THEORY 101 HARMONY (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and chord and progressions, key centers. One video lecture hour analysis, triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation One One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and standardphrases, variations in minor-key melody and harmony, rhythmic of sixteenth-note transcription and on the recognition 102 Training focuses that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: CC-202 202 TRAINING EAR (1.5) week for one quarter. per hour lab one and hour lecture video One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: CC-102 102 TRAINING EAR (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord progressions. transcribing melody and melodic rhythm, and harmonic sight-singing, phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through continuation a is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: CC-022 022 TRAINING EAR (1.5) video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video per quarter. week, per hour lab one and hour lecture One course. the of end the at song afully-finished presenting and creating by learned have they what apply and exercises, writing weekly through songwriters independent as skills their develop will Students songs. hit current and classic both analyzing examples, and examine and work with multiple songwriting structures, styles, effective chord melody, progressions, and groove. Students will song structure studies, lyric writing, reverse-engineering, and independent Topics music artist. covered include: genre-based contemporary the for songwriting modern of practices and methods to the introduction ahands-on is course This (1.5) CC-107 1 ARTIST INDEPENDENT FOR THE SONGWRITING quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course CC-208 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument a performing as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard CC-108 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD curriculum goals and, time also focuses permitting, on core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly GUIT-PL PRIVATE (2) LESSON // AREA MAJOR GUITAR GUITAR quarter. per week, per hour lab one and hour lecture One quarter. the of end the at songs completed more or one of presentation afinal in culminate will which and collaboratively on various creative songwriting exercises, independently both work will Students copyright. and (PROs), with to respect publishing, rights performance organizations songwriting of business the navigating about knowledge crucial andprogressions, rhythm/groove. In addition, students will learn writing techniques, and produce more complex chord melodies, genres of songwriting practice styles, more advanced lyric Studentsartists. will dig deeper into detailed analysis of various and application of songwriting for modern independent music art the explores further 1, course level this from methods and concepts the on 1. Building SONG-1011 or Songwriting Prerequisite: CC-107 Songwriting for the Independent Artist (1.5) CC-207 2 ARTIST INDEPENDENT FOR THE SONGWRITING COURSES 102 GUIT-120 GUITAR READING (2) 120 GUITAR GUIT-120 Prerequisites: GUIT-022 Guitar Reading 022. Emphasis in this course is placed on reading in 2nd and 7th position, reading real- advanced performances, and trio and duo harmonies, world charts. This course coordinates with Guitar Technique and Guitar Performance110 topics. 130 One lecture hour per quarter. one for week GUIT-210 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 210 (2) TECHNIQUE 210 GUITAR GUIT-210 Emphasis Guitar in TechniquePrerequisites: 110. GUIT-110 this course is placed on advanced concepts such as 16th note strum technique, scales such as Phrygian, Harmonic and approaches common and interchange modal minor, Melodic for playing over dominant chords. One lecture hour per week quarter. one for READING (2) 012 GUITAR GUIT-012 This course introduces the fundamentals of music reading and the basic terminology used in written notation. The emphasis will be placed on how read to single-note lines in open position, signatures key and accidentals, how navigate to a basic chart, plus the chromatic note names and their position on the neck. The course will also introduce basic music topics such as motives, phrases, melodies, and form. This course coordinates and with Guitar Guitar Technique 011 Performance topics. One 013 lecture hour per week for one quarter. READING (2) GUITAR 022 GUIT-022 Prerequisites: Guitar GUIT-012 Emphasis Reading012. in this course is placed on reading in 5th position, various key commonly terms charts, and centers, real-world symbols plus found in written notation. This course coordinates with Guitar andTechnique Guitar 021 Performance topics. 023 One lecture hour per week for one quarter. GUIT-011 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 011 (2) TECHNIQUE 011 GUITAR GUIT-011 This course is an introduction the to basicfretting and picking techniques,the layout of the guitar fretboard, basic chords, most the to introduction general a progressions, and chord hour approaches. lecture rhythm guitar One and solo common quarter. one for week per (2) TECHNIQUE 021 GUITAR GUIT-021 General 011. Technique Guitar GUIT-011 Prerequisites: musicianship is developed through learning the five-patterns of the minor scales, applying rhythms scales, to how to acquiring fingerstyle knowledge technique, solo, a structure techniques performance essential and voicings, chord of commonly used in contemporary music. One lecture hour per quarter. one for week (2) TECHNIQUE 110 GUITAR GUIT-110 Emphasis 021. Technique Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: in this course will be on scales such as Major and Minor Pentatonic, Blues, Dorian, Mixolydian, and Lydian, plus progressions, Roman chord voicings, drop to introduction numeral harmony, extended and altered chords, motive development, shuffle feel, and Bluestonalities. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Prerequisites: GUIT-130 Guitar Performance 130. This course This Performance Guitar 130. GUIT-130 Prerequisites: covers fundamental technical approaches a variety to of popular styles are presented and students will perform live on a weekly basis. Emphasis will be on advanced chart reading, stage craft, playing in various meters such as 6/8 and3/4, odd meters, plus introduction styles to such as jam- band, Delta blues, urban/Chicago blues, Gypsy jazz, minor blues, American Songbook, Latin, bossa nova, Big Band comping and modern jazz. This course coordinates with Guitar and Technique 210 Guitar Reading topics. 220 One lecture hour per week for one quarter. GUIT-230 GUITAR PERFORMANCE GUITAR 230 (2) GUIT-230 Prerequisites: GUIT-023 Guitar Performance 023. This This Performance Guitar 023. GUIT-023 Prerequisites: course covers fundamental technical approaches a variety to of popular styles are presented and students will perform live variations handling on placed basis. is weekly Emphasis a on in typical song form, improving chart-reading skills, taking a variety a to introduction plus group, the within leadership role of styles such as classic and modern urban blues, classic R&B and Motown, contemporary R&B and neo-soul, the early surf/rockabilly, Berry, Chuck and Diddley Bo styles of rock country, modern classic and theater, musical contemporary country-rock, and southern rock. This course coordinates with and GuitarGuitar topics. Reading Technique 120 110 One lecture hour per week for one quarter. GUIT-130 GUITAR PERFORMANCE GUITAR 130 (2) GUIT-130 GUIT-023 GUITAR PERFORMANCE (2) 023 GUITAR GUIT-023 course This Performance Guitar 013. GUIT-13 Prerequisites: covers fundamental technical approaches a variety to of popular styles are presented and students will perform live on a weekly basis. Emphasis will be on playing acoustic guitar in ensemble settings, use of open tunings, Travis picking, performing rhythm parts which include effects, plus introduction styles to such as reggae, punk rock, thrash Guitar with coordinates course This classic metal. and metal, andTechnique Guitar 021 Reading topics. 022 One lecture hour per week for one quarter. GUIT-013 GUITAR PERFORMANCE 013 (2) GUITAR GUIT-013 a to approaches technical fundamental develop Students variety of popular styles through weekly live performance. Concentration is placed on getting good lead and rhythm tones, stage etiquette, dynamics, and basic chart reading and writing. This course coordinates with Guitar Technique 011 and Guitar topics. Reading One 012 lecture hour per week for quarter. one Students perform in a variety of styles and settings section (see on Live Performance Workshops for overview of workshop offerings). Minimum requirement of ten performances with an average grade of 70% or higher per quarter. One ensemble per (one required credits Six quarter. per week per hour quarter). CC-013G-CC-403G LIVE PERFORMANCECC-013G-CC-403G WORKSHOPS 013-403 (1) student’s personal musical development goals. An instructor guides the student in developing technique, musicianship and style. One hour per week per quarter. credits Twelve required per(two quarter). COURSES 103 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture lecture One substitutions. chord and as playing over chromaticism, changes, harmonic relationships improvisational concepts, and the will class cover topics such advanced more and goals musical larger towards applied be 011-210 Technique Guitar in covered principles will basic The a improvising skilled instrumentalist and a complete musician. to essential aspects of musicianship as needed for becoming student the introduce will course This 230. Performance Guitar 210, GUIT-210 Technique GUIT-230 Guitar Prerequisites: (2) 1 GUITARIST) GUIT-350 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP CONCEPTS (FOR THE quarter. one for week per hour lecture One covered. be also will tech guitar aprofessional to be how and request they sounds guitar iconic the delivering by producers to please How more. and direct, record direct, play amps, more or two through stereo in run loops, effects employ flow, build a pro pedalboard, understand and troubleshoot signal rig, your into effects to implement how cover will course the addition, In guitars. and types, amp and settings amp effects, of combinations using by accomplished is This tones. guitar time-honored and contemporary to achieve student the helps Prerequisites: GUIT-014 Guitar Gear Maintenance. This course GUIT-024 (1) GUITAR MASTERY GEAR quarter. one for week per hour lecture One to gear. apply they as tactics survival to gig addition in covered, be also will measures Basic amplifier maintenance, tube replacement andsafety intonate, customize, and manage acoustic and electric guitars. maintain, repair, up, to set how discuss will course This GUIT-014 GUITAR MAINTENANCE (1) GEAR quarter. one for week per hour lecture One topics. 230 Performance 210 Technique Guitar and Guitar with coordinates course This charts. real-world advanced and, performances quartet and trio music, polyphonic reading positions, multiple in reading on placed is course this in 120. GUIT-120 Emphasis Reading Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-220 220 GUITAR (2) READING continuation of studio techniques and approaches, with 1: A Guitar. Recording Project GUIT-360 Prerequisites: GUIT-460 RECORDING PROJECT 2: GUITAR (2) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One website. his/her for reel” a“demo of purposes the for 1-3 songs/pieces finish will student The tactics. tracking and parts guitar creating music. Topics include: basic studio etiquette, signal path, own their produce and engineer to record, able to be required knowledge basic to the student the introduce will course This 230. Performance 210, Technique Guitar GUIT-230 Guitar GUIT-210 220, Reading GUIT-220 Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-360 RECORDING PROJECT 1:GUITAR (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture and more sophisticated aspects of musicianship. One lecture improvisational concepts, deeper harmonic understanding, advanced include: 1. covered Topics to be Guitarist) The (For Prerequisites: GUIT-350 Advanced Musicianship Concepts (2) 2 GUITARIST) GUIT-450 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP CONCEPTS (FOR THE editing. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One editing. post-production techniques and processing such as effects on soloingemphasis more and advanced sophisticated styles, quarter. one for week per hour lecture One success. to career a path creating in students to support covered also is setting goal distribution, touring, merchandising, and more. S.M.A.R.T. market, DIY the deals, of types indie), and (major labels record Topics include: industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment Business MUBUS-0360 APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT 2(1.5) MUBUS-0460 BUSINESS quarter. one for week per hour lecture employment agreements, work-for-hire, unions and more. One and solo artists, and music publishing, band partnerships etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The 1(1.5) BUSINESS APPLIEDMUBUS-0360 ENTERTAINMENT PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // GUITAR MUBUS-0202 RELATIONS (2) MEDIA any professional business venture and focuses on the creation creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST MUBUS-0307 INDEPENDENT quarter. one for week per hours strategies, video editing and basics, social Two media. lecture and tools marketing online website, artist acontent-rich of Topics include: building a strong online presence, creation online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has CC-407 2(2) VISUAL MEDIA quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing exciting and expressive designs that directly music support vital to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. creating promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students CC-307 1(2) VISUAL MEDIA per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students COURSES 104 CC-208 KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY 2 (1) CC-208 course This 1. Proficiency Keyboard CC-108 Prerequisites: further develops the technical skills required for successful and Pop performance comprehension. musical and keyboard Classical repertoire performance serves as the main focus of progressions chord of further study to addition course, in this and scales. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for CC-102 EAR TRAINING 102 (1.5) EAR TRAINING 102 CC-102 Prerequisites: CC-022 Ear Training 022. This course is an application- based continuation of Ear Training that 022 pentatonic of transcription and recognition the on focuses melodies, triplet pentatonic minor scales, and major simple rhythms, blues scales, natural minor scale and its variations, key minor diatonic inversions, utilizing progressions chord numerals, Roman in progressions progressions, chord chord seventh chords. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per quarter. one for week (1.5) EAR TRAINING 202 CC-202 Prerequisites: CC-202 Ear This Training 102. course is an application- based continuation of Ear that Training 102 sixteenth-note of transcription and recognition the on focuses and melody minor-key in variations phrases, standard rhythmic harmony, and seventh chord major and minor diatonic harmony. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY 1 (1) CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 serves as an introductionto contemporary keyboard technique. Through the study of chord & scales diatonic technique, finger posture, physical the develop to students enable will course progressions, this necessary motor skills required for using the keyboard both as a performing instrument and compositional tool. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-012 EAR TRAINING (1.5) 012 CC-012 This course is an introduction ear to training techniques, which can be used within popular music. This is accomplished through the technique of matching specific pitches, major harmonic intervals. Melodicscale and melodic melodies, and are rhythm harmony, diatonic triads, chromaticism, intervals, also studied. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per quarter. one for week (1.5) EAR TRAINING 022 CC-022 Prerequisites: This Ear course Training 012. CC-12 is a continuation through of Ear the Training further 012, study of meter and rhythm, eighth-note phrases, sight-singing, harmonic and rhythm, melodic and melody transcribing progressions. chord major diatonic and qualities, triad intervals, One video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. Highlights include: minor harmony key and melody, modal and substitution secondarydiatonic dominants, interchange, analysis, numeral Roman modulations, chromatic modulation, and hour lecture video scales. One symmetrical and altered one lab hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) HARMONY 201 & THEORY CC-201 Prerequisites: Harmony This & Theory course CC-101 101. concepts. harmonic and melodic non-diatonic presents Prerequisites: CC-021 Harmony & Theory This course 021. Harmony from structures diatonic on variations presents & Theory Highlights 021. include: pentatonic and blues types, chord non-standard and extended scales, inverted, chord and leading voice modes, and and symbols chord per hour lab one and hour lecture video progressions. One quarter. one for week CC-101 HARMONY & THEORY 101 (1.5) HARMONY 101 & THEORY CC-101 CC-021 HARMONY & THEORY 021 (1.5) HARMONY 021 & THEORY CC-021 Prerequisites: This Harmony course CC-011 & Theory is 011. a continuation This of Harmony is accomplished & Theory 011. through the further study of musical notation, diatonic structures, rhythmic values, time signatures, natural minor scales variations), (and minor signatures, key harmonized minor scales, chord inversions, diatonic seventh chords, triad video One centers. key progressions, and chord analysis, lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-011 HARMONY (1.5) 011 & THEORY CC-011 This course is an introduction the to harmony and theory used within popular music. This is accomplished through the application of music notation pitch), major (for scales, major key signatures, intervals, triads, and major scale harmonies. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-025 RHYTHM READINGCC-025 2 (1) WORKOUT Prerequisites: CC-015 Rhythm Reading This Workout 1. Performance students Program give to designed class is rhythm concepts. Topics understanding intermediate an of covered include: dotted notes, tied notes, swung eighth and sixteenth notes, advanced time signatures time, (cut 6/8) 3/4, and mixed meters. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. This course is designed give to Performance Program students a solid foundation in reading rhythms. Students will focus subdividing and notation rhythmic understanding on solely lines, basics (bar notation include: covered basics. Topics time signatures) notes and rests (ranging from whole note sixteenthto note values), note value relationships, counting, triplets and syncopation. One lecture/lab hour per week for quarter. one MUSICIANSHIP // GUITAR MUSICIANSHIP // RHYTHM READINGCC-015 1 (1) WORKOUT of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of attack. At a time when new technologiesmake it more possible than everfor artists leverage to their own careers, there has never been a greater need for practical, independent marketing conduct students vision, business a identifying After advice. research, set short-term goals, and create an integrated mix of marketing strategies achieve to their objective. Students create a complete marketing plan utilizing handy templates included in the course resource, and receive useful feedback during three one-hour lecture lab. Two hours per week for one quarter. COURSES 105 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CC-207 2(1.5) Artist Independent for the |Songwriting per quarter. week, per hour lab one and hour lecture One course. the of end the at song afully-finished presenting and creating by learned have they what apply and exercises, writing weekly through songwriters independent as skills their develop will Students songs. hit current and classic both analyzing examples, and structures, styles, songwriting multiple with work and examine effective chord melody, progressions, and groove. Students will song structure studies, lyric writing, reverse-engineering, and independent Topics music artist. covered include: genre-based contemporary the for songwriting modern of practices and methods to the introduction ahands-on is course This (1.5) CC-107 1 ARTIST FORINDEPENDENT THE |SONGWRITING one quarter. introduced – acoustic piano, electric piano, Hammond organ, are instruments keyboard important most the addition, In R&B. and pop, synth pop, reggae, blues, ballads, piano including explored, are styles music popular Various band. alive in player keyboard the of role the on focuses that course A performance (2) 013 PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-013-ON quarter). hour per week per quarter. Six credits required (one per ensemble One quarter. per higher or 70% of grade average an with performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Performance Live on (see section settings and styles of avariety in perform Students (1) 403 CC-013K-CC-403K 013- WORKSHOPS PERFORMANCE LIVE per quarter). technique, musicianship and style. Twelve credits required (two developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly PRIVATE (2) LESSON KEYBD-PL // AREA MAJOR KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY quarter. per week, per hour lab one and hour lecture One quarter. the of end the at songs completed more or one of presentation afinal in culminate will which exercises, songwriting creative work both independently and collaboratively on various rights organizations (PROs), and copyright. Students will of songwriting with respect to publishing, performance will knowledge about crucial learn navigating the business chord and progressions, rhythm/groove. In addition, students lyric writing techniques, and produce more complex melodies, advanced more practice styles, songwriting of genres various Studentsmusic artists. will dig deeper into detailed analysis of and applicationart of songwriting for modern independent the explores further 1, course level this from methods and concepts the on 1. Building SONG-1011 or Songwriting Prerequisite: CC-107 Songwriting for the Independent Artist and synthesizer. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One synthesizer. and one quarter. per week for hours Two 120 lecture/ensemble Reading topics. coordinates with Keyboard Technique 110 and Keyboard course This discussed. also is agroup within Leadership form. musical and pattern comping groove, to aparticular applied is topic Each layering. sonic and splits keyboard wheel, embellishments, volumestylistic swells, use of the modulation forms, song atypical on emphasis an with approaches, music performance course that utilizes both technical and popular KeyboardPrerequisites: 023. Performance A KEYBD-023 (2) 130 PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-130 week for one quarter. per hours Two lecture/ensemble 022 topics. Reading Keyboard This course coordinates with Keyboard Technique 021 and keyboard patch programming, and stylistic improvisation. cues, following and giving of development further the in music approaches. Intermediate-level reading chart also aids performance course that utilizes both technical and popular Prerequisites: KEYBD-013 Keyboard 013. Performance A 023 (2) PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-023-ON chord progressions with voice leading. One lecture hour per per hour lecture One leading. voice with progressions chord key minor and major as well as scales, minor harmonic and and second inversion, interval performance, harmonized natural first position, root in chords augmented and diminished minor, & memorization,harmonic major, minor performance scale technique. Subsequent curricular topics include natural & the mental and physical components that contribute to proper becoming a successful keyboardist. We will keep exploring for necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development the on centers study 1. group Weekly Technique Keyboard of acontinuation as serves course This KEYBD-021-ON KEYBOARD TECHNIQUE 021 (2) quarter. one for week per hour completeprogressions, with preferred voicings. One lecture chord as well as scale, major the on based construction triad & memorization, performance scale finger dexterity, interval& warm-up/practice routine development, major & melodic minor Subsequent curricular topics include: posture, performance physical components that contribute to proper technique. and mental the both of understanding athorough gain will for becoming keyboardist. a successful necessary Students skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development keyboard technique. Weekly group study centers on the to contemporary introduction an as serves course This KEYBD-011-ON KEYBOARD TECHNIQUE 011 (2) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/ensemble 220 topics. Reading 210 Keyboard and discussed. This course coordinates with Keyboard Technique also is agroup within leadership Further form. song and style improvisation. Each topic is applied to a particular groove, multiple keyboard splits, key transposition and detailed and advanced concepts, such as dual keyboard playing, performance- based course that utilizes practical techniques Prerequisites: KEYBD-130 Keyboard 130. Performance A 230 (2) PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-230 COURSES 106 topics. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. KEYBD-140 DIGITAL MUSIC 1 (2) DIGITAL KEYBD-140 This course is an introduction digital to audio technology as an essential tool for the creation of computer-based recordings. KEYBD-360 PROJECT RECORDING 1: KEYBOARDSKEYBD-360 PROJECT (2) RECORDING Prerequisites: KEYBD-220 Keyboard Reading 220, Keyboard KEYBD-230 210, Technique Keyboard KEYBD-210 Performance 230. Students will begin planning and creating their finalkeyboard recording project, including two or more and writing studios, home recording, Digital songs. original MIDI programming arranging, business discussions some and song producing include assignments Initial covered. all are demos and creating a production schedule. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per KEYBD-460 KEYBOARDS 2: (2) PROJECT RECORDING Keyboards. 1: KEYBD-360 Recording Project Prerequisites: Students will complete and submit all elements of their final project, including final mixes,to the faculty panel for review and evaluation. Have a basic understanding of analog signal flow and how it translatesto the digital domain. Understand what’s involved in a live studio session including creating and efficient. Understand and organized stay to how charts and identify different types Microphone techniques. recording and Understand the concept of signal processing and basic mixing methods. mastering and KEYBD-150SYNTHESIS AND SAMPLING (1) This course covers the history of synthesizers, fundamentals of application their and techniques sampling synthesis, subtractive of software. application practical Logic Includes Apple using theory ES-2 and using Sculpture the ES-1, synthesizers as well as the EXS-24 sampler and Apple Loops utility. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. KEYBD-024 KEYBOARD GEAR MASTERY (1) This course is an introduction the to modern keyboard rig and its use in live performance and/or recording. This is accomplished through an introduction the to basic functions and keyboards electric hardware popular of controls and their soft-synth counterparts, basics the analog of synthesis, an overview of sound selection techniques, and the ancillary components keyboard to live performance and recording. One quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab 1 (2) COMPOSITION COMMERCIAL KEYBD-350 Prerequisites: 2. This DAW course is an introduction to composing musical background scores, in order enhance to the both includes course This images. video of qualities emotional the creative and technical aspects of scoring for commercials, and film. One lectureT.V. hour and one lab hour per week for quarter. one KEYBD-450 2 (2) COMPOSITION COMMERCIAL KEYBD-350 Prerequisites: Commercial 1. Composition This intermediate level course delves deeper into the popular compositional and music production devices used in TV, film and video music creation.Topics include: combining live instruments with software, editing MIDI instruments for a more “realistic” sound, mixing and basic mastering. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE KEYBD-220 KEYBOARDKEYBD-220 READING (2) 220 Prerequisites: KEYBD-120 Keyboard Reading Topics 120. changes, meter signatures, time compound reading include: groove, particular a within patterns melodic and harmonic keyboard patch, and song form. This course coordinates with 230 Performance Keyboard and 210 Technique Keyboard KEYBD-120 KEYBOARD READING (2) KEYBOARD 120 KEYBD-120 Prerequisites: KEYBD-022 Keyboard Reading 022. Topics patterns melodic and harmonic rhythmic, interpreting include: within a particular groove, and song form. This course Keyboard and 110 Technique Keyboard with coordinates Performance topics. lecture 130 Two hours per week for one quarter. KEYBD-022-ON KEYBOARD READING (2) 022 Prerequisites: KEYBD-012 Keyboard Topics Reading 012. relationships, note-value studies, signature time include: particular to applied as exercises subdivision and counting grooves, articulations and ornaments, syncopated rhythms, chart reading, part independence, and patterns comping Keyboard with coordinates course This forms. musical andTechnique Keyboard 021 Performance topics. 023 One lecture hour per week for onequarter. KEYBD-012-ON KEYBOARD READING (2) KEYBOARD KEYBD-012-ON 012 Students learn basic single-line note reading, symbols for notating melody, rhythm and harmony. Highlights include: Clefs, Grand Staff, Ledger Lines, Signatures, Key fingering, and song forms. This course coordinates with Keyboard Technique 011 and Keyboard Performance topics. 013 One lecture hour per quarter. one for week KEYBD-210 KEYBOARD TECHNIQUE 210 (2) 210 TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-210 Weekly 110. Technique Keyboard KEYBD-110 Prerequisites: group study centers on the development and subsequent mastery of the performance skills necessary for becoming a successful keyboardist. Students will gain a thorough understanding of both the mental and physical components curricular Subsequent technique. proper to contribute that topics include: Locrian & Lydian modes, altered scales, ii7-V7- chromatic utilizing progressions Ima7/i7 iimi7(b5)-V7- & Ima7 interpretation, lead-sheet and substitutions tri-tone & extensions complete with three & four-note voicings. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week Prerequisites: KEYBD-021 Keyboard Technique 021. Weekly Weekly 021. Technique KEYBD-021 Keyboard Prerequisites: group study centers on the development and subsequent mastery of the performance skills necessary for becoming a successful keyboardist. Studentswill gain a thorough understanding of both the mental and physical components that topics curricular Subsequent technique. proper to contribute include: pentatonic & blues scales, the Mixolydian & Dorian first, & extensions, second interval-based modes, chromatic third inversion iimi7(b5)-V7-Ima7/ seventh chords, ii7-V7-Ima7, chords sus4 & add9 cycles, dominant & progressions, major i7 and seventh chord-based arpeggios. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week week for one quarter. one for week (2) 110 TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-110 COURSES 107 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture employment agreements, work-for-hire, unions and more. One and music publishing, band and partnerships solo artists, etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The APPLIEDMUBUS-0360 ENTERTAINMENT 1(1.5) BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // KEYBOARD requirements of the client. the to meet project the of revisions and drafts of a number to produce required be will Students instructor. the by played a“client” for material original to produce teams in collaboratively work will 1. Students Project Producer of A continuation 2(2) PRODUCER PROJECT KEYBD-430 client. the of requirements the to meet project the of revisions and drafts of anumber to produce required be will Students instructor. the by played a“client” for material original to produce teams in collaboratively work will students class, this In 2. Music Digital KEYBD-2240 Prerequisite: KEYBD-330 1(2) PRODUCER PROJECT 2. Music Digital KEYBD-240 on audio using processing plug-ins. effects Prerequisite: emphasis with techniques mixing of application and study the is course This 2. Music Digital KEYBD-240 Prerequisite: DIGITAL 3(2)KEYBD-340 MUSIC creating computer-based recordings. for atool as technology audio digital using of development the with continues 1, class this Music Digital in set foundation the from 1. Building Music Digital KEYBD-140 Prerequisite: KEYBD-240 DIGITAL 2(2) MUSIC controllers and DAWs. of use and procedures set-up intuitive learn Students as those aspiring to work in the industry. Two lecture hours per per hours Two lecture industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. catching eye- and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students MUBUS-0202 RELATIONS (2) MEDIA quarter. one for week per hour lecture One success. to career a path creating in students to support covered also is setting goal distribution, touring, merchandising, and more. S.M.A.R.T. market, DIY the deals, of types indie), and (major labels record Topics include: industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment Business MUBUS-0360 APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT 2(1.5) MUBUS-0460 BUSINESS week for one quarter. MUBUS-0307 INDEPENDENT ARTIST MARKETING (2) MARKETING ARTIST MUBUS-0307 INDEPENDENT for one quarter. week per hours Two lecture media. social and basics, editing website,artist online marketing tools and strategies, video building a strong online presence, creation of a content-rich Topics include: online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has CC-407 2(2) VISUAL MEDIA one quarter. merchandise design, and more. Two lecture hours per week for flyer design, design,album imageartwork manipulation, typography, include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. and expressive designs that directly music support marketing to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. creating exciting promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials vital CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students CC-307 1(2) VISUAL MEDIA application of music notation (for pitch), major scales, major key key major scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This CC-011 &THEORY 011 (1.5) HARMONY meters. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. 3/4, mixed 6/8) (cut and time, signatures time advanced notes, sixteenth and eighth swung notes, tied notes, dotted include: Topics covered concepts. rhythm intermediate of understanding an students Program Performance to give designed is class 1. Workout This Reading Rhythm CC-015 Prerequisites: WORKOUT 2(1)CC-025 READING RHYTHM quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One syncopation. and triplets counting, relationships, value note values), note to sixteenth note whole from (ranging rests and notes signatures) time Topicsbasics. covered include: notation (bar basics lines, solely on understanding rhythmic notation and subdividing focus will Students rhythms. reading in foundation a solid students Program Performance to give designed is course This WORKOUT 1(1) CC-015 READING RHYTHM MUSICIANSHIP // KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY quarter. one for week per hours Two lab. lecture one-hour the course resource, and receive useful feedback during three in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing a complete create Students objective. their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set research, advice. After identifying a business vision, students conduct been a greater need for practical, independent marketing never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when atime At attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This COURSES 108 CC-013V-CC-403V LIVE PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS 013- CC-013V-CC-403V 403 (1) Students perform in a variety of styles and settings section (see on Live Performance Workshops for overview of workshop offerings). Minimum requirement of ten performances with an average grade of 70% or higher per quarter. One ensemble per (one required credits Six quarter. per week per hour quarter). CC-207 SONGWRITING THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST 2 CC-207 (1.5) Artist Independent the for Songwriting CC-107 Prerequisite: Songwriting1 or SONG-101 Building 1. on the concepts and methods from this level course 1, further explores the art music independent modern for songwriting of application and various of analysis detailed into deeper dig will artists. Students lyric advanced more styles, practice songwriting of genres melodies, chord complex more produce and techniques, writing learn will students addition, In rhythm/groove. progressions, and crucial knowledge about navigating the business of songwriting organizations performance rights publishing, respect to with (PROs), and copyright. Students will work both independently exercises, songwriting creative various on collaboratively and which will culminate in a final presentation of one or more completed songs at the end of the quarter. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week, per quarter. VOCAL VOCAL MAJOR AREA // LESSON (2) PRIVATE VOCAL-PL A weekly individual instrument lesson that supports core curriculum goals. An instructor guides the student in developing (two required credits Twelve style. and musicianship technique, quarter). per CC-202 EAR TRAINING 202 (1.5) EAR TRAINING 202 CC-202 Prerequisites: CC-202 Ear This Training 102. course is an application- based continuation of Ear that Training 102 sixteenth-note of transcription and recognition the on focuses and melody minor-key in variations phrases, standard rhythmic harmony, and seventh chord major and minor diatonic harmony. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. SONGWRITING THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST 1 CC-107 (1.5) This course is a hands-on introduction the to methods and practices of modern songwriting for the contemporary genre-based include: covered artist. music Topics independent and reverse-engineering, writing, lyric studies, structure song will Students groove. and progressions, melody, chord effective styles, structures, songwriting multiple with work and examine and examples, analyzing both classic and current hit songs. Students will develop their skills as independent songwriters through weekly writing exercises, and apply what they have learned by creating and presenting a fully-finished song at the end of the course. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week, quarter. per COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Prerequisites: CC-022 Ear Training 022. This course is an application- based continuation of Ear Training that 022 pentatonic of transcription and recognition the on focuses melodies, triplet pentatonic minor scales, and major simple rhythms, blues scales, natural minor scale and its variations, key minor diatonic inversions, utilizing progressions chord numerals, Roman in progressions progressions, chord chord seventh chords. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per quarter. one for week CC-102 EAR TRAINING 102 (1.5) EAR TRAINING 102 CC-102 CC-022 EAR TRAINING 022 (1.5) EAR TRAINING 022 CC-022 Prerequisites: This Ear course Training 012. CC-12 is a continuation through of Ear the Training further 012, study of meter and rhythm, eighth-note phrases, sight-singing, harmonic and rhythm, melodic and melody transcribing progressions. chord major diatonic and qualities, triad intervals, One video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. This course is an introduction ear to training techniques, which can be used within popular music. This is accomplished through the technique of matching specific pitches, major harmonic intervals. Melodicscale and melodic melodies, and are rhythm harmony, diatonic triads, chromaticism, intervals, One video studied. also lecture hour and one lab hour per week quarter. one for CC-012 EAR TRAINING (1.5) 012 CC-012 CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) HARMONY 201 & THEORY CC-201 Prerequisites: Harmony This & Theory course CC-101 101. concepts. harmonic and melodic non-diatonic presents Highlights include: minor harmony key and melody, modal and substitution secondary diatonic dominants, interchange, analysis, numeral Roman modulations, chromatic modulation, lab one and hour lecture scales. One symmetrical and altered hour per week for one quarter. Prerequisites: CC-021 Harmony & Theory This course 021. & Harmony from structures diatonic on variations presents Theory Highlights 021. include:pentatonic and blues scales, types, chord chord non-standard and extended inverted, symbolsand modes,and voice leading and chordprogressions. One video lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-101 HARMONY & THEORY 101 (1.5) HARMONY 101 & THEORY CC-101 CC-021 HARMONY & THEORY 021 (1.5) HARMONY 021 & THEORY CC-021 Prerequisites: This Harmony course CC-011 & Theory is 011. a continuation This of Harmony is accomplished & Theory 011. through the further study of musicalnotation, diatonic structures, rhythmic values, time signatures, naturalminor scales variations), (and minor signatures, key harmonized minor scales, chord inversions, diatonic seventh chords, triad analysis, One centers. video key progressions, and chord lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. signatures, intervals, triads,and major scale harmonies. One video lecture hour and one labhour per week for one quarter. COURSES 109 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One range. speaking your exploring diction, to improve resources and consonants, diphthongs and triphthongs with exercises and vowels of placement and formation the addresses discussed, introduced, the American Standard Pronunciation will be be will (IPA) Alphabet Phonetic International The include: VOCAL-021 021. Technique Vocal Topics Prerequisites: VOCAL-110-ON 110 TECHNIQUE (2) VOCAL quarter. one for week per hour lecture One health. vocal affect that factors and endurance harmony, vibrato,resonance, agility, singing ad-libbing, tonal in colors, formation of speech sounds, vowel placement, exploration of techniques, listening of expansion (the break), Passaggio the of study range, vocal increasing and assessing Topics include: production. vocal of nature the understanding on focuses VOCAL-011 011.Prerequisites: Technique Vocal course This VOCAL-021-ON 021 TECHNIQUE VOCAL (2) week for one quarter. conditions and medical considerations. One lecture hour per various in voice the using methods, practice ideal learning by voice the for condition ahealthy to maintain how teaches course habits, vocal registers phonation and efficient This techniques. breathing techniques, breath management, effective practice terminology, vocal Topics include: voice. the of production and physiology the anatomy, to the introduction an is course This VOCAL-011-ON 011 TECHNIQUE (2) VOCAL quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble course. the within points set at material own their to perform students for ability the and genres, musical additional material, complex more live ensemble experience performing featuring progressively Prerequisites: VOCAL-130 Vocal 130. Performance Additional VOCAL-230-ON 230 (2) PERFORMANCE VOCAL weeks. ten for week per hour One audio. reference and charts, vocal notes, performance voices. Assisted by extensive curricular materials, including more 2or of agroup within to sing like is it what of a sense ensemble singing, and background vocals, students will gain number of popular genres online. Focusing on harmonies, a in performances online weekly via performance vocal Students develop fundamental technical approaches to Prerequisites: VOCAL-023 Vocal 023. Performance VOCAL-130-ON (2) 130 PERFORMANCE VOCAL quarter. one for week per hour lecture more complex material and additional musical One genres. live ensemble experience, performing featuring progressively Prerequisites: VOCAL-013 Vocal 023. Performance Continued 023VOCAL-023-ON (2) PERFORMANCE VOCAL for one quarter. week per hour lecture One audio. reference and charts, vocal notes, performance including materials, curricular extensive by popular genres with a live, three-piece backing band, assisted performance via twice-weekly in performances a number of Students develop fundamental technical approaches to vocal (2) 013 PERFORMANCE VOCAL-013-ON VOCAL hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours and cadences rhythms, 6/8 time signature. Two lecture/lab triplet clef, bass to the introduction an values, and notes combining on emphasis with skills sightsinging of development Prerequisites: VOCAL-012 Sightsinging 012. Continued VOCAL-022-ON 022 SIGHTSINGING (2) lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. Two patterns. rhythmic sixteenth-note and eighth, quarter, half, dotted notes, simple warm-ups, diatonic melodies with whole, the basic elements of written music, major intervals, scales, ties, notation, music of overview an Topics include: vocalist. the for is an to introduction course This sight-reading and sightsinging VOCAL-012-ON 012 (2) SIGHTSINGING great detail. One lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. harmonic subtleties and melodic vocabulary will be presented in pop techniques. vocal Therefore, performance these genres’ and R&B soul, gospel, jazz, of study the through inflection) ornamentation (vocabulary embellishment, improvisation, melodic of execution and development the continues course Prerequisites: VOCAL-110 Vocal Technique 110. This VOCAL-210-ON 210 TECHNIQUE (2) VOCAL VOCAL-450 ADVANCED CONTEMPORARY VOCAL credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble individuals. as and group large or asmall in while sightsinging and techniques, on blending,emphasis singing unison, counterpoint, mic an with vocals backing of essentials the learn will Students VOCAL-350 (2) ENSEMBLE VOCAL CONTEMPORARY quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Latin. and jazz, & blues, rhythm rock, include: covered critical listening as they relate to advanced repertoire. Styles continuation of exploration style through reading chart and a is 1. course VOCAL-014 This Survey Styles Prerequisites: 2(1)VOCAL-024 SURVEY STYLES quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Latin. and jazz, & blues, repertoire requirements. covered Styles include: rhythm rock, to relate they as listening critical and reading chart styles, of overview analytical an with students provides course This 1(1) SURVEY VOCAL-014-ON STYLES quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab reading. part transcription,jazz advanced blues reading, and advanced two- to swing, introduction grooves, note eighth modes, the of review includes: tension/resolution and chord/scale relationships, VOCAL-120 120. course Prerequisites: This Sighsinging VOCAL-220-ON 220 SIGHTSINGING (2) quarter. key chord Two progressions. lecture/lab hours per week for one minor and chords, extended modes, scales, minor inversions, triad minor and major intervals, Topics include: harmonies. complex and rhythms mixed melodies, diatonic minor and major of introduction the to include skills sightsinging expands VOCAL-022Prerequisites: 022. Sightsinging course This VOCAL-120-ON 120 (2) SIGHTSINGING

COURSES 110 CC-025 RHYTHM READINGCC-025 2 (1) WORKOUT Prerequisites: CC-015 Rhythm Reading This Workout 1. class is designed give to Performance Program students an understanding of intermediate rhythm concepts. covered Topics include: dotted notes, tied notes, swung eighth and sixteenth notes, advanced time signatures time, and (cut 6/8) mixed 3/4, quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One meters. MUSICIANSHIP // VOCAL MUSICIANSHIP // RHYTHM READINGCC-015 1 (1) WORKOUT This course is designed give to Performance Program students a solid foundation in reading rhythms. Students will focus subdividing and notation rhythmic understanding on solely lines, basics (bar notation include: covered basics. Topics time signatures) notes and rests(ranging from whole note sixteenth to note values), note value relationships, counting, triplets and syncopation. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-307 VISUAL MEDIA VISUAL 1 (2) CC-307 Studentslearn how use to Adobe Photoshop design to visual other and tools, artwork, CD original flyers,promotional Artists. on Independent is modern Emphasis to vital materials support directly that designs expressive and exciting creating music marketing campaigns. covered Topics in this class artwork image album design, design, flyer typography, include: hours lecture Two more. and design, merchandise manipulation, quarter. one for week per MEDIA VISUAL 2 (2) CC-407 has Internet The 1. Media Visual CC-307 Prerequisites: promote to opportunity musicians enormous an for up opened themselves directly music to fans. This course focuses on the technical skills needed promote to music online. include: Topics content-rich a of creation presence, online strong a building video strategies, and tools marketing online artist website, editing basics, and social media. lecture Two hours per week quarter. one for INDEPENDENTMUBUS-0307 ARTIST MARKETING (2) This course reveals basic marketing concepts applicable to any professional business venture and focuses on the creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of attack. more it make technologies new when time a Furthermore, at possible than ever for artists leverage to their own careers, there has never been a greater need for practical, independent students vision, business a identifying After advice. marketing conduct research, set short-term goals, and create an integrated mix of marketing strategiesachieve to their objective, format, and position, brand, image, an defining including identifying the target audience, gaining access radio, to as well as effectively utilizing live shows, the Internet, press, video promotion, advertising and sponsorships, sales and licensing. Students create a complete marketing plan utilizing handy templates included in the course resource, and receive useful feedback during three in-class work hours. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE MUBUS-0202 MEDIA (2) RELATIONS MUBUS-0202 Students learn the difference between publicity and public relations, how create to and implement media campaigns, and how write to artist bios, press releases, news releases, and eye-catching headlines. Skills apply independent to artists as well as those aspiring work to in the industry. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per MUBUS-0460 APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESSMUBUS-0460 2 (1.5) ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 Business Entertainment Applied Prerequisites: This course1. is a continuation of Applied Entertainment Business further 1, covering the most important areas and aspects of the entertainment industry. include: Topics record labels (major and indie), types of deals, the DIY market, S.M.A.R.T. more. and goal merchandising, touring, distribution, setting is also covered support to students in creating a path to career success. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. MUBUS-0360 APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS 1 (1.5) ENTERTAINMENT MUBUS-0360 APPLIED The first in a two-quarter course sequence, designedto provide students with an understanding of the entertainment industry, as it exists and today, essential knowledge for sustaining a career in the digital era. In Applied Entertainment Business topics 1, include an overview of industry structure, the artist’s team (manager, attorney, agent, copyrights etc.), artists, solo partnershipsand band publishing, music and One more. and unions work-for-hire, agreements, employment lecture hour per week for onequarter. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // VOCAL // DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL VOCAL-460 PROJECT RECORDING 2: VOCAL 2: (2) PROJECT RECORDING VOCAL-460 on Building 1: Recording Studio VOCAL-360 Prerequisites: 1: Project Recording learned in techniques and knowledge the Students will further experience recording with both a Producer industry-standard using recording equipment. Engineer, an and This course sees students arranging and recording a cover version or original song, including overdubs, backing vocals, finalEQ and effects. as a meansto understand studiovocal for week per hours ensemble lecture/lab performances. Two quarter. one VOCAL-360 PROJECT RECORDING 1: VOCAL PROJECT (2) RECORDING VOCAL-360 Prerequisites: Sightsinging VOCAL-220 220, VOCAL-210 230. Performance Vocal VOCAL-230 210, Technique Vocal Students will learn the art and practical skills of creating their studio recording the in reel professional-quality vocal own include: industry-standardusing Topics equipment. audio choice, equipment techniques, microphone pre-production, EQ amplification, pre- terminology, studio recording essential and effects for lead vocals, as well as other equipment and vocal best the capturing and creating to essential techniques one for week per hours ensemble lecture/lab performance. Two quarter. ENSEMBLE (2) Prerequisites: VOCAL-350 Contemporary VOCAL-350 Prerequisites: ENSEMBLE (2) Vocal Ensemble. This coursecovers backing vocals for intricate containing include: advanced students. Topics vocals, jazz 4-part 6-part chords, plus and harmonies, cluster harmony song structures, along with soloing and backup singing within the same song. COURSES 111 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS lab hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour altered lecture and symmetrical video One scales. modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 &THEORY 201 HARMONY (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One progressions. chord and leading voice and modes, and symbols inverted, extended and non-standard chord chord types, scales, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony & 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: CC-101 &THEORY 101 HARMONY (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture chord and progressions, key video centers. One analysis, triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation 011. is &Theory CC-011 course Harmony This Prerequisites: CC-021 &THEORY 021 HARMONY (1.5) chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: CC-102 102 TRAINING EAR (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord progressions. transcribing melody and melodic rhythm, and harmonic sight-singing, phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through continuation a is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: CC-022 022 TRAINING EAR (1.5) for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture also studied. video One intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic and scale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This CC-012 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key major scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This CC-011 &THEORY 011 (1.5) HARMONY week for one quarter. per hour lab one and hour lecture video One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, CC-208 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument a performing as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard CC-108 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture video One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody and focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: CC-202 202 TRAINING EAR (1.5) and collaboratively on various creative songwriting exercises, independently both work will Students copyright. and (PROs), with to respect publishing, rights performance organizations songwriting of business the navigating about knowledge crucial andprogressions, rhythm/groove. In addition, students will learn writing techniques, and produce more complex chord melodies, genres of songwriting practice styles, more advanced lyric Studentsartists. will dig deeper into detailed analysis of various and application of songwriting for modern independent music art the explores further 1, course level this from methods and concepts the on 1. Building SONG-1011 or Songwriting Prerequisite: CC-107 Songwriting for the Independent Artist (1.5) CC-207 2 ARTIST INDEPENDENT FOR THE SONGWRITING per quarter. week, per hour lab one and hour lecture One course. the of end the at song afully-finished presenting and creating by learned have they what apply and exercises, writing weekly through songwriters independent as skills their develop will Students songs. hit current and classic both analyzing examples, and examine and work with multiple songwriting structures, styles, effective chord melody, progressions, and groove. Students will song structure studies, lyric writing, reverse-engineering, and independent Topics music artist. covered include: genre-based contemporary the for songwriting modern of practices and methods to the introduction ahands-on is course This (1.5) CC-107 1 ARTIST INDEPENDENT FOR THE SONGWRITING quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course COURSES 112 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC // SONGWRITING // MUSIC SUPPORTIVE AND PRODUCTION DEMO RECORDING 1 (1) SONG-102 successfully navigating for students prepares course This and arranger songwriter, as environment studio project a on focuses I Production and Recording Demo producer. SONG-225 LYRIC WRITING 2 |CREDITS:2.00 LYRIC SONG-225 Pop to Introduction 1: SONG-101:Songwriting Prerequisite: Songwriting Introduction Lyric Writing and 1: SONG-125: to Lyric Writing. This course enables studentsdevelop to the skills necessary create, to analyze, critique, and revise song lyrics in the contemporary songwriting market. Students will learn lyrics, important finding to including concepts relating inspiration, mastering tools of the craft, and tailoring lyrics differentto styles and situations. This course will introduce week per hours lecture Two techniques. story-telling advanced quarter. one for (2) PROJECT FINAL SONGWRITING SONG-210 Pop to Introduction 1: Songwriting SONG-101: Prerequisites: Songwriting Introduction Lyric Writing and 1: SONG-125: to Lyric Writing. Co-requisite SONG-225: Lyric Writing 2. This complete for abilities all-around student’s the class on focuses arranged and composed their of performance and presentation Chart Composition Preparation, include: required Skills music. and Arrangement,Repertoire, and Program Note Writing. Students learn how be to an effective bandleader and musical director, with the goal of delivering a complete live musical performance that showcases the student's and melody, form, song of comprehension and creativity harmony. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. ARTST-480 KEYBOARD ESSENTIALSARTST-480 2 (1) 1. Essentials Keyboard ARTST-380 requirement: Prerequisite Essentials Keyboard in provided foundation the upon Building this course1, focuses on more advanced contemporary keyboard techniques through the introduction and study of 4-notechords. include Topics Major Dominant and Minor 7, 7, Augmented and Diminished Sus4 and Sus2 7, chords, natural minor and blues scales. Upon completion of this course, students will be able continue to developing the necessary motor skills and music vocabulary required for usingthe tool. production and compositional arranging, an as keyboard One Lecture hour per week per quarter. LYRIC TO INTRODUCTION 1: WRITING LYRIC SONG-125 (2) WRITING Corequisite: Songwriting SONG-101 This course 1. enables studentsdevelop to the skills necessary create, to analyze, songwriting contemporary the in lyrics song revise and critique, lyrics, to relating important learn concepts will Students market. craft,the of andtools mastering inspiration, finding including tailoring lyrics different to styles andsituations. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. basic knowledge of keyboard skills through focused study study focused through skills keyboard of knowledge basic of performance posture, practice routine development, triad and interval dexterity, finger scale construction, major progressions. One chord common as well as construction lecture hour perweek for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Fostering the the Fostering ARTST-380 KEYBOARD ESSENTIALS 1 (1) ARTST-380 This is an introductory course on contemporary keyboard scales major posture, physical of study the Through technique. enable will course progressions, this chord common and students develop to the necessary motor skills required for using the keyboard as an arranging and compositional tool. Upon completion of this course, students will gain a CC-021 HARMONY & THEORY 021 (1.5) HARMONY 021 & THEORY CC-021 Prerequisite: Harmony This CC-011 course and Theory is 011. a continuation of Harmony and Theory This is 1. accomplished through the further study of musical notation, diatonic structures, rhythmic values, time signatures, natural minor scales variations), (and minor signatures, key harmonized minor scales, chord inversions, diatonic seventh chords, triad analysis, hour lecture video One centers. key progressions, and chord and one lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-011 HARMONY (1.5) 011 & THEORY CC-011 This course is an introduction the to harmony and theory used within popular music. This is accomplished through the application of music notation pitch), major (for scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, and major scale harmonies. One videolecture hour andone lab hour per week for one quarter. SONG-201 SONGWRITING POP 2: AND SONG-201 COUNTRY (2) SONGWRITING Pop to Introduction 1: Songwriting SONG-101 Prerequisites: Songwriting. This course enables students develop to the skills necessary create, to analyze, critique, and revise song lyrics in the contemporary songwriting market. Students will learn lyrics, important finding to including concepts relating inspiration, mastering tools of the craft, and tailoring lyrics to different styles and situations. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. SONG-101 SONGWRITING 1: INTRODUCTION TO POP TO INTRODUCTION 1: SONGWRITING SONG-101 (1.5) SONGWRITING This course enables students develop to the analytical, necessary skills performance for and compositional successfully navigating contemporary music’s ever changing and compositional the of study Group landscape. stylistic authenticity to contribute that components production pertaining genres key to and repertoire serves as the curricular foundation of these classes. One lecture hour and one lab hour quarter. one for week per MAJOR AREA // SONGWRITING MAJOR AREA // LESSON (2) SONG-PL SONGWRITING PRIVATE SONGWRITING which will culminate in a final presentation of one or more completed songs at the end of the quarter. One lecture hour and one lab hour perweek, per quarter. development of students “compositional voices” serves as the main objective within the Songwriting lesson program. One quarter. per week per lesson hour private COURSES 113 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One sampling, organizations industry and for resources study. further mechanical and synchronization works licenses, made for hire, splits, royalty works, joint publishing, sub agreements, administration agreements, and co-publishing contracts songwriter sheets, cue PRO, a with to affiliate how royalties, performance public PROs, US company, publishing amusic up set how to rights, publishing process, (eCO) Office Copyright include: copyright law and terminology, the online electronic Topics copyrights. musical exploiting and owning of how-to the and publishing music of world the of explores course This SONG-486 BUSINESS OF COMPOSING 1 (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One techniques. songwriting industry current studying with along songwriter a working to become takes it what learn students helping songwriting, hit industry current of realm the into delves class This (1) SONGWRITER WORKING THE SONG-015 one quarter. for week per hours Two workshop process. creative the and techniques writing alternative of discussion open by followed process writing the share and songs their perform songwriters and relationship-buildingperformance, for songwriters.Student This is class designed to foster open discussion, idea sharing, (1) LAB SONGWRITERS SONG-011 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One MIDI. and samples loops, using session recording ademo of aspects course will discuss how to organize and plan/pre-produce all the time, same the At recording. demo in use for “punch-in” and overdubs tracking, as such techniques studio proper learn will basic mixing and general post-production techniques. Students recording, on to focus continues II Production and Recording 1. Production and SONG-102: Recording Demo Prerequisite: SONG-202 2(1) RECORDING DEMO PRODUCTION AND operation. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. and headphone mixes, EQ considerations and general session operation,interface recording techniques, microphone, preamp and pre-productionrecording techniques theory including DIGITAL AUDIO WORKSHOP (DAW) // SONGWRITING quarter. one for week per hour lecture One sheet. cue a out to fill how and contracts, union recordings, sound licenses, composer package deals, music production and use master and synchronization to negotiate how music, temp notes, timing acomposer’s and sessions spotting clearance, shopping, the role of the music supervisor, music source cues, one-stop and libraries production music “Twothe Sides,” production sources of process, musical content for producers, television and film the in songs and music of importance the licensing terminology, songwriter co-administration agreements, commercials and other productions. Topics include: music games, video television, film, into songs and music placing of process the and licensing music examines course This 1. Composing of Business The SONG-486 Prerequisite: SONG-487 BUSINESS OF COMPOSING 2(1) hour per week for one quarter. quarter. one for week per hour Techniques,Recording/Editing and trouble-shooting. One lab &MIDI Audio Advanced Controls, Tempo, Smart Keep & Pitch, Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging instruments, software of array Pro’s comprehensive Logic use engineers. Upon completion, students will understand how to interface and for producers, sound songwriters, composers, user X10.4.x Pro Logic the of acontinuation is course This 1. Logic AUDIO-052E 1or Logic AUDIO-052 Prerequisite: AUDIO-152 2(1) LOGIC quarter. one for week per hour lab One explored. are techniques automation and mixing basic as well as drummer, avirtual with drumbeats producing tracks, of arranging midi, production using recording/editing Apple Loops, audio and Pre- to finish. start from song, actual an creating of process the explores class The X. Pro Logic of interface user basic and features primary to the students introduces course This 1(1) LOGIC AUDIO-052 TRACK OPTION A: This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses course This AUDIO-159 1(2) |PRO TOOLS quarter. one for week per hour lecture One content. communicatingbranding, in and launching the original industry to online comes it when Artists Independent as themselves to establish necessary tools the all of overview an receive fingerprint,identity andartistic personal branding. Students musical own their developing on afocus with aesthetics, of concepts various explore students which in acourse is This ARTST-103 (1) IDENTITY ARTIST // AREA MAJOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT quarter. one for week per Two hours live. lab perform to blocks building have as well as effects and sounds own their to create tools have will students course, this of completion successful Upon performance. live and remixing, clips, dummy audio effects, advanced building racks, including synthesis, Live, Ableton using techniques recording digital of application practical in-depth amore provides 1, course Live this Ableton on 1. Live Building Ableton AUDIO-058 Prerequisite: 2(1)AUDIO-158 LIVE ABLETON quarter. one for week per Two hours Live. lab Ableton using music produce and record, to compose, able be will students course, the of completion successful Upon mixing. and editing, arranging, tracking, setup, session and file including process, recording the of fundamentals the on artists and songwriters for overview an provides course this Live, Ableton using techniques recording digital of application A practical 1(1) LIVE ABLETON AUDIO-058 B: OPTION TRACK COURSES 114 Studentslearn how record to their original songs using the school’s studios as well as their own home setups. Specific and choice mic terminology, project-studio include: topics techniques. production vocal EQ, compression and placement, lectureTwo hours per week for one quarter. ARTST-211 PROJECT ADVISING 2 (2) ARTST-211 Project Advising WorkingPrerequisite: 1. in close ARTST-111 develop to continue advisors, students project with consultation a music performance, production, and marketing plan for their ARTST-107 SONGWRITING THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST ARTST-107 1 (1.5) This course is a hands-on introduction the to methods and practices of modern songwriting for the contemporary genre-based include: covered artist. music Topics independent and reverse-engineering, writing, lyric studies, structure song will Students groove. and progressions, melody, chord effective styles, structures, songwriting multiple with work and examine and examples, analyzing both classic and current hit songs. Students will develop their skills as independent songwriters through weekly writing exercises, and apply what they have learned by creating and presenting a fully-finished song at the end of the course. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week, quarter. per SONGWRITING THE FOR INDEPENDENT ARTIST ARTST-207 2 (1.5) Independent the for Songwriting ARTST-107 Prerequisite: Artist Songwriting 1 or SONG-101 Building 1. on the concepts and methods from this level course 1, further explores the art music independent modern for songwriting of application and various of analysis detailed into deeper dig will artists. Students lyric advanced more styles, practice songwriting of genres melodies, chord complex more produce and techniques, writing learn will students addition, In rhythm/groove. progressions, and crucial knowledge about navigating the business of songwriting organizations performance rights publishing, respect to with (PROs), and copyright. Students will work both independently exercises, songwriting creative various on collaboratively and which will culminate in a final presentation of one or more completed songs at the end of the quarter. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week, per quarter. ARTST-201 RECORDING PROJECT 2 (2) RECORDING ARTST-201 RecordingPrerequisite: Project Building ARTST-101 1. on the foundation of Recording Project I, this course focuses on the mixing and mastering process. Students learn how turn to basic tracks into dynamic and professional finished products.Topics effects,include home- and equipment mixing, mastering, buying studio lecture setup. Two hours per week for one quarter. (2) 1 ADVISING PROJECT ARTST-111 begin advisors, project with consultation close in Working planning and creating your final Independent Artist project, including two or more original songs, artwork, an Internet presence, a press kitand a marketing/career plan. Initial category/focus, project a choosing assignments include creating a production schedule and creating a project proposal. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE Learn to produce professional recordings in a project studio studio project a in recordings professional produce Learn to environment. This portion of this course focuses on recording fundamentals and the process of tracking and overdubbing. ARTST-101 RECORDING PROJECT 1 (2) RECORDING ARTST-101 AUDIO-158 STUDIO ABLETON 2: LIVEAUDIO-158 2 (1) RECORDING Prerequisite: AUDIO-058E Ableton Building Live 1. on Ableton this Live course 1, provides a more in-depth practical Ableton using techniques recording digital of application automation, correction, pitch effects, timing, including Live, successful Upon completion picture. for sound and mastering, of this course, students will be able produce to a project from beginning lab end. to hours Two per week for one quarter. AUDIO-058E STUDIO 1: ABLETON LIVE 1 (1) RECORDING A practical application of digital recording techniques using Ableton Live, this course provides an overview for songwriters and artists on the fundamentals of the recording process, including file and session setup, tracking, arranging, editing, and mixing. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able compose, to record, and produce music using Ableton lab Live. hours Two per week for one quarter. AUDIO-262 | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS 2 (1) | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS AUDIO-262 This 1. Fundamentals Logic AUDIO-162 Prerequisite: course is a continuation of the Logic Pro X user interface for engineers. composers, songwriters, sound producers, and Logic use to how understand will students completion, Upon comprehensivePro’s array of software instruments, arranging of MIDI sequences, as well as editing with Flex Time and Advanced Smart Smart Controls, Tempo, Vari-Speed, Pitch, Audio and MIDI, Recording/Editing Techniques, Logic Remote app, troubleshooting. Logic Fundamentals does 2 (online) not qualify the student take to the Logic User Certification Exam. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. AUDIO-162 | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS 1 (1) | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS AUDIO-162 This course introduces students the to primary features and basic user interface of Logic Pro X. The class explores the process of creating an actual song, from start finish. to Pre- and audio Loops, Apple recording/editing using production MIDI, arranging of tracks, producing drumbeats with a virtual drummer, as well as basic mixing and automation techniques are explored. Logic Fundamentals does 1 (online) not qualify the student take to the Logic User Certification Exam. One lecture hour per week forone quarter. Prerequisite: This course Pro 1. AUDIO-159 Tools expands upon the basic principles taught in Pro Fundamentals Tools 1 while introducing the core concepts and techniques students need competently to operate a Pro system Tools running sessions designed build to learn sessions. Students mid-sized for commercial purposes and improve the results of their recording, editing, and mixing efforts. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week AUDIO-259 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 2 (2) AUDIO-259 in using a digital audio workstation. Students will understand will Students workstation. audio digital a using in how set-up to an Avid Prosession Tools® for recording, importing editing, recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with external drives, and lecture more. Two hours per quarter. one for week COURSES 115 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS today. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture today. One industry music the shaping technologies and laws, practices, sponsorships. Overall, students will understand the latest relationships. Finally, it covers business relationships and working of examination an by followed concepts publishing and copyrights on information minute to-the up receive will you advisors, of team professional your about learning After artist. the protect and relationships these maximize help will way that a in percentages and commissions, fees, their to structure and producers, personal managers, agents) and reviews how and hiring a winning team (including of advisors attorneys, selecting of essentials the covers course This business.” music the about to know need you “all provides that series two-part a of course first the 1is Business Entertainment Applied APPLIEDMUBUS-0360 ENTERTAINMENT 1(1.5) BUSINESS ARTIST DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT // INDEPENDENT quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture art. album and website plan, a set of compositions/arrangements, marketing videos, DIY develop his/her unique, professional project, which will include 10 7and 4, to 2, weeks during amentor with consultation in work will student the quarter, the During courses. Identity Recording Project, Independent Marketing Artist and Artist her within research (and experience from) our Visual Media, his/ to utilize student the enables project study directed This world. professional to the bridge and a practicum both as serves that experience aculminating complete ARTST-211 Project Advising 2. Students are required to Prerequisite: ARTST-111 Project Advising 1. Co-requisite: (2) ARTST-203 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One advisor/mentor. student’s the by chaired committee afaculty before defended be must package final The materials. supporting and recording their of arecording of to consist package, apromotional complete also They Project). Final (The experience culminating final and expressive designs that directly music support marketing Emphasismodern is Independent on Artists. creating exciting promotionalflyers, tools,and othervisual materialsvital to artwork, CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use Learn CC-307 1(2) VISUAL MEDIA approach.DIY One lecture hour per week for one quarter. a with contrasted and examined are area each in points Deal distribution, touring, live deals and performance merchandising. projects, funding deals, record include: covers course this Areas sustaining. and viable be can entertainment and music in acareer how 2shows Business Entertainment Applied made, is income ways various the contrasting and Illustrating By streams. income involve that areas of avariety examines it as focus, its is generation today. Income business music the explore to 1, continues and Business Entertainment Applied follows Prerequisite: Applied Entertainment 1. Business This course APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT 2(1.5) MUBUS-0460 BUSINESS FINAL PROJECT FOR THE INDEPENDENT ARTIST ARTIST INDEPENDENT FOR THE PROJECT FINAL one quarter. merchandise design, and more. Two lecture hours per week for flyer design, design,album imageartwork manipulation, typography, include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and sales sponsorships, and advertising promotion, video press, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as to radio, access gaining audience, target the identifying including definingan image, brand,position, and format, objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set research, conduct marketing advice. After identifying a business vision, students independent practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible atFurthermore, a time when new technologies make it more attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST MUBUS-0307 INDEPENDENT for one quarter. week per hours Two lecture media. social and basics, editing website,artist online marketing tools and strategies, video building a strong online presence, creation of a content-rich Topics include: online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses class This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has CC-407 (2) VISUAL MEDIA in the studio. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. quarter. one for week per hours Two studio. lecture the in sessions recording or writing during invaluable prove will which music by professionals using appropriate music terminology, other with communicate to effectively able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon Leading. Voice and Inversions Triad Cadences, Scales, Minor Signatures, Time as application of Harmony and Theory, addressing concepts such practical in-depth amore provides 1, course this Musicianship Prerequisite: ARTST-106 Musicianship 1. Building on ARTST-206 MUSICIANSHIP 2 (1.5) quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two examples. as songs popular using by training ear study will and notation rhythmic to basic introduced be also will Students creation. chart of basics the and form song analysis, harmonic numeral Roman qualities, chord minor vs. major rhythm, and harmony melody, of role the including covered, be will theory and harmony Basic patterns. rhythmic common various and through the analysis of popular harmonic melodies structures, accomplished is This theory. music basic in foundation the study of popular music composition devices and their is course this professionals, music aspiring for Designed ARTST-106 MUSICIANSHIP 1 (1.5) DEVELOPMENT //MUSICIANSHIP INDEPENDENT ARTIST COURSES 116 EMP-202 PRODUCTION ADVISING 2 (1) 2 ADVISING PRODUCTION EMP-202 Prerequisite: Production EMP-102 Advising Working 1. in close they whom advisors, with production various with consultation ARTST-480 KEYBOARD ESSENTIALSARTST-480 2 (1) upon Building 1. Essentials Keyboard ARTST-380 Prerequisite: the foundation provided in Keyboard Essentials this course 1, techniques keyboard contemporary advanced more on focuses through the introduction and study of 4-note chords. Topics and Augmented 7, Dominant Major 7, Minor include and Diminished Sus4 and Sus2 7, chords, natural minor and blues scales. Upon completion of this course, students will be able continueto developing the necessary motor skills and music vocabulary required for using the keyboard as an arranging, week per hour Lecture One tool. production and compositional quarter. per (1) PRODUCTION VOCAL EMP-115 Using industry standard program Ableton Live, the course will EQ, compression, management, project templates, explore vocal FX, comping, bussing, vocal aligning, printing stems, and remixing techniques. Students will observe one vocal Upon quarter. per vocalist student a session with production successful completion of this course, students will be able to run a vocal session on their own and produce, record, edit, and mix vocals. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. (1) 1 ADVISING PRODUCTION EMP-102 advisors, production various with consultation close in Working with whom they are required meet to at least once a week, students begin planning and creating their final project for the Music requirement, Production Electronic Project for Final including three or more original or remixed tracks, and a meeting advising production hour One plan. marketing/career quarter. one for week per ARTST-380 KEYBOARD ESSENTIALS 1 (1) ARTST-380 This is an introductory course on contemporary keyboard scales major posture, physical of study the Through technique. enable will course progressions, this chord common and students develop to the necessary motor skills required for using the keyboard as an arranging and compositional tool. Upon completion of this course, students will gain a study focused through skills keyboard of knowledge basic of performance posture, practice routine development, triad and interval dexterity, finger scale construction, major progressions. One chord common as well as construction lecture hour per week for one quarter. Musicianship this course 1, provides a more in-depth practical such concepts addressing Theory, and Harmony of application as TimeSignatures, Minor Scales, Cadences, Triad Inversions, and Voice Leading. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able effectively to communicate with other terminology, music appropriate using professionals by music which will prove invaluable during writing or recording sessions in the studio. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for quarter. one COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

DJ-206 MUSICIANSHIP 2 (1.5) 2 MUSICIANSHIP DJ-206 MusicianshipPrerequisite: or ARTST-106 Building 1. DJ-106 on Designed for aspiring music professionals, this course is their and devices composition music popular of study the foundation in the basic music theory. This is accomplished structures,melodies, harmonic popular of analysis the through and various common rhythmic patterns. Basics of harmony and theory will be covered, including the role of melody, harmony and rhythm, major vs. minorchord qualities, Roman numeral harmonic analysis, song form and the basics of chart creation. Students will also be introduced basic to rhythmic notation and will study ear training by using popular songs as examples. Upon completing this course, students will be able effectively to communicate with other musical professionals by invaluable prove will which terminology, music appropriate using during writing or recording sessions in the studio. This course is equivalent the to IAP Musicianship course (ARTST-106). This course is NOT equivalent the to Audio Engineering lecture One (AUDIO-106). course Musicianship Department’s hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. DJ-106 MUSICIANSHIP 1 ( 1.5) ( 1 MUSICIANSHIP DJ-106 EMP-PL EMP PRIVATE INSTRUCTIONEMP-PL (1) EMP PRIVATE In a weekly private session with an instructor, the student is guided in the development of technique, musicianship, and style will skills. Students production music electronic support of in goal the with knowledge production basic music their enhance Topics material. quality professional and dynamic creating of arrangement, synthesis, sampling, programming, drum include quarter. per week per hour instruction private One more. and ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRODUCTION MUSIC ELECTRONIC EMP MAJOR AREA// ARTST-BPL (Bass) ARTST-BPL (Drum) ARTST-DPL (Guitar) ARTST-GPL (Keyboard) ARTST-KPL (Vocal) ARTST-VPL Weekly lesson with an instructor who guides the student in developing technique, musicianship, and style in support of lesson private One requirements. program and goals student hour per week for one quarter. May be repeated for credit. IAP PRIVATE LESSON (1) IAP PRIVATE ARTST-010E | MUSIC PRODUCTION WORKSHOP (1) WORKSHOP PRODUCTION MUSIC | ARTST-010E an with workshop one-on-one weekly Computer-based instructor who guides the student in developing technique, production music support of style in and musicianship skills. Students learn how enhance to their basic production material. quality professional and dynamic into knowledge programming, drum sampling, include remixing, synth Topics development and more. One individual workshop hour per week for one quarter. May be repeated for credit. ELECTIVES // INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT ARTIST INDEPENDENT ELECTIVES // COURSES 117 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS week per quarter. per hour lecture One royalties. and fees remix to collect how and “bootleg” a versus remix “official” an between difference the examine also will course The samples. and synths, beats, own their layer and stems audio of pitch and tempo the change to editing flextime to use how understand will Students remix. asuccessful into track apre-existing to transform needed 1.Producers This explores course the techniques essential Music &Electronic DJs for Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: EMP-209 (1) REMIXING quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture covered. be also will mixing and arranging, tracking, compositions. Advanced production techniques such as several encompassing work of body ashort developing by “sound”) unique (their skills production and identity stylistic their refining on focus 1, students Building Song of teaching the on 1. EMP-107 Building Building Song Prerequisite: EMP-207 2(2) BUILDING TRACK quarter. one for week per hours Two producer. lecture music electronic modern the for music recorded in involved aspects individualized manner. The instructor mentors on the production and aunique in skills, such utilizing identity, astylistic develop will students Additionally, level. professional to the music recorded their of quality the to elevate designed are that skills This course focuses on providing students with production EMP-107 1(2) BUILDING TRACK quarter. one for week per meeting advising production One-hour plan. amarketing/career and tracks, remixed or original more Electronic Music Production requirement, including three or planning and fine-tuning their project for theFinalProject for continue students aweek, once least at to meet required are and one lab hour per week per quarter. per week per hour lab one and lecture One Live. Ableton within instruments synthesizer various on sounds unique to design learn will students platform, any to applicable are concepts Although Live. Ableton within tools on focuses material course The sampling. of basics important the as well as synthesis of forms additive and subtractive synthesis and signal flow,concepts in includingcritical sound of elements fundamental the examines course This 1(1.5) LIVE ABLETON WITH EMP-111 DESIGN SOUND TwoMaschine. lab hours per week per quarter. and Making to ARTST-016E Beat equivalent is course This suite. hardware and software Maschine the using remixes and productions complex more as well as sequences beat to create able be will students course, this completing Upon Maschine. Instruments’ Native using techniques programming Studentssoftware. will be exposed to modern production and Sampler Maschine of utility and use to the introduction An 1. Live Ableton 1, AUDIO-058 or Reason 101, AUDIO-056 ProTools 1, AUDIO-057 Logic AUDIO-052 courses: following 1.Producers Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the Music &Electronic DJs for Live Ableton DJ-058 Corequisite: (1) MASCHINE AND BEATAUDIO-016 MAKING that results from the culminating experience. project final the evaluates Acommittee outcome. professional a is which of goal the plan, amarketing/career and and tracks unique project, set of compositions/arrangements, produced 10 his/her 7and 4, to 2, develop weeks during a mentor with consultation in work will student The Design. Sound and Lesson Private Maschine, with Making Beat Remixing, Live, experience from) Track Building, Production Advising, Ableton (and within work their to utilize student the enables that project, final adirected of form the takes experience This world. professional to the abridge and apracticum both as serves that experience aculminating to complete required are students Production Music Electronic 2. Advising Production EMP-202 Prerequisite: EMP-102 Production Advising 1. Corequisite: EMP-203 (2) FOR EMP PROJECT FINAL lab hour per week per quarter. one and hour lecture One Komplete. Instruments Native as well as Ableton in examples explores material course The Modelling. as Amplitude Modulation, Modulation Phase and Physical examination of Frequency Modulation (FM) synthesis, as well ain-depth including synthesis, sound of forms complex more additional, introduces course This patches. preset of scope the beyond sound musical unique their define to further techniques advanced new, more 1, learning by Ableton with Design Sound in introduced skills the to develop continue will Students EMP-111 1. Live Prerequisite: w/Ableton Design Sound 2(1.5) LIVE ABLETON WITH EMP-211 DESIGN SOUND Artists. In this course, students explore this platform and learn learn and platform this explore students course, this In Artists. remix and beatmakers, DJs, producers, music electronic by favored solution music live and aproduction is Live Ableton 1(1) PRODUCERS MUSIC &ELECTRONIC FOR DJS LIVE |ABLETON DJ-058 quarter. per week per Two hours lab processors. mastering digital and analog typical of applications practical the and products understanding specific technical requirements for mastered stylistic approaches for mastering various genres of music, mastering music. and Discussion practice will include analyzing of applications practical and art, theory, the study will Students 1. live Ableton 1, AUDIO-058 or Reason 101, AUDIO-056 ProTools 1, AUDIO-057 Logic 1, AUDIO-052 Producers Music &Electronic DJs for Live Ableton DJ-058 courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following (1)EMP-216 MASTERING MUSIC appropriately. One lecture hour per week per quarter. tools these implement and to use how understand will students recorded music. completion Upon successful of this course, to them apply and to operate how as well as processors, effects of types different to exposed be will flow.Students reverb, delay, pitch correction, sound replacing, and signal This course covers topics such compression, as EQ, (1) EMP-214 PROCESSING PLUGIN IN MUSIC STUDIES COURSES 118 AUDIO-108 | RECORDING THEORY (1) THEORY | RECORDING AUDIO-108 Students are introduced the to fundamentals of analog recording theory and practice, including an overview of studio processors, filters, dynamic and microphones, components. EQ auxiliary routing, and effects processors will be covered. One AUDIO-104 | THE BUSINESS OF AUDIO (1) AUDIO-104 In this course, students gain a comprehensive overview of operating a business as an audio engineer or producer. finances, basic budgets, invoicing, music and include Topics accounting methods legally to setting up their own business. business new the of challenges the discuss also Students model as well as industry definitions and roles. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. | CRITICAL LISTENINGAUDIO-105 (2) Students are exposed various to musical content and instruments styles. key production and Identifying frequencies will be an integral part of this class, along with the equipment recordings. commercial producing in processesand involved One lecture hour per week for one quarter. BASICS | MAC (1) AUDIO-107 Students explore hardware and software of the Apple Macintosh computer with an emphasis on the Mac operating system. Common hard drives are discussed including how to format, erase, and repair drive volumes. Students learn about computer networking as well as how set to up individual user accounts within a Mac and class also examines many of the applications bundled with the OSsoftware. One lecture hour quarter. one for week per AUDIO-285 | CONSOLE THEORY AND OPERATION 2 (2) AND OPERATION THEORY | CONSOLE AUDIO-285 1. Theory Console Operation and AUDIO-185 Prerequisite: professional on flow signal of concepts reinforce Students consoles.recording operation class The advanced explores concepts in console design including the evolution from split to in-line channel designs, the evolution of monitor switching, as well as increased flexibility and functionality for stereo outputs and returns. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. TOOLS | PRO 1 (2) AUDIO-159 This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved understand will Students workstation. audio digital a using in how set-up to an Avid Pro session Tools® for recording, importing editing, recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with external drives, and lecture more. Two hours per quarter. one for week TOOLS | PRO 2 (2) AUDIO-259 Prerequisite: This course Pro 1. AUDIO-159 Tools expands upon the basic principles taught in Pro Fundamentals Tools 1 while introducing the core concepts and techniques students need competently to operate a Pro system Tools running sessions designed build to learn sessions. Students mid-sized for commercial purposes and improve the results of their recording, editing, and mixing efforts. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE AUDIO-185 | CONSOLE THEORY AND OPERATION 1 (2) AND OPERATION THEORY | CONSOLE AUDIO-185 Students learn console functionality and signal flow as it class consoles. The professional high-end to directly applies functions, sources, routing inputting as such concepts explores professional analog of number a compare Students mixing. and consoles and examine similarities and differences. One lecture AUDIO-101 | RECORDING TECHNIQUES 1 (1) | RECORDING AUDIO-101 This course focuses on the techniques of recording drums, bass, different types of guitars, vocals, piano and more, as they Upon arrangement. multitrack complete, a building pertain to the demonstrate to how understand will students completion, process of miking single instruments. One lecture hour per quarter. one for week MAJOR AREA // STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY STUDIO RECORDING MAJOR AREA // (CERTIFICATE) STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY STUDIO RECORDING EMP-208 THE BUSINESS OF ELECTRONIC MUSICEMP-208 PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE & 2 (1) Prerequisite: The Business EMP-108 of Electronic Music Production & Performance This course 1. reveals basic producer professional any to applicable concepts marketing business venture and focuses on the creation of a fully customized business and revenue plan. After identifying an short-term research, set conduct students vision, overarching and long-term goals, and create an integrated mix of business and revenue generating strategies achieve to their unique career objectives. One lecture hour per week per quarter. In this course, students gain a comprehensive overview of operating a business as an electronic music producer or DJ. include:Topics creating a business entity, filing taxes, the producer/performer’s music electronic an in personnel key and recording, performance, riders; session team, business personnel contracts; an overview of copyright law and the basics of publishing; along with common situations in which the the of execution him/herself the find in may producer/performer craft. One lecture hour per week per quarter. EMP-108 THE BUSINESS OF ELECTRONIC MUSICEMP-108 PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE & 1 (1) Prerequisite: DJ-058 Ableton Live for DJs & Electronic Music Producers Building 1. on the material of Ableton Live for DJs & EMP students 1, focus on gaining a deeper understanding of instruments, effects, warping. audio mapping, and Ableton’s Students will also learn the techniques used create to custom live performance setups. lab hours Two per week for one quarter. DJ-158 | ABLETON LIVE DJS FOR & ELECTRONICDJ-158 MUSIC PRODUCERS2 (1) core functionality in order be to able createto tracks from the ground up, put together “mashups” and remixes, and how cues, trigger to order in external controllers incorporate to samples, and effects (“FX”). lab hours Two per week for one quarter. COURSES 119 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS assistant. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One assistant. or engineer an as work keeping and getting in demeanor professional of importance the to learn order in experiences a studio environment and will be exposed to real-world studio in process songwriting to the to contribute how learn Students roles. different but crucial, three these to link necessary musicians, engineers and providing producers, the information by used terms of understanding a basic provides course This AUDIO-140 | RECORDING STUDIO(1) ETIQUETTE quarter. one for week per hour lecture One creation. chart of basics the and form, song harmony, numeral Roman keys, minor vs. major between to differentiate musicians in the studio. Upon completion, students will be able theory that are discussed between producers, engineers, and and harmony of basics the including staff, the on notation music of fundamentals to the introduced be will Students PROFESSIONALS (1) AUDIO-106 | MUSICIANSHIP FOR INDUSTRY per week for one quarter. hour lecture One artists. of out performance best the finessing musicians, working with engineers and management, and covering concepts such as budgeting, choosing studios and situations, real-world in based and intensive, hands-on, are Classes production. album of sides creative and business the both of outs” and “ins to the students exposes course This AUDIO-051 | MUSIC PRODUCTION (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One techniques. the instructor will demonstrate basic soldering and wiring construction and characteristics are also explored, and fundamentals as implemented Microphone in electronics. components, AC/DC circuits, as well as analog audio electronic Ohm’slaw, basic explores course the and electronics and electricity of fundamentals the learn Students AUDIO-151 (2) |ELECTRONICS quarter. one for week per hour lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour Two lecture mixes. own their to create individually work students as content lecture the mirrors time Lab automation. as well as (compression), tonal balance (equalization), ambience, effects, control dynamic balance, musical as such class in executed and discussed are mixing to effective Components techniques. audio engineer, this course introduces professional mixing professional the for skill important an is music Tools 1. mixing As Tools 101 Pro AUDIO-159 or Pro AUDIO-057 Prerequisite: 1(3)AUDIO-204 ESSENTIALS |MIXING per week for one quarter. chains and more complex routing for One tracking. lecture hour and various percussion. Students explore recording signal such Hammond organ, trumpet, as upright saxophone, bass, recording instrument single additional on focuses course this Also, ensembles. other and choirs, strings, tracking for methods continuation of recording techniques, Students learn common 1. a Techniques As AUDIO-101 Recording Prerequisite: AUDIO-201 |RECORDING 2(1) TECHNIQUES procedures. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One procedures. tear-down setup/ and mixing, monitor mixing, house”) of (“front FOH as well as configurations, digital and analog used, systems and equipment the examines class The engineering. and sound live of fundamentals the explore Students OPERATION (1) AUDIO-211 THEORY REINFORCEMENT |SOUND AND quarter. one for week per hour lecture One plug-ins. party third Tools® and Pro Avid both and shift), pitch chorus, (compressor, gate, EQ), (reverb, processors effects delay, gear, signal processing including traditional in-line processors professional to operate how on focuses Tools 1. course This Tools 101 Pro AUDIO-159 or Pro AUDIO-057 Prerequisite: (2) AUDIO-208 | ANALOG AND DIGITAL PROCESSING SIGNAL quarter. one for week per hour lecture One project. final a in culminate projects hands-on Weekly television. and film for mixing 5.1 and Foley, surround editing, dialogue editing, effects post-production and concepts including techniques, sound audio of fundamentals to the exposed Tools are 1. Students Tools 101 Pro AUDIO-159 or Pro AUDIO-057 Prerequisite: AUDIO-207 |INTRO TO POST-PRODUCTION (1) process of miking single instruments. One lecture hour per per hour lecture One instruments. single miking of process completion, students will understand how to demonstrate the topertain building a complete, multitrack arrangement. Upon they as more, and piano vocals, guitars, of types different bass, drums, recording of techniques the on focuses course This AUDIO-101 |RECORDING 1(1) TECHNIQUES per week for one quarter. hour lecture One software. OS the with bundled applications the of many examines also class and aMac within accounts user individual up to set how as well as networking computer about learn Students volumes. drive repair and erase, format, to how including discussed are drives hard Common system. operating Mac the on emphasis an with computer Macintosh Apple the of software and hardware explore Students AUDIO-107 (1) |MAC BASICS (ASSOCIATE) // AREA MAJOR RECORDING STUDIO TECHNOLOGY RECORDINGSTUDIO TECHNOLOGY quarter. one for week per hour Lecture One vocals. mix and tune edit, record, produce, and own their on session avocal to run able be will students course, this of completion Upon techniques. Vocal bussing, comping, Aligning, printing stems, and remixing templates, project management, vocal compression, FX, EQ, explore will course the Tools Logic, and Pro programs standard 1. industry Using Project 101 ARTST Recording or 1, Tools Logic 101, Pro AUDIO-052 AUDIO-057 or courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following AUDIO-215 | VOCAL PRODUCTION (1) COURSES 120 AUDIO-211 | SOUND REINFORCEMENT THEORY AND | SOUND REINFORCEMENT THEORY AUDIO-211 (1) OPERATION Students explore the fundamentals of live sound and engineering. The class examines the equipment and systems used, analog and digital configurations, as well as FOH(“front of house”) mixing, monitor mixing, and setup/ tear-down procedures. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. AUDIO-485 | CONSOLE THEORY AND OPERATION 4 (2) AND OPERATION AUDIO-485 THEORY | CONSOLE AUDIO-385 3. Theory Console Operation Prerequisite: and This fourth console course covers the functionality of control surfaces for use systems. with DAW Students learn about how is integrateda DAW with these controllers as well as examining systems that can function as both a control surface as well as a software and hardware class examines The console. traditional and monitoring surround including systems control monitor bass management. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. | ELECTRONICS (2) AUDIO-151 Students learn the fundamentals of electricity and electronics and the course explores basic Ohm’s law, electronic audio analog as well as circuits, AC/DC components, electronics. in Microphone implemented as fundamentals and explored, also are characteristics and construction wiring and soldering basic demonstrate will instructor the techniques. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. (1) POST-PRODUCTION TO | INTRO AUDIO-207 Prerequisite: AUDIO-057 Pro or AUDIO-159 Pro 101 Tools Students 1. areTools exposed the to fundamentals of audio sound techniques, including concepts and post-production effects editing, dialogue editing, surround Foley, and 5.1 mixing for film andtelevision. Weekly hands-on projects culminate in a final project. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. Studentslearn console functionality and signal flow as it classconsoles. The professional high-end to directly applies functions, sources, routing inputting as such concepts explores professional analog of number a compare Students mixing. and consoles and examine similarities and differences. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. 2 (2) AND OPERATION THEORY | CONSOLE AUDIO-285 1. Theory Console Operation and AUDIO-185 Prerequisite: professional on flow signal of concepts reinforce Students consoles.recording operation class The advanced explores concepts in console design including the evolution from split to in-line channel designs, the evolution of monitor switching, as well as increased flexibility and functionality for stereo outputs and returns. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. 3 (2) AND OPERATION THEORY | CONSOLE AUDIO-385 2. Theory Console Operation AUDIO-285 and Prerequisite: Students examine the evolution of consoles and signal flow in class explores settings. The production contemporary audio a number of the newer small footprint consoles and their integration with popular systems. DAW The class also explores the digital console market. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE AUDIO-185 | CONSOLE THEORY AND OPERATION 1 (2) AND OPERATION THEORY | CONSOLE AUDIO-185 Prerequisite: AUDIO-359 Pro 3. This Tools course covers techniques for working with Pro systems Tools in a professional exploration continued a is and environment production music of concepts and theory operating Avid Pro including Tools® editing and processing functions, use of plug-ins, higher MIDI synchronization, quantization, functions, automation mastering, and lecture more. Two hours per weekfor one quarter. AUDIO-459 | PRO TOOLSAUDIO-459 | PRO 4 (2) AUDIO-359 | PRO TOOLS 3 (2) Prerequisite: AUDIO-259 Pro 2. This Tools course examines the core concepts and skills needed operate to an Avid a in HD-series hardware with system Tools|Ultimate Pro the on builds course This environment. studio professional Pro Fundamentals Tools 1 and 2 series of courses, providing intermediate and advanced-level Pro concepts Tools and techniques. Students learn customize to the configuration of maximizePro to Tools results and improve recording, editing, and mixing workflows. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. Prerequisite: This course Pro 1. AUDIO-159 Tools expands upon the basic principles taught in Pro Fundamentals Tools 1 while introducing the core concepts and techniques students need competently to operate a Pro system Tools running sessions designed build to learn sessions. Students mid-sized for commercial purposes and improve the results of their recording, editing, and mixing efforts. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week AUDIO-259 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 2 (2) AUDIO-259 AUDIO-159 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 1 (2) AUDIO-159 This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved understand will Students workstation. audio digital a using in how set-up to an AvidPro session Tools® for recording, importing editing, recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with external drives, and lecture more. Two hours per quarter. one for week AUDIO-108 | RECORDING THEORY (1) THEORY | RECORDING AUDIO-108 Students are introduced the to fundamentals of analog recording theory and practice, including an overview of studio processors, filters, dynamic and microphones, components. EQ auxiliary routing and effects processors will be covered. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. Prerequisite: Recording AUDIO-101 As Techniques a 1. common learn Students techniques, recording of continuation methods for tracking strings, choirs, and other ensembles. Also, this course focuses on additional single instrument recording bass, saxophone, upright as trumpet, organ, Hammond such signal recording explore Students percussion. various and hour lecture tracking. One for routing complex more and chains quarter. one for week per week for one quarter. one for week TECHNIQUES 2 (1) | RECORDING AUDIO-201 COURSES 121 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS plug-ins. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One plug-ins. party third Tools® and Pro Avid both and shift), pitch chorus, (compressor, gate, EQ), (reverb, processors effects delay, gear, signal processing including traditional in-line processors professional to operate how on focuses Tools 1. course This Tools 101 Pro AUDIO-159 or Pro AUDIO-057 Prerequisite: (2) AUDIO-208 | ANALOG AND DIGITAL PROCESSING SIGNAL quarter. one for week per hour achieving commercial production value in mixdown. Two lecture on is focus The requested. as arrangement to the edits performing and mixes reference matching as such mixdown in tasks to execute expected are and projects song multiple mix to continue Students scenarios. professional and efforts mixing advanced on focus the with Essentials Mixing of continuation a is course This 2. Essentials Mixing AUDIO-340 Prerequisite: 3(2) ESSENTIALS |MIXING AUDIO-440 per week for one quarter. hour Two lecture management. time as well as mixing in value consistency of mixes within a larger project, and production a project. Students learn about requirements, delivery within songs multiple to mixing shifts focus course, 1. this In Essentials Mixing in learned skills mixing to apply continue 1. Students Essentials Mixing AUDIO-204 Prerequisite: 2(2) ESSENTIALS AUDIO-340 |MIXING quarter. one for week per hour lecture One mixes. own their to create individually work students as content lecture the mirrors time Lab automation. as well as (compression), tonal balance (equalization), ambience, effects, control dynamic balance, musical as such class in executed and discussed are mixing to effective Components techniques. audio engineer, this course introduces professional mixing professional the for skill important an is music Tools 1. mixing As Tools 101 Pro AUDIO-159 or Pro AUDIO-057 Prerequisite: 1(3)AUDIO-204 ESSENTIALS |MIXING AUDIO-450 | ADVANCED ANALOG AND DIGITAL AUDIO quarter. one for week per hour lecture One alignment, cleaning and de-magnetization are also explored. machine levels, recording and Tape formulations metering. VU and RMS, vs. peak ratio, to noise signal range, dynamic scales, decibel various including levels audio measuring of Topicsterminology and standards. include: The principles core This course builds technical knowledge of professional audio PRINCIPLES 1 (1) AUDIO-350 |ADVANCED DIGITAL ANALOG AND AUDIO applications. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. multimedia and platforms gaming for audio creating in utilized focusProjects on the core elements, workflow,and concepts games, webcasting, podcasting, apps, and streaming content. media, interactive as such platforms new for content audio market and publish to create, learn students course, this In TECHNOLOGIES (2) &EMERGING AUDIO AUDIO-360 |INTERACTIVE one quarter. for week per hour lecture One processors. mastering digital and analog typical of applications practical the and products understanding specific technical requirements for mastered stylistic approaches for mastering various genres of music, mastering music. and Discussion practice will include analyzing of applications practical and art, theory, the study will 1. Students Reason 1, AUDIO-056 or Ableton AUDIO-058 1, Tools Logic 101, Pro AUDIO-052 AUDIO-057 or courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following (1) AUDIO-216 MASTERING |MUSIC quarter. one for week per hour Lecture One reverbs. convolution and pitch correction, look ahead processors, band processors, multi- EQ’s, &dynamic phase linear including domain, digital the in exist only can that processors explores course The ins. specialized signal available processors as hardware and plug- common more the of some examine Students Processing. Prerequisite: AUDIO-208 Analog and Digital Signal AUDIO-320 | ADVANCED DIGITAL PROCESSING SIGNAL (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One to including the unit scales analogdecibel loudness standards. external word Students clocks. learn about reconciling digital with working to and slaving latency, issues, clocking jitter, Nyquist rates, sample Theorem, bit depth, Word dither, clock, Topics and standards. principles include: Sampling theory, The audio of study the in acontinuation is 1. course This Principles Prerequisite: Advanced AUDIO-350 Analog and Digital Audio include: industry-standard broadcast and equipment HD broadcast include: industry-standard Topics projects. client and commercials, production, event live sports, to news, productions, dramatic and documentary from independent and collaborating exercises on materials ranging complete 1, students Media Broadcast in acquired skills Prerequisite: AUDIO-510 Media 1. Broadcast Applying the 2(1) MEDIA |BROADCAST AUDIO-610 one quarter. for week per hour lecture One staging. as well as equipment, studio productions. Topics include: the use of sector-specific and fieldwork both with conjunction in (and streaming), the fundamentals of radio, television and Internet broadcasting include Explorations industries. production video and event, live incareers the television, film,Internet, commercial broadcast, for required sets skill to the introduction an is Media Broadcast 1(1) MEDIA AUDIO-510 |BROADCAST quarter. one for week per hour lecture One discussed. also are metadata of structuring the for The of basics device networking and standard methodologies data. accurate maintaining for approaches with along detail, in explored are projects) recording modern in generated data of volume the to track (employed techniques management File audio interfaces. andcomponents industry-standard workstation of connectivity and theory basic the learn Students (2)MANAGEMENT INTEGRATIONAUDIO-470 &FILE |SYSTEMS PRINCIPLES 2 (2) COURSES 122 MUBUS-0360 | APPLIED ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS 1 ENTERTAINMENT | APPLIED MUBUS-0360 (1.5) The first in a two-quarter course sequence, designedto provide students with an understanding of the entertainment industry, as it exists and today, essential knowledge for sustaining a career in the digital era. In Applied Entertainment Business topics1, include an overview of industry structure, the artist’s team (manager, attorney, agent, copyrights etc.), and music artists, employment solo partnerships and band publishing, hour lecture One more. and unions work-for-hire, agreements, quarter. one for week per BUSINESS 2 MUBUS-0460 ENTERTAINMENT | APPLIED (1.5) MUBUS-0360 Business Entertainment Applied Prerequisite: This course1. is a continuation of Applied Entertainment Business further 1, covering the most important areas and aspects of the entertainment industry. include: Topics record labels (major and indie), types of deals, the DIY market, S.M.A.R.T. more. and goal merchandising, touring, distribution, setting is also covered support to students in creating a path to career success. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. | BUSINESS LAWAUDIO-375 MUSIC FOR PRODUCERS (2) This course is designed help to students develop an understanding of the fundamentals of law and business, permeating duties corporate-related and employment including legal of overview an providing By industry. entertainment the concepts governing all business activities, music creatives and music technicians will learn the essence of functioning in a corporate structure as well as the ability of developing an particular With up. ground businessindependent the from emphasis on music business transactions, lectures will cover concepts such as employment, contractual and fiduciary provisions, and clauses music-related basic obligations, AUDIO-690 | FINAL PROJECT 2 (3) Prerequisite: AUDIO-590 Final Project Building 1. on the premise of the Final Project 1 course, in conjunction with offerings, quarter core final program’s the from learning ongoing self-directed, on collaboratively work to continue students volume production shifts projects. Focus music to full-cycle, when songs-which, two producing students with quality, and combined with the end product of Final Project provides 1, One reel. completion capstone three-song, a with students quarter. one for week per supervised hour lecture STUDIO RECORDING // DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL TECHNOLOGY (ASSOCIATE) 4. Synthesizing prior theoretical, practical, and experiential experiential and practical, theoretical, prior Synthesizing 4. learning; in combination with the critical thinking and subject work students program; the throughout mastery acquired This projects. music full-cycle self-directed, on collaboratively pre- from song, one of production the through realized is masteringproduction recording through planning mixing to and and final delivery. One supervised lecture hour per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE AUDIO-590 | FINALAUDIO-590 PROJECT 1 (3) AUDIO-485 Theory Console Operation Prerequisite: and AUDIO-660 | STUDIO (2) TECHNOLOGY is course Electronics. This AUDIO-151 Prerequisite: and design the behind technologies of examination an learn Students studios. recording commercial of maintenance monitors speaker design, studio in principles acoustic basic electrical schemes, grounding audio amplifiers, power and service, as well as electrical protection for equipment. Prior learning of Ohm’s Law, impedance, and cabling are reinforced. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. This course provides a basic understanding of terms used by information the producers, providing and engineers musicians, necessary link to these three crucial, but different roles. Students learn how contribute to the to songwriting process in studio real-world to exposed be will and environment studio a experiences in order learn to the importance of professional demeanor in getting and keeping work as an engineer or assistant. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. AUDIO-140 | RECORDING STUDIO ETIQUETTE STUDIO (1) RECORDING | AUDIO-140 Prerequisite: AUDIO-201 Recording Techniques 2. Students Students 2. Techniques Recording AUDIO-201 Prerequisite: examine live recording scenarios including live albums, live situations other broadcast, and broadcast, in-studio show applicable or not either is recording multitrack where microphone as topics class The such explores unavailable. splits, splits via digital networking, how integrate to the audience and/or environment, and what are the unique Two recording. and production audio live facing challenges lecture hours per week for one quarter. AUDIO-580 | LIVE RECORDING TECHNIQUESAUDIO-580 | LIVE (2) RECORDING Prerequisite: AUDIO-575 Survey of Recording and Production BuildingTechniques 1. on the information knowledge gained in Survey of Recording & Production the class 1, now examines considered are that case studies production music several approaches studio and production music traditional of outside and recording, loops recording, “home” remote including lecture contemporary approaches. Two other libraries, and hours per week for one quarter. AUDIO-675 | SURVEY OF RECORDING AND PRODUCTION PRODUCTION AND RECORDING OF SURVEY | AUDIO-675 TECHNIQUES 2 (2) Prerequisite: AUDIO-485 4. Theory Console Operation Prerequisite: and scenarios production and recording common examine Students for musical artist album production and development. The class examines case studies of album production including approaches, timelines, and the parties involved. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. AUDIO-575 | SURVEY OF RECORDING AND PRODUCTION PRODUCTION AND RECORDING OF SURVEY | AUDIO-575 TECHNIQUES 1 (2) use and associated workflows, microphone techniques, workflows, associated microphone and use digital voice-over, commercial and industrial for approaches audio editing and production techniques, media formats, and lecture specifications.One and logistics delivery product final hour per week for one quarter. COURSES 123 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS per week for one quarter. manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture hours include: typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing music creating exciting and expressive designs that directly support materials vital to Emphasis modern is Independent on Artists. promotional flyers, original CD artwork, tools,and other visual to design Photoshop Adobe to use how learn Students CC-307 1(2) |VISUAL MEDIA quarter. one for week per hours Two more. lecture and accounting, business basic inventory, taking employees, hiring as such Topicsgrants. also include: managing operations daily business and loans business obtaining and structure, tax the up setting including trademark searches and licenses, DBAs, clearances, abusiness, starting of aspects legal the learn Students (2) MUBUS-308 &OPERATING BUSINESS |OWNING AMUSIC quarter. one for week per hour lecture One network. support aprofessional building and business music the of strata all in and presentation to skills important making personal contacts ofpractice different types communication, social techniques, practical, application-oriented course, students analyze and this In you. knows who important, most and, know you what know, you who contacts: personal of longevity and strength the by determined is industry music achanging in Success MUBUS-206 STRATEGIES | NETWORKING (1) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture intellectual fundamentals, and property bargaining agreements. for one quarter. week per hour lecture One industry. the revolutionized they how cases, some in and extinct, become have sometimes evolved, have they how Topics include form. art the to understand equipment, and processes, recording and playback mediums, will examine professional and consumer advancements in Students to picture. sound as well as general, in reinforcement sound music, live and recorded shape helped have which ahalf, and century last the over evolved have that processes and inventions seminal the of many explores course This AUDIO-111 (1) AUDIO OF EVOLUTION |THE (ASSOCIATE) MUSICIANSHIP // RECORDING STUDIO TECHNOLOGY quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture media. social and basics, website, online marketing tools and strategies, video editing a strong online presence,creation of a content-rich artist building Topics include: online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly foran enormous musicians opportunity to promote themselves opened has 1. Internet The Media Visual CC-307 Prerequisite: CC-407 2(2) |VISUAL MEDIA week for one quarter. per hours lab Two artists. of out performance best the finessing musicians, working with engineers and management, and covering concepts such as budgeting, choosing studios and situations, real-world in based and intensive, hands-on, are Classes production. album of sides creative and business the both of outs” and “ins to the students exposes course This AUDIO-051 | MUSIC PRODUCTION (1) quarter. one for week per hours Two lab creation. chart of basics the and form, song harmony, numeral Roman keys, minor vs. major between to differentiate musicians in the studio. Upon completion, students will be able theory that are discussed between producers, engineers, and and harmony of basics the including staff, the on notation music of fundamentals to the introduced be will Students PROFESSIONALS (1) AUDIO-106 | MUSICIANSHIP FOR INDUSTRY quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture involvedand processes in producing commercial recordings. equipment the with along class, this of part integral an be will frequencies Identifying andproduction key styles. instruments and content musical to various exposed are Students (2)AUDIO-105 LISTENING |CRITICAL the structure of successful songs and the application of of application the and songs successful of structure the of analysis form; and rhythm, intervals, scales, harmony, structure, including melody, lyric patterns and construction, song popular of elements basic the of Astudy Professionals. orProfessionals AUDIO-106 For Musicianship Industry Prerequisite MUBUS-260 Musicianship For Business CONTENT AND MUBUS-360 (2) STRUCTURE |SONG quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture era. modern the in careers industry of overview an with concludes The course throughout arena. the entertainment structures economic and practices business of remodeling the and formats, and consumption music with as well as process recording the in technologies new of growth exponential and advent the include topics Additional events. political and movements cultural and social of context the in trends subsequent on influences and sources of examination as well as analysis musical and listening Includes age. digital the into change rapid beginning inincreasingly the ‘60s and coming of era an through industry the of evolution the of overview 1. An History MUBUS-110 Industry Prerequisite: Music (2)PRESENT MUBUS-210 HISTORY INDUSTRY 2: 1960- |MUSIC quarter. one for week per 1950’s. hours Two the of end lecture to the invention from evolution its and process, recording the in steps and concepts basic the of overview an given are students addition, In events. political and movements cultural and social of context the in trends subsequent on influences and sources including era, each of music the analyze to and listen Students era. ‘n’ roll rock the of 1909 onset to the from industry music recorded the of overview historical acomprehensive and business music the of key components to the introduction An MUBUS-110 HISTORY 1:1909-1959 INDUSTRY |MUSIC (2) COURSES 124 This course enables students develop to the BACH-S306 VOCAL TECHNIQUE SONGWRITERS FOR (1) BACH-S306 so technique vocal proper on students instruct will course This that even non-vocal songwriters will be able sing to competent demo versions of their songs. The course will feature breathing, placement, tone, and pitch control. Students will learn vocal Prerequisite: Songwriting BACH-S501: R&B, 5: Hip Hop, students enables course This Songwriting. Latin and Gospel performance and compositional analytical, the develop to contemporary necessary navigating successfully skills for music’s ever changing stylistic landscape. Group study of the to contribute that components production and compositional authenticity pertaining genres key to and repertoire serves as the curricular foundation of these classes. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per LYRIC TO INTRODUCTION 1: WRITING LYRIC BACH-S125 WRITING (2) WRITING 2 (2) LYRIC BACH-S225 Pop to Introduction 1: Songwriting BACH-S101: Prerequisites: Songwriting Introduction Lyric Writing and BACH-S125: 1: Lyric to Writing. This course enables students develop to the skills necessary create, to analyze, critique, and revise song lyrics in the contemporary songwriting market. Students will learn lyrics, important finding to including concepts relating inspiration, mastering tools of the craft, and tailoring lyrics different to styles and situations. This course will introduce week per hours lecture Two techniques. story-telling advanced quarter. one for Prerequisite: BACH-S301: Songwriting 3: Folk, Blues, Reggae, Reggae, Folk, Blues, 3: Songwriting BACH-S301: Prerequisite: and Early Rock Songwriting. Thiscourse enables students performance and compositional analytical, the develop to contemporary necessary navigating successfully skills for music’s ever changing stylistic landscape. Group study of the to contribute that components production and compositional authenticity pertaining genres key to and repertoire serves as the curricular foundation of these classes. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per AND GOSPEL HIP SONGWRITING R&B, HOP, 5: BACH-S501 (2) SONGWRITING LATIN Fusion and Rock 4: Songwriting BACH-S401: Prerequisite: Songwriting. This course enables students develop to the necessary skills performance for and compositional analytical, successfully navigating contemporary music’s ever changing and compositional the of study Group landscape. stylistic authenticity to contribute that components production pertaining genres key to and repertoire serves as the curricular foundation of these classes. lecture Two hours per week for quarter. one AND JAZZ SONGWRITING BROADWAY 6: BACH-S601 (2) SONGWRITING skills necessary create, to analyze, critique, and revise song lyrics in the contemporary songwriting market. Students will learn lyrics, important finding to including concepts relating inspiration, mastering tools of the craft, and tailoring lyrics to different styles and situations. lecture Two hours per week for quarter. one COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE BACH-S401 SONGWRITING AND ROCK FUSION 4: BACH-S401 (2) SONGWRITING BACH-S301 SONGWRITING FOLK, 3: BLUES, REGGAE,BACH-S301 AND (2) SONGWRITING ROCK EARLY Prerequisites: Songwriting BACH-S201: Pop and 2: Country Songwriting and BACH-S225: Lyric Writing 2. This course analytical, the compositional develop to students enables and performance skills necessary for successfully navigating landscape. stylistic changing ever music’s contemporary components production and compositional the of study Group that contribute authenticity to pertaining genres key to and repertoire serves as the curricular foundation of these classes. lectureTwo hours per week for one quarter. Prerequisites: BACH-S101: Songwriting 1: Introduction to Pop Pop to Introduction 1: Songwriting BACH-S101: Prerequisites: Songwriting Introduction Lyric Writing and BACH-S125: 1: Lyricto Writing. This course enables students develop to the skills necessary create, to analyze, critique, and revise song lyrics in the contemporary songwriting market. Students will learn lyrics, important finding to including concepts relating inspiration, mastering tools of the craft,and tailoring lyrics to different styles and situations. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. BACH-S201 SONGWRITING POP 2: AND COUNTRY BACH-S201 (1.5) SONGWRITING This course enables students develop to the analytical, necessary skills performance for and compositional successfully navigating contemporary music’s ever changing and compositional the of study Group landscape. stylistic authenticity to contribute that components production pertaining genres key to and repertoire serves as the curricular foundation of these classes. One lecture hour and one lab hour quarter. one for week per BACH-S101 SONGWRITING 1: INTRODUCTION POP TO BACH-S101 (1.5) SONGWRITING Fostering the development of students “compositional voices” voices” “compositional students of development the Fostering serves as the main objective within the Songwriting & week per lesson hour private One lesson program. Production quarter. per BACH-S.PL SONGWRITING PRIVATE LESSON 1-12 (2) LESSON 1-12 SONGWRITING PRIVATE BACH-S.PL BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR & PRODUCTION SONGWRITING MAJOR AREA those elements to songwriting, including lyric and melodic melodic and lyric including songwriting, to elements those and structures, chord recognition, hook development, songwriting of analysis styles. Includes accompaniment styles in various genres including pop, rock, country, rap/hip- world/ religious, jazz, children’s, Latin, blues, R&B/soul, hop, folk/Americana. students and role-playing, ethnic, Through develop techniques for communicating on a musical level with lecture performers, producers. arrangers, Two and engineers, hours per week for one quarter. COURSES 125 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and bass, piano, trombone, trumpet, for arrangement an of recording studio a completes student each project, a final As Reggae. and Folk, Rock, Rap, styles- four in voice solo and accompaniment) chord line, bass (beat, section rhythm a core for arrangements to build learn and analysis conduct Students writing. guide-tone and two-part on emphasis with family brass the to study is objective The styles. popular in instruments include transposition, range and idiomatic usage of these will Discussion trombone). and (trumpet instruments brass of the addition with arranging section of rhythm continuation 1. A Arranging Contemporary BACH-P103 Prerequisite: BACH-P203 2 (2) CONTEMPORARY ARRANGING quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and bass guitar, piano, for arrangement an of recording studio a completes student each project, a final As score. master and score, sketch outline, averbal using step step-by- arrangement an to prepare and section, rhythm the in instrument each of usage characteristic the to learn is objective preparation and notation in The selected styles. contemporary parts and score on placed is Emphasis section. rhythm alive for practices notation and techniques, arranging to instrumentation, introduction an is course This Notation. BACH-P127 Sibelius 201 and Theory and Harmony CC-201 Prerequisite: BACH-P103 1 (2) CONTEMPORARY ARRANGING quarter. one for week per Two hours lab genres. will lean stylistic guitar accompaniment across a variety of accompaniment patterns, and barre chord Students shapes. transpositions through use of Capos), strum and fingerstyle (and shapes chord open on focus will course The music. their for parts guitar appropriate to write able to be them for order in technique guitar basic on students instruct will course This BACH-S406 GUITAR FOR SONGWRITERS(1) HARMONY per week for one quarter. Two hours lab styles. different of amyriad across characteristics of ranges and color/timbre blending. As a final project, each each project, afinal As blending. color/timbre and ranges of with arranging voicecontrapuntal leading and understanding production, with an emphasis on re-harmonization. Basic to contemporary applies it as writing section string on focuses Course 3. Arranging Contemporary BACH-M303 Prerequisite: BACH-P403 4 (2) CONTEMPORARY ARRANGING per week for one quarter. hours lecture Two drums. and bass guitar, trombone, flute, or tenor clarinet, or alto trumpet, for arrangement an of recording studio a completes student each project, afinal As Electronica. and Country, Hop, Hip Pop, in projects arrangement and counter melody and additional harmony. Stylistic analysis accents, riffs, instrumental adding by section rhythm core family with emphasis on four-part harmonization. Builds on woodwind the to study is objective The styles. popular in instruments these of usage idiomatic and range transposition, includes Discussion clarinet). and flute (saxophone, instruments techniques forArranging including ensembles woodwind 2. Arranging Contemporary BACH-P203 Prerequisite: BACH-P303 3 (2) CONTEMPORARY ARRANGING quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and quintet string for arrangement an of recording astudio completes student performance at the end of the quarter. the of end the at performance afinal and quarter, one for advisor an with sessions mentoring bi-weekly Five selections. performance all for parts) ensemble rehearsals and writing arrangements (complete with score and are responsible for selecting their own personnel, scheduling Students proficiency. judging for method primary the as serve to styles contemporary of range awide across performance &ensemble solo through displayed be will arrangements and Songwriting & Production at Musicians Institute. Original music in degree Music of aBachelor pursuing candidates all of to the assess performance and compositional abilities Songwriting Private Lesson. The sophomore recital is designed ArrangingContemporary 2. Corequisite: BACH-S.PL BACH-C course. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture course. this of focus primary the as serve will arrangers and songwriters prolific most music’s popular of many by employed techniques background), “vocalese” and vocal effects along with additional and small-group duet, (lead, singing part traditional of analysis and composition development. Independent and group techniques and strategies for successful vocal arranging practical explores BACH-S110: 1. course This Production Sophomore Corequisite: Recital. BACH-S710: and 5, Arranging Contemporary BACH-P503: Prerequisites: BACH-S111 1 (2) VOCAL ARRANGING quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture Jazz. and Broadway Music, Film Pop, of genres musical the in songs of study the through skills analytical and arranging design, chart transcription, their developing continue 1. Students & Analysis Style Compositional of acontinuation as serves course This Prerequisite: BACH-S801: Compositional Style & Analysis 1. &ANALYSISBACH-S901 STYLE 2(2) COMPOSITIONAL week for one quarter. per hours Two lecture Hip-Hop. and Reggae, Rock, Country, Blues, of genres musical the in songs of analysis their in use to tools those to put begin students course, the of half second song arranging, creating and charts musicianship In the basics. completing a song analysis, including transcription methods, to necessary tools the of areview with begins course This Corequisite: Songwriting BACH-S.PL Private Lesson. &ANALYSISBACH-S801 STYLE 1(2) COMPOSITIONAL BACH-S710 RECITAL SOPHOMORE (2) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture overdubs. including arrangement for rhythm section, woodwinds, brass and strings an of recording studio a completes student each project, final contemporary arrangements that include all instruments. As a of scores to analyze learn students objective, a secondary As productions. to contemporary applies it as writing string and brass woodwind, section, rhythm combined on focuses Prerequisite: BACH-P403 Arranging Contemporary 4. Course BACH-P503 5 (2) CONTEMPORARY ARRANGING 601: Harmony & Theory 601, BACH-P203: 601, BACH-P203: 601: &Theory Harmony BACH-C 801: Harmony & Theory 801, 801: &Theory Harmony COURSES 126 Prerequisites: Prerequisites: Prerequisites: Prerequisites: 501 Harmony501 & Theory This 501. 401 Harmony401 and Theory This 401. 302 Ear Training 302. Continued BACH-C BACH-C BACH-C -701 Harmony & Theory This-701 course 701. covers the 601 Harmony601 & Theory This course 601. covers the BACH-C analysis and of late early 19th 20th century scores. Discussions parallel polytonality, writing, serial pandiatonicism, include: harmony and, use of symmetricalscales. lecture Two hours per quarter one for week BACH-C402 EAR TRAININGBACH-C402 (2) 402 Prerequisite: BACH-C801 HARMONY & THEORY 801 (2) (2) HARMONYBACH-C801 801 & THEORY (1.5) EAR TRAINING 102 CC-102 Prerequisite: CC-022 Ear Training 022. Concentrates on the melodies minor-key diatonic of transcription and recognition and chord progressions. One lecture hour and one lab hour per quarter. one for week (1.5) EAR TRAINING 202 CC-202 Prerequisite:Ear Concentrates Training 102. CC-102 on the recognition and transcription of diatonic major and minor melody and harmony, and rhythmic figures including sixteen contemporary from drawn examples specific Includes notes. popular music. One lecture hour and one lab per week for one quarter. EARBACH-C302 TRAINING (2) 302 Prerequisites: CC-202 Ear Training 202. Development of advanced musical reflexes through the use of “movable do solfege”. include: Topics diatonic major scale harmony in all intervallic recognition, note include Techniques keys. twelve and identification patterns, melodic structures, dictation, inversions, all in forms harmonic of arpeggiation lecture transcription, conducting. sightsinging while and Two hours per week for one quarter. BACH-C501 (2) HARMONY 501 & THEORY Prerequisite: altered chromatic of application and analysis the covers course chords including Neapolitan, the +II7 and +VI7, augmented sixth chords and chords with loweredand raised fifths.Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. (2) HARMONY 601 BACH-C601 THEORY Prerequisites: (2) HARMONYBACH-C701 701 THEORY course covers the analysis and application of the incomplete major ninth chord, seventh chords in non-dominant harmonic function,neighbor-chord ninth, eleventh, harmony, thirteenth, writing, four-part on focus Continued chords. appoggiatura and figured bass and harmonization. Two lecture hours per week for quarter. one BACH-C including chords, altered chromatic of application and analysis Neapolitanthe +II7 and +VI7, chords, augmented sixth chords and chords with lowered and raised fifths. Continued focus on four-part writing, figured bass and quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two harmonization. and appoggiatura chords. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE 301 Harmony301 & Theory This 301. BACH-C Prerequisites: Prerequisites: BACH-C401 HARMONY & THEORY 401 (2) HARMONY 401 BACH-C401 & THEORY Prerequisites: CC-201 Harmony & Theory This course 201. irregular textures, musical including: topics on focuses sequences harmonic and and melodic of resolutions, use diminished seventh chords. lecture Two hours per week for one quarter. BACH-C301 (2) HARMONY 301 & THEORY Prerequisite: CC-101 Harmony and Theory 101. Non-diatonic Non-diatonic Theory and 101. Harmony CC-101 Prerequisite: melody and harmony. include Topics variations in minor-key secondary dominants, interchange, modal melody, and harmony one and hour lecture One modulation. and substitution diatonic lab hour per week for one quarter. CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) HARMONY 201 & THEORY CC-201 CC-101 HARMONY & THEORY 101 (1.5) HARMONY 101 & THEORY CC-101 Prerequisite: CC-021 Harmony and Theory This course 021. and Harmony from structures diatonic on variations presents Theory 2. Highlights include pentatonic and blues scales, types, chord chord non-standard and extended inverted, symbols and modes, and voice leading and chord progressions. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. MUSICIANSHIP // SONGWRITING & PRODUCTION SONGWRITING // MUSICIANSHIP Prerequisite: Harmony CC-801: & Theory BACH-P503: 801, Contemporary Vocal Arranging Arranging 2, 5, BACH-S211: BACH-S. Recital. Corequisite: Sophomore BACH-S710: and PL Songwriting Private Lesson. The senior portfolio serves as the final project for all candidates pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree in Songwriting & Production at Musicians Institute. All portfolios must include: One ensemble 1. transcription of a representative contemporary work, complete withscore, ensemble charts and new studio recording, 2. One ensemble arrangement of a representative contemporary work, complete with score, ensemble charts andstudio recording, 3. Two charts ensemble score, with complete compositions student and studio recordings recording (one using live instrumentation, the otherutilizing “virtual instrumentation”). Candidates are scheduling and personnel own their selecting for responsible sessions mentoring bi-weekly Five time. studio rehearsals and with an advisor for one quarter, and a final studio recording project requirement due at the end of the quarter. One lecture hour per week for one quarter, and a final recording project requirement due at the end of the quarter. BACH-S910 SENIOR PORTFOLIO PROJECT (2) BACH-S910 BACH-S211 VOCAL ARRANGING VOCAL (2) 2 BACH-S211 Corequisite: 1. Arranging Vocal BACH-S111: Prerequisite: ProductionBACH-S210: 2. Vocal Arranging II, while similar in overall design level to I, places primaryemphasis on vocal Two compositions. original with use for arranging ensemble production Additional quarter. one for week per hours lecture required. fee course covers the analysis and application of the incomplete major ninth chord, seventh chords in non-dominant harmonic function, neighbor chord harmony, ninth, eleventh, thirteen COURSES 127 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS available to Keyboard Program students. not is course This quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument performing a as both keyboard the using for required motor-skills necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard CC-108 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture conducting. all inversions, dictation, transcription, and sightsinging while patterns, identificationand arpeggiation of harmonic forms in include note recognition, intervallic structures, melodic Techniques keys. twelve all in harmony scale symmetrical and altered Topics include: solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Prerequisites: 602 (2)BACH-C602 TRAINING EAR quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture conducting. while forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, and sightsinging melodic patterns, identification and arpeggiation of harmonic keys. Techniques include note recognition, intervallic structures, twelve all in scales minor parallel or major to the nondiatonic “movable do solfege.”Topics include: modal harmony that is of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Prerequisites: 502 (2) TRAINING BACH-C502 EAR quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture conducting. all inversions, dictation, transcription, and sightsinging while patterns, identificationand arpeggiation of harmonic forms in include note recognition, intervallic structures, melodic Techniques keys. twelve all in minor melodic and minor, harmonic minor, natural forms: basic three its in harmony scale minor parallel Topics include: solfege”. do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development performance workshops provideperformance for development of ensemble live Weekly arrangements. and compositions own their perform and to present students for aplatform as serves course This BACH-S804 1(2) ENSEMBLE COMPOSERS quarter. one for week per hour lecture One arrangement. an outlining and reading score basic interpretation, sheet lead including toolbox musician’s professional every of apart be should that skills practical very address will specificcourse for non-keyboard majors.This course Prerequisite: BACH-P313 Keyboard Proficiency2. Degree- 3(1) BACH-P313 PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisite: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course CC-208 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD BACH-C BACH-C 502 Ear Training 502. Continued Continued 502. Training Ear 502 402 Ear Training 402. Continued Continued 402. Training Ear 402 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One another. one for members ensemble as serve majors songwriting All styles. various in writing techniques, improvisational skills and repertoire building one quarter. for week per hour lecture One juries. Senior and Sophomore 1-5 and Arranging for to create need will students to those away similar in formatted parts individual and scores rhythm master sheets, lead to create software notation Sibelius Using NOTATIONBACH-P127 SIBELIUS (1) SUPPORTIVE MUSIC // SONGWRITING &PRODUCTION quarter. one for week per hour lecture One I-II. Ensemble Composers of foundation intellectual the as serves that participate in the group discussion and professional critique projects. Whenever possible, visiting are artists invited to compositions for subsequent inclusion in senior portfolio andpresentation, refinement performance of advancedstudent on emphasis the primary places Ensemble II Composers Prerequisite: BACH-S804: Ensemble 1. Composers BACH-S904 2(2) ENSEMBLE COMPOSERS SONGWRITING 2 (2) BACH-S507 FOR HARMONY AND KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture course. this of focus primary the as serve will arrangers and songwriters prolific most music’s popular of many by employed approaches leading group voicings chordal of analysis form, and phrasing, voice and Independent songwriting. for atool as keyboard the using explores techniques practical and strategies for successfully Prerequisite: BACH-P313: Keyboard3. ProficiencyThis course SONGWRITING 1 (2) FOR BACH-S407 HARMONY AND KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Exam. Certification User Logic the to take student the qualify not 2(online) does Fundamentals Logic troubleshooting. app, Remote Logic Techniques, Recording/Editing MIDI, and Audio Pitch, Vari-Speed, Tempo, Controls, Smart Smart Advanced and Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging instruments, software of array Pro’s comprehensive Upon completion, students will understand how to use Logic and producers, soundsongwriters, composers, engineers. for interface Xuser Pro Logic the of acontinuation is course Prerequisite: AUDIO-162 Logic Fundamentals 1. This AUDIO-262 FUNDAMENTALS |LOGIC 2(1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Exam. Certification User Logic the to take student the qualify not 1(online) does Fundamentals Logic explored. are techniques automation and mixing basic as well as drummer, avirtual with drumbeats producing tracks, of arranging MIDI, production using recording/editing Apple Loops, audio and Pre- to finish. start from song, actual an creating of process the explores class The X. Pro Logic of interface user basic and features primary to the students introduces course This AUDIO-162 FUNDAMENTALS |LOGIC 1(1) COURSES 128 BACH-S210 STUDIO PRODUCTION ANDBACH-S210 MIXING 2 (2) BACH-M487 THE BUSINESSBACH-M487 OF COMPOSING 2 (1) Prerequisite: BACH-M486 The Business of Composing This 1. course examines music licensing and the process of placing games, video commercials television, film, into songs and music licensing music include: Topics productions. other and the agreements, co-administration songwriter terminology, importance of music and songs in the film andtelevision producers, for content musical process, of sources production Sides”the “Two music production libraries and one-stop cues, source music supervisor, music the of role the shopping, clearance, spotting sessions and a composer’s timing notes, temp music, how negotiate to synchronization and master use and production music deals, package composer licenses, sound recordings, union contracts, and how fill to out a cue sheet. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. STUDIO PRODUCTIONBACH-S110 AND MIXING 1 (2) Prerequisite:Logic Pro AUDIO-152 Tools 2 and AUDIO-157 Vocal Arranging This course 1. Corequisite: BACH-S111: 110. recording the successfully navigating for students prepares arranger, instrumentalist, vocalist, as environment studio theory recording on focuses I Production mixer. and producer types and mic including techniques pre-production and proper placements, timbral ear training, rehearsal & recording mixes, EQ headphone and preamp microphone, techniques, lecture Two session preparation. general and considerations hours per week for one quarter. BACH-P222 MH IV WESTERN ART: 1820-21ST CENT (2) CENT 1820-21ST MH IV WESTERNBACH-P222 ART: The history of musical styles from Romantic period the to meaning. social and contexts cultural including present, Composers and musical developments in European and American Art Music, music orchestral, chamber band, chord, and solo repertoire are combined with the influences of music Compositional style cultures. techniques, world other from addition, In emphasized. are relationships and characteristics, workbookto assignments, midterm and final examinations, students must attend and writereport a on a relevant concert performance as well as make a separate presentation the to class on a related topic of student’s choice. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per THE BUSINESSBACH-M486 OF COMPOSING 1 (1) This course explores of the world of music publishing and the how-to of owningand exploiting musical copyrights. Topics electronic online the terminology, and law copyright include: Copyright Office(eCO) process, publishing rights, to how set up a music publishing company, US PROs, public performance royalties, how affiliate to with a PRO, cue sheets, songwriter contracts co-publishing and agreements, administration agreements, sub publishing, joint works, royalty splits, hire, for made licenses, works synchronization and mechanical further resources for and industry organizations sampling, study. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. Whenever group the in participate to invited artists are visiting possible, discussion and professional critique that serves as the lecture Composers I-II. Ensemble of foundation Two intellectual hours per week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE A survey of Western art music from the Middle Ages through the Classical period. The course will include discussion of major styles and forms in historical context, supplemented addition In analysis. score and listening representative by workbook to assignments, midterm, and final examinations, students must attend and write a report on a relevant concert performance as well as make a separate presentation the to class on a related topic of student’s choice. lecture Two hours quarter. one for week per BACH-P123 MH III-1: WESTERN MUSIC: 600-1820 (2) WESTERNBACH-P123 MUSIC: MH III-1: 600-1820 A study of music in the context of selected cultures and regions around the world. The many ways in which music and lyrics function in reflecting these cultures are explored through per hours lecture Two transcriptions. and analysis listening, quarter. one for week BACH-P122 MHBACH-P122 II: WORLD MUSIC (2) A survey of Rock’s roots, including Rhythm & Blues, Rockabilly, New Orleans, vocal groups, doo-wop, and early 60s pop, regional artists and major the of examination an including examples listening and discussion, analysis Weekly influences. related each to lecture topic. Two hours per week for one quarter. BACH-P121 MHBACH-P121 (2) OF & ROLL I: ROCK ROOTS Prerequisite: This course Pro 1. AUDIO-159 Tools expands upon the basic principles taught in Pro Fundamentals Tools 1 while introducing the core concepts and techniques students need competently to operate a Pro system Tools running sessions designed build to learn sessions. Students mid-sized for commercial purposes and improve the results of their recording, editing, and mixing efforts. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week AUDIO-259 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 2 (2) AUDIO-259 AUDIO-159 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 1 (2) AUDIO-159 This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved understand will Students workstation. audio digital a using in how set-up to an AvidPro session Tools® for recording, importing editing, recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with external drives, and lecture more. Two hours per quarter. one for week This is course allows students study to privately with an instructor on an additional instrument of their choosing. Students may choose from the following: vocals, guitar, keyboard, bass or drums. One private lesson hour per week per quarter. BACH-PSL (BACH-B.PSL, BACH-D.PSL, BACH-G.PSL, APPLIED BACH-K.PSL, SECONDARY BACH-V.PSL) LESSON(2) Prerequisite: BACH-S407: Keyboard and Harmony for for Harmony and Keyboard BACH-S407: Prerequisite: Songwriting Keyboard 1. Harmony for Songwriting II, while similar in overall design level to I, places primary emphasis on utilizing the keyboard as a tool for the composition and arrangement of student works. lecture Two hours per week for quarter. one COURSES 129 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture selections. of attributes musical the explaining and analyzing and material of availability the researching including song, theme TV as a and trailer a film select (“place”) existing song material for use in a commercial, and religious institutions. Students are required to source and events, corporate ads/commercials, formats, show TV various films, feature films, short for composing custom of process the include discussion Topics of elements. soundtrack and and interpreting the accompanying sound compositions effects, cues ad and TV film, screening by libraries music production of requirements and role the demonstrate and explain field the in Professionals supervisor. music the and composer the both of perspectives the from media visual and music between relationship the of study acontinued is 1. course The Prerequisite: BACH-S112 Production Music for Visual Media 2(2)BACH-S212 FOR VISUAL MEDIA MUSIC PRODUCTION quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two composer. to the aspects desired the communicating and film the in markers to significant etc. dynamics, tone, melodic music supervisor, assigning specificaspects of lyriccontent, a of perspective the from film ashort to review assigned are composition or song placement for film or television. Students acustom within motifs and dynamics instrumentation, and interpretingincluding of identifying tone, aspects timbre, of the composer/songwriter and the music supervisor, perspectives the from analysis to musical Introduction Prerequisite: BACH-M487: of Business Composing 2. 1(2)BACH-S112 FOR VISUAL MEDIA MUSIC PRODUCTION week for one quarter. general post-production techniques. Two lecture hours per and mixing recording, on emphasis primary places I, to level design overall in similar while II, Production 2. Arranging Vocal BACH-S211: 1. Corequisite: Mixing and Production Studio AUDIO-157: ProToolsPrerequisite: 110 BACH-S110: and build and maintain a fully functional and self-owned professional to how students to teach being focus primary the promotion, self- and design to web introduction an as serves course This BACH-S121E (1) DESIGN WEBSITE per week for one quarter. additional approaches to timbre modification.One lecture hour techniques, triggers, samples and equalization along with sound replacement track production, backing programming, enhancing live Curricular performance. topics include click track This explores course the role of music technology as a tool for (1) BACH-S120E TECHNOLOGY MUSIC PERFORMANCE LIVE IN credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour independent course work with One lecture faculty supervision. through depth in area subject aspecific to explore opportunity and permission of program Provides Dean. students with an courses core in above or 3.25 GPA of Minimum Prerequisites: BACH-P010E STUDY (2) INDEPENDENT ELECTIVES // SONGWRITING &PRODUCTION hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour website, complete with E-commerce capability. One lecture CC-114E (1) GIGS GETTING requirements and elective program-specific offerings. here. See program descriptions for elective specific credit listed Electives” Course “Common the with requirements a program-specific list,students mayalso fulfill their elective whereExcept students are required to choose electives from COMMON COURSE ELECTIVES week for one quarter. per hour lecture One Pop. and R&B/Soul &Roll, Rock Jazz, Broadway, Alley, Pan Tin Bluegrass, Blues, Western, & County music, &Folk spirituals American songs, Art traditions, Genres to be discussed include sacred & secular European and economic conditions affecting them. era through present day, with emphasis on the social, political Medieval the from traditions songwriting Western of asurvey presents course level undergraduate This (1) BACH-S122E TRADITIONS SONGWRITING WESTERN arrangements (at least two), emphasizing the most effective effective most the two), emphasizing (at least arrangements to finished three) (at least ideas from songs original developing on intensively work student and instructor the weeks ten For songs. their of quality the material, original student’s the of development the on entirely focuses Songs The Development: Artist performance. live the of quality the and songs the of quality the ingredients: main two on relies artist performing prerequisite requirements. as a Success contemporary Studies.of students IAP performance are exempt from Dean and Director Program Course Common the from Director. Also available to Bachelor students with permission Songs faculty member via Program the Course Common The Development: Artist an from 1, approval or Songwriting 1, SONG-101 IAP or for CC-107 Songwriting Prerequisite: CC-160E DEVELOPMENT: ARTIST (1) SONGS THE quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture distributor. budgets, selecting producers and studios, and choosing a recording setting artists, signing and finding genre, label’s the defining include Topics discussed perspective. creative the from label own your to start needed is what details course This CC-030E START YOUR (2) OWN RECORD LABEL quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Latin. and jazz, & blues, repertoire requirements. covered Styles include: rhythm rock, to relate they as listening critical and reading chart styles, of overview analytical an with students provides course This CC-028E 1(1) SURVEY STYLES quarter. one for week per hour lecture One artists. touring and agents booking promoters, owners, club include (as available) speakers Guest tours. own your together putting and paid, getting contracts, appearance personal venue, the out to play, checking where include Subjects tours. and shows live book to bands and artists for ways efficient most the Learn COURSES 130 Pitch, Vari-Speed, Smart Controls, Smart Tempo, Advanced Advanced Smart Smart Controls, Tempo, Vari-Speed, Pitch, Audio and MIDI, Recording/Editing Techniques, Logic Remote app, troubleshooting. Logic Fundamentals does(online) 2 not qualify the student take to the Logic User Certification Exam. One lecture hour per week forone quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE AUDIO-262 | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS 2 (1) | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS AUDIO-262 This 1. Fundamentals Logic AUDIO-162 Prerequisite: course is a continuation of the Logic Pro X user interface for engineers. composers,songwriters, sound producers, and Logic use to how understand will students completion, Upon comprehensivePro’s array of software instruments, arranging of MIDI sequences, as well as editing with Flex Time and AUDIO-162 | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS 1 (1) | LOGIC FUNDAMENTALS AUDIO-162 This course introduces students the to primary features and basic user interface of Logic Pro X. The class explores the process of creating an actual song, from start finish. to Pre- and audio Loops, Apple recording/editing using production MIDI, arranging of tracks, producing drumbeats with a virtual drummer, as well as basic mixing and automation techniques are explored. Logic Fundamentals does 1 (online) not qualify the student take to the Logic User Certification Exam. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. AUDIO-259 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 2 (2) AUDIO-259 Prerequisite: This course Pro 1. AUDIO-159 Tools expands upon the basic principles taught in Pro Fundamentals Tools 1 while introducing the core concepts and techniques students need competently to operate a Pro system Tools running sessions designed build to learn sessions. Students mid-sized for commercial purposes and improve the results of their recording, editing, and mixing efforts. lecture Two hours per quarter. one for week AUDIO-159 | PRO TOOLS | PRO 1 (2) AUDIO-159 This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved understand will Students workstation. audio digital a using in how set-up to an AvidPro session Tools® for recording, importing editing, recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with external drives, and lecture more. Two hours per quarter. one for week AUDIO-158 | ABLETON LIVEAUDIO-158 2 (1) Prerequisite: AUDIO-058 Ableton Building Live 1. on Ableton this Live course 1, provides a more in-depth practical application of digital recording techniques using Ableton Live, synthesis,including racks, building advanced effects, audio dummy clips, remixing, and live performance. Upon successful completion of this course, students will have tools create to their own sounds and effects as well as have building blocks to perform lab live. hours Two per week for one quarter. AUDIO-058 | ABLETON LIVE 1 (1) A practical application of digital recording techniques using Ableton Live, this course provides an overview for songwriters and artists on the fundamentals ofthe recording process, tracking, session arranging,and file editing, setup, including and mixing. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able compose, to record, and produce music using Ableton lab Live. hours Two per week for one quarter. DIGITAL AUDIO WORKSTATIONS (DAW) WORKSTATIONS AUDIO DIGITAL combination of lyrics, melody and structure. One private lesson- private One structure. lyrics, and melody of combination presentation. final plus quarter one for week per rehearsal hour May be repeatable for credit. GENERAL 131 SERVICES CAREER & ARTIST ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS MI CONNECTSMI OVERVIEW engaging around them. the industry are who those to serve ready and platforms all on present is ACS online, or off-campus on-campus, Whether careers. professional and academic their to enhance guidance necessary the with alumni and/or student online and campus on- each provide professionals industry active of team Our TODAY BEYOND AND HOW HELP YOU WE SUCCEED CORE VALUES student/alumni success. to connected fields other several as well as Acclimation Development, Career Advising, Musicianship, Social- to):Marketing,BrandEntrepreneurship, Online/Offline limited not (but including items professional various ACS specializes in a multitude of social alongside sciences, these outstanding resources. to access equal have will you alum, and student Online MI an As industry. entertainment competitive today’s in succeed to development &personal professional active with alumni and students to engage designed center resource extensive an is (ACS) Department Services &Career Artist The MISSION STATEMENT SERVICESARTIST CAREER & and knowledge in the current entertainment industry. Event Event industry. entertainment current the in knowledge and experience student to maximize year-round ACS by online hosted are workshops related industry and career of A variety HYBRID &SEMINARS WORKSHOPS their location. to close opportunities are there if to see regularly in check should alumni and students Online MI Therefore, global. is network MI’s community, Hollywood the around centered are opportunities these of many While skills. developed edge in addition to real-world application of their newly competitive the alumni and students MI give connections agents,producers, labels,major and artists directors. These managers, to: scouts, limited not but ranging, entities entertainment of number avast with deals partnership and in-house network is sustained by ACS’s modern approach development, collaborations and gig This opportunities. EPK internships, jobs, seeking: students and alumni MI to current available service aproprietary is Connects MI • • • • • • • • • • •

Alumni Engagement General Affiliationsand Discounts Workshops & Seminars Mentoring &Industry Career Connects MI Development &Career Artist Development Collaboration Commitment Integrity Networking mentor’s: specialized field, musical genre and availability. the on based list mentor adiverse to keep strives ACS Zoom. on hosted are and portal student online the in Connects MI via scheduled be can Meetings staff. support ACS the of advicecareer on their progress and current projects outside successful industry-working mentors to receive personalized matters related to guidance. career In addition, they can meet on advice meaningful for staff ACS with one-on-one meet to opportunity the have alumni and students Online MI CAREER/INDUSTRY MENTORING (MOBILE.MI.EDU) holidays), 9am-5:00pm. hours areACS Monday business through Friday (excluding portal. student online the in found connects MI via link scheduling interview and skills, any promotional material.Visit ACS’s EPKs, letters, résumés/cover alumni: and students of development and review the in to assist available is staff ACS SERVICES RÉSUMÉ, COVER EPK AND MOCK LETTER, INTERVIEW peers. their with network and development professional their to enhance to participate encouraged highly are alumni and Students industry. the in professionals working of availability to the due to quarter quarter vary can topics networking opportunities. opportunities. networking clinics, events, mentors, advising booking and specialized through: industry music the and to MI connected stay can Alumni program. MI respective their from graduates astudent once available to be continue services ACS ENGAGEMENT ALUMNI *Subject to availability and while supplies last vendors. participating other several and Sweetwater Ash, Sam Center, at: Guitar partners MI from discounts Special office. ACS the in available is information more etc., U, Grammy NAMM, Expo,” Music Create “I ASCAP Taxi Rally, The Theatres, Movie AMC Harbor, Hurricane Flags &Six Mountain Magic Flags Six Hollywood, Studios to Universal tickets Discounted AFFILIATE PROGRAMS AND TICKETS ENTERTAINMENT DISCOUNTED GENERAL 132 TOTAL $74,250.00 $40,500.00 $40,500.00 $40,500.00 $40,500.00 $40,500.00 $40,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $13,500.00 $27,000.00 $27,000.00 $27,000.00 $27,000.00

$450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $300.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 $450.00 CREDITS TOTAL PER CREDIT 45 GENERAL45 EDUCATION 135 MUSIC CREDITS TOTAL TUITION & FEES & TUITION 90 90 90 90 90 90 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 180 TOTAL CREDITSTOTAL $6,187.50 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $6,750.00 $3,375 - $3,600 $3,375 - $3,600 $3,375 - $3,600 $3,375 $4.275 – $3,375 $4.275 – $3,150 – $3,825 – $3,150 $3,375 $3,600 – $3,375 $3,600 – $3,375 $3,600 – $3,375 $3,600 – $3,150 – $3,600 – $3,150 PER QUARTER $6,525.00 – $6,975.00 $6,525.00 – 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 4 4 6 6 6 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 12 12 12 12 QUARTER : GUITAR, BASS, DRUMS, KEYBOARD, : GUITAR, BASS, DRUMS, KEYBOARD,

VOCAL ARTIST PRODUCER / ENTREPRENEUR / PRODUCTION & PERFORMANCE DJ BUSINESS MUSIC SONGWRITING INDEPENDENT ARTIST PRODUCTION MUSIC ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGY RECORDING STUDIO VOCAL SONGWRITING & PRODUCTION & SONGWRITING PERFORMANCE: GUITAR, BASS, DRUMS, KEYBOARD, KEYBOARD, DRUMS, BASS, GUITAR, PERFORMANCE: VOCAL PERFORMANCE: GUITAR, BASS, DRUMS, KEYBOARD, KEYBOARD, DRUMS, BASS, GUITAR, PERFORMANCE: VOCAL PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE MUSIC BUSINESS MUSIC TECHNOLOGY RECORDING STUDIO ARTIST PRODUCER / ENTREPRENEUR / MUSIC BUSINESS MUSIC DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION & PERFORMANCE DJ BUSINESS MUSIC SONGWRITING INDEPENDENT ARTIST PRODUCTION MUSIC ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGY RECORDING STUDIO STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY RECORDING STUDIO NOTE: Published program lengths are based on optimal course load at 12 credits per quarter for Baccalaureatesee Enrollment Programs Status for further and 15 credits information; per quarter GE units for all other average programs. 3.75 per quarter. Please Tuition costs vary by quarter based on number of credits. TUITION BACHELOR OFBACHELOR MUSIC ASSOCIATE DEGREES - PART-TIME DEGREES ASSOCIATE ASSOCIATE DEGREES ASSOCIATE CERTIFICATE - PART TIME - PART CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE GENERAL 133 TUITION &FEES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS BACHELOR OF MUSIC BACHELOR OF CERTIFICATE FEES †† Multiply technology fee by number of quarters referenced on the previous page. previous the on referenced quarters of number by fee technology Multiply †† ASSOCIATE DEGREES STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY SONGWRITING MUSIC BUSINESS DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION ARTIST / PRODUCER / ENTREPRENEUR / PRODUCER ARTIST SONGWRITING & PRODUCTION KEYBOARD, VOCAL DRUMS, BASS, GUITAR, PERFORMANCE: STUDIO RECORDING TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC BUSINESS VOCAL BASS, DRUMS, KEYBOARD, GUITAR, PERFORMANCE: (Non-Refundable) APPLICATION $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 EQUIPMENT COST MATERIALS

OTHER FEES OTHER TECHNOLOGY FEE FEE TECHNOLOGY $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 $75.00 †† PROGRAM PROGRAM $400.00 $400.00 $400.00 $400.00 $400.00 $400.00 $550.00 $550.00 $550.00 FEES GENERAL 134 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS processes, or common procedure. processes, does not exempt students from any school regulations, within one week of submission. Submission of such a review Students will be contacted about the committee decision Affairs. Academic of Office to the submitted and mi.edu) (forms/instructions are available by contacting registrar@ writing in made be must requests such All to graduate. ability or average point grade her or his affect may that grades or status in change any to appeal right the has A student REVIEW FOR ACADEMIC APPEALS/REQUEST and termination from the program. funding Aid Financial of loss in results quarters consecutive three for 2.0 than less GPA of cumulative A continued student Academic beingProbation placed onstatus. Official the in results quarters consecutive two for 2.0 than less of GPA Acumulative status. Warning Probationary on placed are 2.0 than less GPA of acumulative showing students Satisfactory Academic is Progress reviewed and quarterly ACADEMIC PROBATION actions up to and including termination from the program. a failing grade and are to subject additional disciplinary receive may students occurred, to have proven is information where academic or dishonesty falsification of academic cases In plagiarism. and/or falsification, cheating, of form any as is defined dishonesty Academic assignments. academic their out carrying in standards ethical highest the respect and honorably to behave obligation an have students All HONESTY/INTEGRITY ACADEMIC two weeks of break. by followed testing, of week one and 10 classes of of weeks academicquarterly calendar, with each quarter consisting on ayear-round operate programs certificate and degree All CALENDARACADEMIC DEFINITIONS ACADEMIC POLICIES AND make every effort to continue working on the courses the on working to continue effort every make should they courses, their away from to be plan students If possible after the available. course becomes as soon as email and/or message aprivate via instructor their contact should they late, days afew course the to start needs a student event the In begins. quarter the when promptly course(s) their begin students that recommended is It students’ overall educational experience. to critical are which courses their of aspect community the and communication, to peer peer the curriculum, cumulative the of advantage to take able be not will coursework their in behind fall who Students assignments. and coursework their with to date up stay and pace to keep students for imperative and necessary is it therefore, engagement; peer to peer and faculty substantial with cumulative and linear be to designed are modules weekly Online’s MI syllabus. course requirements are outlined in participation each Course PARTICIPATION COURSE will result in termination from the program. Absence of Leave approved an without weeks consecutive three for quarter agiven in courses in work required to submit failure that Note returning. upon up to catch a plan make and email, and/or message aprivate via instructors their inform should they possible, not is away. this If while cancellation, the less application fee. of days 30 within refund tuition acomplete receive will she or later); is he (whichever enrollment after days calendar seven withdraws or instruction, of day first the on day business the of end the before Registrar Institute’s to Musicians cancellation of notice awritten submitting by withdraws and instruction, of course of a day first the attends astudent If 90028 CA Hollywood, 6752 Hollywood Boulevard Musicians Institute, Registrar’s Office to: sent be should cancellation of notice Written postmark. the of date the of as effective becomes cancellation of notice written The instruction. of day first the to prior Office Records written notice of cancellation to Musicians Institute’s Student tuition refund, any less non-refundable fees by submitting a afull receive and Agreement Enrollment Student the cancel to right the has student The TO CANCEL: RIGHT BUYERS DEGREE ANDCERTIFICATE PROGRAMS CANCELLATION OF ENROLLMENT re-enrollment may require student to attain approval, adhere Such requirement. degree their to complete order in course the pass and in to re-enroll required be will course a required (70) C- in below grade course overall an receiving A student COURSE REPETITION requirements. certificate or degree overall to meet order in passed be must courses Area Major All program. a given attending students all for required are courses Area Major AREA/REQUIREDMAJOR COURSES General Education credits). (including enrollment continuous of quarter per credits 15 of average an complete successfully must students 18 months, within Degree Associate an or years calendar three within Degree Music of Bachelor the To complete follows:as completed toward graduation. standing Class is calculated credits of number the by determined is standing Class CLASS STANDING • • • •

Senior Junior Sophomore Freshman 0-45 credits 0-45 136-180 credits 91-135 credits credits 46-90 GENERAL 135 POLICIES Complete 60 required credits. required 60 Complete Maintain a minimum 2.0 GPA. Payment of all tuition and fees. Complete 30-45 required credits (varies by program). Maintain a minimum 2.0 GPA. Payment of all tuition and fees.

• • • • • • CERTIFICATE IN PERFORMANCE Vocal Technology, Keyboard Bass, Guitar, Drum, COMMENCEMENT College commencement ceremonies take place at the end of TRANSFER FROM MI TO MI ONLINE PROGRAMS MI ONLINE MI TO FROM TRANSFER Institute Musicians at program degree a pursuing Students in Hollywood CA can transfer their enrollment the to same program through MI Online. Students can transfer up to of100% the credits earned in residence at MI into the same program in Online after completing one academic year (3 quarters) in residence. Students must have earned a 70% or better for the course be to eligible for transfer. No refunds will be issued for tuition or fees paid. REQUIREMENTS GRADUATION INDUSTRY IN ENTERTAINMENT CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS Audio Engineering, DJ Performance & Production, Guitar Craft, Independent Artist Program, Music Business Due limited to space and the need for MI’s in residence student community have to the necessary access the to campus equipment, MI Online students are not permitted to use on campus facilities. MI However, Online students are encouraged participate to in any events (concerts/clinics) that are open the to public. REQUIREMENT OF CREDIT RESIDENCY/TRANSFER efforts to appropriate make will Institute Musicians higher of institutions other at completed work acknowledge learning. Credits from other institutions, should they be accepted, may be applied only in pursuit of a Bachelor’s Degree at Musicians Institute. Credits may be transferred for courses applicable the to MI Bachelor’s Degree for which a student has earned a grade of C or above at an accredited from Degree Bachelor’s a receive to order In institution. Musicians Institute, a student must complete the majority (at of all creditsleast applied 51%) toward the Bachelor Degree. MI ON-CAMPUS TO MI ONLINE FROM TRANSFER PROGRAMS MI can degree program Online through a pursuing Students campus on same program the to enrollment their transfer at Musicians Institute in Hollywood CA. Students can transfer up of 100% to the credits earned through MI Online into the same program in residency after completing one academic year quarters) (3 online. Students must have earned a 70% or better for the course be to eligible for transfer. No refunds will be issued for tuition or feespaid. 12 or more credits12 6 - 8.5 9 - 11.5 less or 5.5

Three-quarter-time Half-time Less-than-half-time Full-time One hour of classroom or direct faculty instruction and a minimum of two hours of out-of-class student work each weeks, week for 10 or the equivalent amount of work overa different time; At least an equivalent amount of work as required above for other academic activities as established by Institute. Musicians Such requests may be denied in cases in which

• • • • • • STUDENT ACCESS TO FACILITIES TO ACCESS STUDENT Note: student success, based on course load or courses unlikely. deemed is requested, Musicians Institute programs are designed to provide provide to designed are programs Institute Musicians as in experience educational possible best the students expedited a time frame as is appropriate. As such, it is generally not advisable for students enroll to in courses in excess of the optimal course credits load of 15 per quarter. Regardless of the foregoing, in certain cases, it may be necessary for students enroll to in course loads in excess of this optimal course load. In these rare cases, students may be required meet to with and request approval from academic advisors prior adding to extra courses in order to success. student ensure best CHANGES IN ENROLLMENT STATUS ENROLLMENT IN CHANGES ENROLLMENT STATUS required is quarter per credits 15 optimal an of Completion shortest possible the time within programs all complete to frame. ELECTIVES Electives are courses other than core requirements chosen by the student from an approved course offering. must students requirements, elective with programs In successfully complete the total number of required elective credits in order qualify to for the degree or certificate. CREDIT-HOUR A credit-hour measures the quarterly academic weight given a particularto course Inside (e.g. Studio Drumming = 1 the of either represents credit-hour quarter A credit-unit). following: to guidelinesto set forth in an academic plan, and/or enroll in a remedial course in advance of re-enrolling in the course. Full tuition will be charged and normal grading standards will apply. Students may not enroll in the same required course more than three times. Financial Aid may not apply towardcourses repeated more than twice. A student who has passed a course and earned credit may not re-take the same course for additional credit unless the catalog course credit.” for repeated be “may states description GENERAL 136 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS case-by-case basiscase-by-case during registration. a on determined be will another to program one from credits of Transfer program. athird begin to order in better or 2.0 GPA of aCumulative with Programs Select MI in while taken credits the of two-thirds passed have must student the then Program, Select MI non-credit the is programs incomplete two the of either If two. first the of one completed satisfactorily or from graduated having without program athird enter may student No Note: must: program to another before completing their current program one from study of course their to change wish who Students CHANGING PROGRAMS Affairs. Student of Office the through available) (if tickets extra purchase and request may Students charge. no at tickets of amount alimited awarded gown for students will Graduating be graduating students. and cap of a rental the facilitate will Affairs Student of Office color designated by Musicians Institute. Musicians Institute’s astyle/ of gown and acap to wear required are participants Graduating costs. administrative and prices ticket rental, gown and cap covering afee pay must ceremonies date of graduation. Students in taking part commencement the of advance in certificate or degree their of requirements must ceremonies commencement have completed all of the in part to take wishing Students required. not but Participation in commencement ceremonies is encouraged eligible for graduation/commencement. are they whether ascertain to order in Registrar the of Office the through to graduate petition must Students quarter. each through the Office of Student Affairs. Student of Office the through 12 credit-units per quarter must seek counseling/approval below classes to drop wishing Students 2. Week of Friday by Registrar to the form /Add aDrop submitting by penalties or fees without class any add or to drop allowed are Students DROPPING ORADDING COURSES 3. 2. 1. • • •

◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ applicable tuitionandfees. If accepted,registerforthenewprogramandpayall Audition forthenewprogram(whereapplicable). and payare-applicationfee. Apply tothenewprogramthroughRegistrarServices Withdrawals and cancellations Tuition and Refunds 2. Week of Friday the on ends and quarter the of day first the on begins course each late registration The penalties. drop/add period for registered students may drop or without add classes which during quarter each of beginning the at time of period the is period - Adrop/add Period Drop/Add

No tuition will be refunded for dropped from classes dropped credits for refunded be will tuition Full credits. adding upon immediately due is Payment at charged be will schedule to the added Credits the fourth week on. week fourth the 3. Week during dropped classes for refunded be will tuition of 50% period. drop-add the during the applicable tuition rate. Satisfactory AcademicSatisfactory Progress. see also should Aid Financial Federal receiving Students LOA. an for eligible not are students Select MI program, academic an not is Select MI Since 12-month LOA period. per approved an for maximum 180-day government’s Federal the exceeds leave six-month the because loan their on repayment begin and/or period grace the enter LOA will asix-month takes and Loan Stafford aFederal received has who student Any Leave. the during Aid Financial receive to qualified not LOA are on 12 Students within months). allowed be (only 1LOA will Program Bachelor the of length the 2LOA) of (Total during LOA additional an take may Students Bachelor aprogram. of length the LOA one during only take may Students LOA. the before beginning progress academic maintaining satisfactory are and exams final including quarter entire the complete who to students granted only LOA are days. calendar LOA 180 is end-of-quarter an of length maximum The student’s expected date of return. the contain should request The 90028. CA, Hollywood, Boulevard, 6752Hollywood Registrar, the of Office to the delivered personally or mailed be must request The Affairs. Student of Office to the request awritten submit (LOA) must Absence of Leave a take have to they find who Students LEAVES OFABSENCE (LOA) of credits that may be attempted for each program is: program each for attempted be may that credits of number allowable maximum The “NR.” “W,” and “I,” “NC,” as transcript the on designated F, Dor of courses and grades letter receiving courses completed, credits program, the into attempted per evaluation period include credits transferred credits as counted Credits program. the from terminated be will attempted credits of number allowable maximum the reaching before aprogram to complete fail who Students ALLOWABLE CREDITSMAXIMUM this catalog. in aProgram from Withdrawal under found be can program InformationFurther on withdrawing completely from a • • • • • • •

◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ 45-credit 3qtr Certificate Programs: 3qtr45-credit Certificate 67.5 credits 2qtrPrograms: 30-credit 45 Certificate credits Performance: in Certificate Associate of Science: Arts: of Associate Music: of Bachelor Notification ofschedule changes

International students must notify the International the International notify must students International the recipients Aid must notify Financial Financial Under-enrolled are courses subject to cancellation be will week seventh the after Withdrawals before but week second the after Withdrawals Student Advisor of any schedule changes. changes. schedule any of Office Aid enrolled students to refund tuition full 2with Week before time any at point. to that up met requirements course on based agrade assigned a“W.” as transcript student’s the on appear will week seventh the

90 credits 90 135 credits 135 credits 270 credits GENERAL 137 POLICIES All tuition and fees are due and payable at registration and Tuition (see Fees for more information about costs and payment options). Students will not be permitted enter to MI facilities until required tuition and fees have been paid. Full-time (12 or more creditsFull-time per (12 credits quarter)*: 10 7 quarter): per credits (9-11.5 Three-quarter time credits Half-time (6-8.5 credits per quarter): credits 4 quarter): per credits 6 (less-than Less-than-half-time credit 1

• • • • • • CONTINUING STUDENTS CONTINUING classes for register to required are students continuing All for their next quarter during the ninth week of their current REGISTRATION classes to prior for register to required are students All are procedures registration All enrollment. of quarter every coordinated through the Registrar’s Office. The following rules apply all to students, whether new or returning: NEW STUDENTS students new to classes granted is for register to Permission only if they have been fully and completely processed through the Admissions Office and have completed placement testing where applicable Academic (see Calendar for dates). made be will registration for materials and Instructions registration. student new for designated times the at available 45-CREDIT (THREE-QUARTER) (THREE-QUARTER) 45-CREDIT PROGRAMS CERTIFICATE academic per requirement completion credit minimum The year (three quarters) for each enrollment status is as follows: Note: Mixed enrollment - See the Financial Aid office for requirement. credit minimum your *Students wishing enroll to credits in fewer than 12 per quarter must request approval through the Office of Student Affairs. *Associate and Certificate students who need fewer than credits15 complete to their program may register for said credits through the Office of the Registrar. Students should be aware that diminished course loads may result in diminished access to MI campus and facilities. *Students wishing enroll to credits in fewer than 12 per quarter must request approval through the Office of Student Affairs. *Associate andCertificate students who need fewer than credits15 complete to their program may register forsaid credits through the Office of the Registrar. Students should be aware that diminished course loads may result in diminished access to MI campus and facilities. 15 15

Full-time (12 or more creditsFull-time per (12 credits quarter)*: 10 7 quarter): per credits (9-11 Three-quarter time credits Half-time (6-8 credits per quarter): 4 credits Less than half time (less-than 6 credits per quarters): credit 1 Full-time (12 or more creditsFull-time per (12 quarter)*: 20 credits quarter): per credits (9-11 Three-quarter time credits Half-time (6-8 credits per credits quarter): 10 Less-than-half-time (less-than 6 credits per quarter): credits 2 Full-time (12 or more creditsFull-time per (12 quarter)*: credits 30 23 quarter): per credits (9-11 Three-quarter time credits Half-time (6-8 credits per credits quarter): 15 Less-than-half-time (less-than 6 credits per quarter): credits 3

• • • • • • • • • • • • The minimum credit completion requirement every quarter for follows: as is status enrollment each Note: Mixed enrollment - See the Financial Aid office for requirement. credit minimum your 30-CREDIT (TWO-QUARTER) (TWO-QUARTER) 30-CREDIT PROGRAMS CERTIFICATE Students should be aware that diminished course loads may result in diminished access to MI campus and facilities. *Associate and Certificate students who need fewer than credits15 complete to their program may register for said credits through the Office of the Registrar. The minimum credit completion requirement per academic academic per requirement completion credit minimum The year (three quarters) for each enrollment status is as follows: *Students wishing enroll to credits in fewer than 12 per quarter must request approval through the Office of Student Affairs. CERTIFICATE IN PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE Note: Mixed enrollment - See the Financial Aid office for requirement. credit minimum your Note: Mixed enrollment - See the Financial Aid office for requirement. credit minimum your The minimum credit completion requirement per academic academic per requirement completion credit minimum The year (three quarters) for each enrollment status is as follows: ASSOCIATE DEGREES ASSOCIATE MINIMUM CREDIT COMPLETION COMPLETION CREDIT MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Progress, students Academic all Satisfactory maintain To must complete (i.e. pass witha grade of C- or a above) minimum number of credits within a certain period of time depending on their program and enrollment status. Minimum status and program each for requirements completion credit below. listed are GENERAL 138 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS GRADE POINT GRADE GRADING regarding privacy of student records. order only). See Students’ Right to Know for information transcript payable to Musicians Institute (check or money of attendance, and a transcript fee of USD $45.00 per date program, Number, Security Social applicable), if name (maiden name full student’s the include must request The 90028 CA Hollywood, 6752 Hollywood Boulevard Musicians Institute, Registrar’s Office to: a request submitting by transcript academic their of copies request may Students location. off-site an at or digitally stored be may they Thereafter, minimum. at years five of aperiod for retained are information email numbers, Other student record items such phone as address, andgrades, dates of enrollment/graduation indefinitely. including credits,courses, degree,diploma, certificate, Musicians Institute retains student transcript information Institute. Musicians at tenure astudent’s throughout format digital in maintained and updated are records Student STUDENT RECORDS applicable) being dropped from those students’ schedules. (where lessons and courses in result will quarter next the for attendance confirm to officially Failure (see Tuition &Fees). re-registration period will a late be assessed registration fee the of end the after register who students Continuing quarter. by dividing the number of grade points by the number of of number the by points grade of number the dividing by student’s Satisfactory This Academic is Progress. calculated a to measure used be (GPA) will Average Point Grade The STANDARDSGRADING ANDREPORTING avoid termination. possible to time of period aspecified within problem the correct must and probation on placed be will GPA requirements minimum achieve to failing Students students. program certificate two-quarter 30-unit, all for quarter first the of end the at and the second quarterstudents;in for Performance Certificate of end the at students; Degree Arts of Associate and Music of Bachelor for quarter third the of end the at 2.0 least at GPA of acumulative earned to have required are programs all in enrolled Students attempted. credits of number the by points grade of number the dividing by calculated attempted, courses all for awarded points grade all of average An POINT AVERAGEGRADE (GPA) courses. repeated (1.7). all for better charged be Tuition will or C-, of agrade with met be must requirements Elective and All standards). grading specific for syllabus course attendance, participation, assignments and tests (see each include may that factors of acombination on based calculated are (4.0 =A+, Grades course =F). 0.0 credit acredit in achievement academic to measure used A number required to earn credit in all core and elective course work. course elective and core all in credit to earn required is (70) C- of better or grade Apassing attempted. credits a prerequisite. as course that requiring a class in enroll can student the before resolved be must course aprerequisite on Incomplete An result in a grade replacing of “F” the “Incomplete.” will time allotted maximum the within work course the complete to Failure transcript. student’s the on “I” the to replace issued be will agrade course, the of requirements established all of satisfaction to the completed is work course When illness. or injury to verifiable due granted is extension an unless quarter following the of week first the of end the before up made be must work course incomplete All emergency. family adocumented or illness; an emergency; personal to: a limited not but including reasons documented and complete the final project or examination due to justifiable, cannot but course, the in progress satisfactory making is student the if only approved be will Incomplete of A grade (I) INCOMPLETE credit requirements: credit to all applied be will standards grading following The POLICIES GRADING See Pass/No Credit. CREDITNO (NC) NR NC W I P F D- D D+ C- C C+ B- B B+ A- A A+ GRADE C- IS THE LOWEST PASSING GRADE No Record No Credit Withdrawal Incomplete Pass 0-59 60-62 63-66 67-69 70-72 73-76 77-79 80-82 83-86 87-89 90-92 93-97 98-100 SCORE NR NC No Record No Credit 0.00 0.70 1.00 1.30 1.70 2.00 2.30 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.00 4.00 GPA GENERAL 139 POLICIES TESTING OUT Students may receive creditfor certain courses through advanced placement or by challenging the requirements of a course for a fee & Fees). Tuition (see Students wishing testto out of a course must first gain the course’s Program Director approval and pass an evaluation of their knowledge of course material with a minimum grade of 90%. Advanced placement tests are allowed only before or during the normal Add period at the beginning of the program for which the student has enrolled. In the case of sequential classes, prerequisite courses may not be skipped over via test-out once the original placement has been determined. Students are not allowed test to out of courses previously taken and failed. If a student meets the requirements for testing out of a course, a designation of “P” (Pass) is entered on the graduation towards granted is credit course and transcript completed credits toward counted are Credits requirements. but are not factored into the GPA. Note: In order to test out of a course, a student must to equivalent knowledge/proficiency of level a demonstrate the level of courses being offered that quarter in order to be The letter “W” on the transcript indicates that a student was permitted withdraw to from a course after the normal drop-add period, but within the first six weeks of classes. Withdrawals are not factored into the GPA. Students wishing withdraw to from a course after the normal drop/add period must apply in writing the to Registrar. Withdrawal from a course after the sixth week of classes is not permitted; students who stop attending a class after the sixth week will receive a grade of F for thatcourse, which will be factored into their GPA. The Registrar notifies the Financial Aid Office of late withdrawals. TESTING PLACEMENTADVANCED See Testing Out CHALLENGINGCOURSES See Testing Out TESTING RESCHEDULED Students requesting late testing for missed final exams due emergenciesto or other unforeseen/unavoidable events, or for grades of “I” (Incomplete), must submit the proper form theto Student Affairs Department in advance whenever possible, and pay a fee of $50.00 per exam. Following approval, the student will need complete to his or her retesting within Week 1 of the following quarter. Students who wish request to a retest for an exam missed due a documentable to emergency situation may do so through the process above and supply documentation to request such of Approval investigation. Affairs for Student will result in the student receiving their actual grade for the course opposed (as the to maximum of C-, as above). . Grade point average (GPA). requirements. completion credit Minimum credits. Maximum allowable

• • • WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE (W) A COURSE FROM WITHDRAWAL Students on non-SAP Warning or Probation status who wish switch to a new to program may be required submit to a request for such a panel to for review. If approved, the student will begin the new program in non-SAP Warning status and will be required adhere to an to academic plan. The completed SAP appeal form and academic plan must be returned the to Financial Aid office for review. Accepted appeals will result in a reinstatement of the student’s financial aid eligibility. Students whose appeals have been accepted will be notified of SAP Appeal status. Students in SAP Appeal status that fail follow to their academic plan will lose their dismissed be will and assistance financial student for eligibility attendancefrom Students that fail meet to SAP for two consecutive quarters will be notified of SAP Probation status. Financial Aid will be suspended until the SAP probationary status is appealed. complete must decision probation SAP the appealing Students an SAP Appeal form and meet with an Academic Advisor to complete an Academic Plan. SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS (SAP) SATISFACTORY All students are required meet to minimum standards for Satisfactory Academic Progress as reviewed in the following areas (referthe to respective headings in this section of the catalog): completion the at reviewed Progress is Academic Satisfactory of each quarter. After course grades have been posted, students with a cumulative (Grade GPA Point Average) of less than 2.0 or students that have completed less than 66.66% of cumulative attempted credits will be placed on SAP Warning. Some course credits may be earned by meeting requirements other than those stipulated course in descriptions/on syllabi (such as Challenging out “Pass/Fail” courses). The status of these courses is designated on your transcript aseither “P” (Pass: course requirements met and credit earned) or “NC” (No Credit: course requirements not met and credit not earned). These designations do notaffect a student’s GPA, passed be must Credit” “No receiving course required any but in order complete to therequirements necessaryachieve to a certificate. or degree PASS (P), NO CREDIT (NC) CREDIT NO (P), PASS NO RECORD (NR) NO RECORD The letters “NR” on the transcript indicate that there isno record of an overall course grade on file in the Registrar’s Office. This indication is for administrative purposes only and has issue the once grade letter appropriate the to changed is resolved. been GENERAL 140 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS welfare, or the school’s operations also may be prohibited. be may also operations school’s the or welfare, student or staff safety, personal security, threaten that conduct of types other only; illustrative is list This Institute. Musicians by tolerated be not will and prohibited is conduct following The community. the in reputation our also but environment, creative our maintain only to not continue can we standards, ethical these with compliance policing in role active an to take students, including community, MI the of members appropriate action taken. By making it the responsibility of all the and investigated be may it that so Manager Security and Safety to the immediately matter the report should you member, staff or teacher or student afellow of treatment improper or unfair any or obligation, legal or ethical an of violation any of aware become you If commitment. this with compliance monitoring and out carrying for responsible staff and teachers and behavior. courteous Institute Musicians holds all students, responsible of rules ordinary by to abide expected are Students Musicians Institute. by sponsored events at and campus Institute Musicians the at guests and visitors all and to any applied be may policy conduct student the of portions conduct and discipline the addition, In students. prospective and former, to current, apply shall policy conduct student the in ‘student’ term the to all, fairly apply policies and processes these that to ensure order In surroundings. their and other each toward respect of atmosphere an goals. This requires that students, teachers, and foster staff environment in which students may pursue their educational orderly and asafe to providing dedicated is Institute Musicians STUDENT CONDUCT CODE STUDENT CONDUCT enrolled in such courses. disciplinary action up todisciplinary and including expulsion. in result may policies these of part any of Violation VIOLATIONS OFPOLICY 2. Alcohol and Illegal Substances 2.AlcoholandIllegalSubstances 1. Intimidation,Threats, Disorderly, Lewd orViolent Acts • • • • • • • • • • Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act Amendment Amendment Act Communities and Schools Drug-Free Federal the with compliance in Institute, Musicians include butarenotlimitedto:

Any other act Musicians Institute deems deems Institute Musicians act other Any kind. any of weapons Carrying Sabotage. Vandalism. Arson. Disorderly acts. Lewd and/or lascivious behavior. Physical abuse of people or property. by physically, out carried whether Stalking, behavior. or hostile threatening, Intimidating, inappropriate. means. other any or networks, telephone, mail, electronic mail, via online social drugs or controlled substances. illegal any or alcohol of influence the under committed are that laws other or regulations and rules Institute Musicians Note: is Responsibility not diminished for acts in violation of the circumstances. on depending employment, of termination and/or expulsion, suspension, including to and up warnings written and oral actionDisciplinary for a violation of this policy can range from 5. Computer Violations Theft or other abuse of personal personal of abuse other 5. or Computer Violations Theft disruptive, disorderly, is that Conduct Peace of Breach 4. recording 3. UnauthorizedVideo Recording/SharingVideo • • • limited to: limited or computers is MI prohibited, including but not orby elsewhere. MI, atpremises, functions sponsored by or participated in such behavior by another on person anywhere MI’s abetting or aiding is as prohibited, is designees its or management MI laws, by defined as indecent or lewd, of Musicians Institute Management is prohibited. network uploading) without the prior express consent sharing, file posting, Internet (including premises MI on event other or performance, lesson, class, any of prohibited. Sharing of any audio/video recordings representation is captured by the recording is visual whose individual other any or instructor(s) on premises without MI the explicit permission of event other or performance lesson, class, any of programs. Specific school policies prohibit: Specific programs. treatment and/or to recovery students referring in assist also will Office Affairs Student The Office. Affairs Student the from drugs illegal or dangerous other or narcotics and alcohol with associated effects and risks health to the pertaining information obtain may Students property. school on statutes California by defined as substances controlled other or drugs, distribution of dangerous or narcotics, alcohol, illegal or sale possession, use, the 1989,of prohibits

Using network resources which inhibit orUsing resources interfere network Using on college personal software computers. attempting or facilities, network or system Modifying with the use of the network by other students. other by network the of use the with networks. or systems to crash • • •

or facilitator for any of the above. the of any for facilitator or liaison, accessory, an as acting or paraphernalia, other controlled including substances, related or narcotics of production or and/ distribution, Illegal substances: Use, possession, sale, MI. by in participated or by sponsored functions at or Public intoxication on anywhere MI’s premises government regulations. circumstance expressly permitted by and MI and location atime, at except above the of any for facilitator or liaison, accessory, an as acting beverages, alcoholic of production or Use, possession, sale, distribution, and/ GENERAL 141 POLICIES Destruction, damage, misuse and/or defacing of of defacing and/or misuse damage, Destruction, property. public or personal property of without removal actual or Attempted permission.prior

• • The following are all prohibited by MI: of keys MI to premises, and unauthorized or improper entry or to use of MI facilities is prohibited. Possession Items of any type of firearm, BB or pellet gun, facsimile of gun, a knives, explosives, martial arts chemicals, dangerous ammunition, weapons/items other any or fireworks weapons, prohibited is dangerous considered or law by banned on MI premises or at events sponsored by or restrictions MI. Institute (Musicians by in participated on such weapons or items supersede any and all permits obtained from any issuing authority which allows private citizens possess, to carry, or conceal guns or other weapons.) • Failure to comply with lawful directions of MI officials, of directions lawful with comply to Failure including but not limited security to guards, teachers, or administrative personnel acting in performance of their duties, is not tolerated by MI. appropriate with identify oneself to Failure identification when requestedto do so or providing prohibited. is identification false Any violation of Federal, State, or local laws on MI property or at events sponsored by or participated in prohibited. is elsewhere MI or by Use of any MI facilities as a domicile sleep to and/ or store personal property or for anything other than prohibited. is purposes educational StatementAcademic Use and Acknowledgment Violation of the Musicians Institute Copyright Infringement Policy set forth in the Musicians Institute school catalog or the Academic Use and Statement. Acknowledgment of any other published Musicians Institute Violation policies, rules, or regulations, including those implemented during the academic year Musicians Institute is not responsible for reimbursing 9. Possession of Weapons, Explosives and Dangerous and Dangerous Explosives of Weapons, 9. Possession and Theft 10. Property Damage, Vandalism, 11. Failure to Comply 12. Failure to Provide Identification of Law 13. Violation 14. Loitering or Squatting or the of Copyright Infringement Policy 15. Violation 17. Other Violations Note: or requiring others to reimburse a student for destruction, damage, misuse, or theft of personal property. It is strongly recommended that students obtain private insurance for their personal possessions. technology resources in any manner that would violate this or other college policies or any law. Federal or State applicable resources. Trojan Horses, or other rogue programs into into programs rogue Horses, other or Trojan to, belong resources that technology information are licensed to, or are leased by the college or others. without permission. without unauthorized access records, to data, and other possessed by, used, owned, information of forms or pertaining the to college or individuals. accounts. network that are threatening in nature. reasonable person would findto be harassing. personal for-profit purposes. for-profit personal placed on computer applications or files. or applications computer on placed material without first obtaining the owner’s reasonably be may that way any permission, in expected constitute to an infringement, or that exceeds the scope of a license, or violate other contracts. Using, or encouraging others use, to information Physically damaging information technology technology information damaging Physically Intentionally introducing computer viruses, worms, viruses, worms, computer introducing Intentionally Accessing another person’s computer account account computer person’s Accessing another Using information technology resources to obtain obtain resources to technology information Using Subverting restrictions associated with computer computer with associated restrictions Subverting Sending personal messages from the college college the messages personal from Sending Sending messages that aremalicious or that a Using college information technology resources for resources for technology information college Using Tampering with software protections or restrictions restrictions or software with protections Tampering Using, transmittingduplicating, or copyrighted

Unauthorized or improper possession or duplication possession improper duplication or or Unauthorized Conducting oneself in a manner that endangers or threatens the health and safety of oneself or others within the MI community and is prohibited. Telephone Violations Tapping telephoneViolations orTelephone cable lines, altering another’s phone message, harassing by theft MI or telephones, of use unauthorized telephone, service prohibited. telephone is of annoying of others including, but not limited to pictures gestures, emails, statements, jokes, slurs, or cartoons based on such factors as race, color, physical age, ancestry, origin, national religion, sexual status, marital condition, medical disability, orientation, family care leave status, or veteran status, as well as harassment based on gender, pregnancy, prohibited. is conditions medical related or childbirth Sexual Harassment includes all these prohibited such conduct unwelcome other as well as actions as stalking, requests for sexual favors, conversation sexual unwelcome and comments, sexual containing advances. • • • • • • • • • • • 8. Unauthorized Entry/Use of Keys/Identification Badges 7. Health and Safety Violations • 6. Harassment Disturbing, tormenting, bothering, GENERAL 142 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS addressed to the Office of Student Affairs. Student of Office to the addressed misconduct. Questions concerning these procedures may be alleged of cases in aresolution to reach employed steps the represent process, due and fairness of rules common on based section, this in outlined procedures The PROCEDURES DISCIPLINE STUDENT termination of employment. action up todisciplinary and including and/or suspension to subject be will retaliation in engaging found employee or student Any conduct. of standards and rules policies, MI of unlawful discrimination, and/or harassment other violations and/orwho reports provides any information concerning written and/or electronic means, against any individual verbal, by communication threatening any to making limited InstituteMusicians prohibits retaliation, including but not or another assist person in filing charges. its discretion, file criminal charges against violatinga student confidentialitywill be maintained.Musicians Institute may, at possible, extent To greatest the investigated. thoroughly be All threats of violence are considered serious matters and will Manager. Security and Safety to the matter the report should teacher and/or member on Institute Musicians staff campus, student, any by implied, or direct athreat, of aware becomes who student any and staff, of member and/or teacher astudent, by violence of athreat receives who student Any Manager. Security and Safety the to conduct prohibited of incident any to report obligated are employees Institute Musicians other and teachers Students, REPORTING PROHIBITED CONDUCT A. Public Safety: (323) 860-1127 Safety: Public ([email protected]) (323) 860-1107 Security Manager – Mike Hinksmon ([email protected]) (323) 860-1122 Hong -Michael Coordinator IX Title with standards and appropriate measures. monitored by the Title IX Coordinator for compliance be will complaints such all of Handling below. listed individuals the of to any made be may misconduct Complaints regarding sexual harassment or sexual Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code. the outside matter the resolving in assistance of be may which resources community or campus Designee) or may provide information about other toreport a Musicians Institute Designee (School the refer will Affairs Student of Office The Affairs. Student of Office the by granted is exception an unless misconduct, alleged the of discovery following month one within made be should complaints Such Affairs. Student of Office to the referred be will Complaints involving alleged misconduct by students Referral ofComplaints (Failure to Comply). of time. Violation of these directions is separate misconduct the peace of others specifically named for a specified period not to intentionally contact, telephone, or disturb otherwise Designee. directions These may include directing the student School the by specified amanner in acting from refrain or act to student the direct may Designee School the addition, In D. C. B. Meeting(s) with theSchool DesigneeAssignedto until astudent on conferred be may degree no That 5. School the contact not does student the if That 4. notice date the from days seven has student the That 3. (to be procedures conduct student the of nature The 2. a including question, in conduct the of 1. nature The following: the of student to the notice give will Designee School the occurred, have may aviolation that to believe determines that there is a suspicion reasonable Designee School the If occurred. have may violation a that to believe suspicion areasonable is there if through investigation further in order to determine information that augment may and a complainant Designee), may consider information acquired from violation(s), the Musicians Institute Designee (School alleged the of complaint the receiving Upon Investigation andNoticetoStudent process. disciplinary to the subject be may behavior such repeated, if that, violated Musicians Institute policy or regulations and have may behavior alleged her or his that a student A Musicians Institute Designee may provide notice to Letter ofAdmonition are fully resolved. against aany charges student pending disciplinary ahearing. for Committee Conduct Student to the referred be case the that writing in requests or Designee, School the with meeting ascheduled attends either student the when only removed be will Hold The Institute. degreesor fromverifications,certificates, Musicians from registering and from obtaining transcripts, functions or facilities, prevention of the student to school access of suspension in result may Hold a of placement The taken. been has action this that notified be will student the and Hold on placed be keep any scheduled appointment, the student will to fails or period, seven-day the within Designee holidays. and be amended as a result of school closures, breaks, contacting the School Designee. This schedule may 10 student the of days within scheduled to be are purpose of scheduling an initial meeting. Meetings the for Designee School the to contact given was Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code). to the access student the providing by accomplished regulations allegedly violated. and/or rules Institute Musicians and occurred; to have alleged is it place and date, time, the charges; the of basis factual the of statement brief GENERAL 143 POLICIES Agreement by the student to refrain from from refrain to student the by Agreement from refrain to and/or specific behaviors, contacting others involved in the case; in participate to student the by Agreement programs, counseling, specified educational processes as such reconciliation and/or mediation.

Insufficient Evidence - If the School Designee Designee School the - If Evidence Insufficient to insufficient is information there that concludes find the student responsible, the case will not be referred the to Student Conduct Committee for a hearing. Designee and the student agree that the above of Agreement an appropriate, not are dispositions matter. the conclude to used be may Resolution This Resolution, while not considered be to a finding of responsibility, is binding. If the student fails abide to by the terms of the Agreement of Resolution, that failure may be regarded as the subject may and misconduct actionable school. the by disciplinary action to student An Agreement of Resolution includes but is not limited such to terms as: • • responsibility, and if the School Designee Designee School the if and responsibility, to sufficient is information there that concludes sustain a finding of responsibility, the School Designeemay impose or defer one or more of the herein. listed sanctions student does not admit responsibility, and if the School Designee concludesthat an Agreement of Resolution below) (see is not appropriate, and that a finding sustain to sufficient is information there that it is more likely than not that the student has Conduct Student Institute Musicians the violated Code, the School Designee will refer the case to the Student Conduct Committee fora hearing. At any time until the Student Conduct Committee the decision, hearing the report of makes Recorder responsibility of admission an make may student theto School Designee assignedthe to case. The School Designee may then impose or defer one or more of the sanctions listed herein. This Student all terminates and binding is disposition proceedings. Committee Conduct The Agreement of Resolution will be retained in the case file in the Office of Registrar Records for seven years from the date of the Agreement. During reasonable a have school the should time, that basis believe to that the student has engaged in which conduct the to nature in related misconduct occasioned the Agreement, both cases may be the disciplinary action. Institute Musicians of subject

Sanctions When a student admits responsibility or is found in regulations, or policies Institute Musicians of violation the School Designee may impose one or more of the be may sanction any Section; this in listed sanctions 5. Agreement of Resolution - When the School 6. 1. Imposing1. Sanctions - If the student does admit 2. Referral the to Student Conduct Committee If - the 3. 4.

F. Any sanction that is imposed against the alleged the to respect with offender alleged sex or misconduct, sexual assault, sexual offense. The school’s final determination with respect to assault, sexual harassment, sexual alleged the and offense; sex or misconduct, sexual

• • information on how access to the Musicians Code.Conduct Student Institute content of this and all subsequent communication information regarding Designee School the with not relevant the to case will, insofar as allowed such unless confidentially, treated be law, by confidentiality is waived by the student; and that information relevant the to case may be divulged to those who have a legitimate educational interest, including but not limited the to Student Conduct Committee. all documents relevant the to case which are in thepossession of the school at the time of the meeting, at the student’s request. thenature of the conduct in question, and the violated, allegedly regulation(s) MI and/or rules charges, and such to defense student’s the hear appropriate. as student the counsel relevant the to case, at the student’s request. Should the case be referred the to Student Conduct Committee, the School Designee will provide the student with copies of all documents at thetime the case is referred. Relevant documents received thereafter will be shared with the student. provides the student with an opportunity resolve to thecase without a hearing before the Student Conduct Committee, the student may opt forgo to a meeting with the School Designee by requesting, in writing, that the case be forwarded the to Student Conduct Committee for a hearing as below. defined the Case - At the initial meeting with the student, the with the student, the At the initial meeting the Case - to the case will: Designee assigned School Ensure that the1. student has been provided 2. Discuss confidentiality; inform the student that the 3. Provide the studentwith an opportunity inspect to 4. Describe the to student as completely as possible 5. Provide the student with copies of the documents 6. Although meeting with the School Designee Designee - After conducting Disposition by the School any further necessary investigation, the School Designee assigned to the case may take one of several Regardless of the action taken, actions listed below. Designee will confirm his or her disposition the School of the case in a notice to the student within seven days the results of any disciplinary of the action. Additionally, action or Agreement of Resolution by Musicians Institute regarding an allegation of sexual harassment, sexual assault, sexual misconduct, or other sex offenses will be disclosed to the alleged victim by the School scope of information to be provided Designee. The under this provision will be: E. GENERAL 144 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Sanctions include but are not limited to: limited not are but include Sanctions will result in Suspension or Dismissal. imposition of sanctions will be enhanced, and usually more of the those characteristics, recommendation or or one has group or person the that violation the with or because of the perception by the student charged national origin, disability, gender, or sexual orientation, ancestry, religion, color, race, group’s or person’s the committed against any person or group because of Musicians Institute policies or regulations has been of aviolation that not than likely more is it Where the student. to beneficial be will Designee School the of judgment the in which workshops, or activities, classes, enrollment in and completion of educational programs, ofseriousness the violation, and may include required violation, into taking consideration the context and to the appropriate be will imposed sanction Any effective retroactively. • • • •

any other parties than Musicians Institute. by incurred to or assessed restitution collecting Musicians Institute shall not be responsible for costs. or damages the causing in participates alone, or through activities, group or concerted who student any on imposed be may Restitution repair or compensate otherwise for damages. paymentmonetary or appropriate to service Such reimbursement may take the form of Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code. other resulting parties from a violation of the or Institute Musicians by incurred expenses for the form of reimbursement may be imposed Restitution - A requirement for restitution in action. disciplinary further for cause be may sanction the of period the Musicians Institute policies or regulations during and exclusion from activities or violation of privileges of loss of notice the in conditions a specified term or Violation terms. ofany privileges and extracurricular activities for - from Exclusion participation in designated Loss of Privileges and Exclusion from Activities operation of the campus. orderly the with incompatible activity disruptive other or functions, Institute Musicians official at or property Institute Musicians on person any of safety or health the threatens that conduct or violence, of threats abuse, to physical lead will there presence student’s the that believe to Institute Musicians for cause reasonable is MusiciansInstitute official functionswhen there InstituteMusicians or affiliated property, orfrom on located facilities other or facilities, -leased or Institute-owned, Musicians -operated or campus the of areas specified from action adisciplinary of part as astudent of Exclusion FunctionsFacilities or Official from InstituteExclusion Musicians Campus, •

the prior specific approval ofMusiciansInstitute. only under exceptional circumstances and requires granted be may Dismissal after properties or facilities, campus, Institute Musicians to the Readmission campus. the of areas specified from exclusion an include may and period indefinite an for status - isDismissal Dismissal the termination of student ◦ • • • •

for action. disciplinary further cause be may Suspension of period the during of Musicians Institute policies or regulations Violation of the conditions of Suspension or campus. the of areas specified entering Suspension may include a prohibition against ◦ Designee or Musicians Institute decides. School the time such at effect to take terms, or term academic aspecified for status student Suspension - Suspension is the termination of Musicians Institute. transcripts, verifications, or a degree from student from registering and from obtaining the prevent may, example, for records Institute Musicians student’s the on aHold of placement The sanction. another of part as imposed conditions any satisfies student the until or period astated either for records Institute Musicians student’s the on placed be may Hold on Institute Musicians Records - A hold result in action. disciplinary further violation of any conditions of the probation may Misconduct during the probationary period or imposed. be may activities for eligibility or Conditions restricting the student’s privileges Musicians Institute standards of conduct. to conforms that conduct demonstrate must student a which in time of period a specific for imposed -Astatus Probation Disciplinary Dismissal. Exclusion from Activities, Suspension, or and Privileges of Loss and/or Probation, Disciplinary of form the in normally action, regulations may be cause for disciplinary further ofMusicians specified Institute policies or and that continued or repeated violations Institute policies or regulations has occurred student that a violationMusicians of specified to the reprimand or -Notice Warning/Censure

will be reinstated if: After the period of Suspension, the student » » » »

enrollment. those for readmission, registration, and including applications, all necessary filing for deadlines the meets student The requirement of reinstatement; and a is payment where restitution of payment records, on Holds of removal to, limited for reinstatement including, but not requirements all meets student The The student is academically eligible; Suspension; the of part as imposed conditions all with complied has student The GENERAL 145 POLICIES A summary of the allegations and the examination Committee the of outcome alleged the concerning information the of misconduct, including the positions of the parties and a summary of the evidence presented; Whether, in the opinion of a majority of the Committee, the student hasviolated one or or policies Musicians Institute the of more charged been has student the that regulations with violating; and A decision of sanction based on those those based on sanction of decision A conferred in similar cases and in any previous cases of misconduct by the accused student on file with the Office of Registrar Records. Such sanction shall be carried out by all relevant parties on the timeline decided by the Committee.

When a student has appealed inwriting a Institute, Musicians by sanction or decision will outcome the regarding decision final the be made by Senior Management, which will review the evidence and findings and may a. b. c. Musicians Institute Directorship. One member of of member One Directorship. Institute Musicians the Committee will act asHearing Recorder. Scheduling of Hearing - It isthe intention of the that Code Conduct Student Institute Musicians hearing will be set as soon as reasonably possible Committee. Conduct Student the to referral after Events such as holidays, school closures, of timeline. extended an require may nature of forces Hearings - Standards and Procedures Hearing will be held in accordance with generally accepted standards of procedural due process. If a student absents himself or herself from the disciplinary from process, withdrawn has or Musicians Institute while subject pending to disciplinary action, the casemay proceed to participation. student’s the without disposition Attendance at such hearings will be at the Institute. Musicians of discretion Continuing Resolution between the Student and Musicians Institute - Until the Student Conduct Musicians to decision its publishes Committee Institute Senior Management and the student; the responsibility of admission an make may student theto School Designee assigned the to case. The School Designee may then impose or defer one or sanction Any herein. listed sanctions the of more of disposition This retroactively. effective be may thematter will bind all parties and terminate all proceedings. Reports of Student Conduct Council Hearing Senior Institute Musicians to Decision Management and Student - Within days after 15 theconclusion of a hearing, the Student Conduct Committee Recorder will submit a notice of the Senior Institute Musicians to decision Committee Management and the student. This notice will include:

Appeal by Student 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. J. Committee - A hearing will be provided for all cases referred the to Student Conduct Student Institute Musicians the under Committee Code.Conduct Composition - The Student Conduct Committee Committee Conduct Student The - Composition individuals possibly three consist including, of will but not limited to, a member of faculty, a member member a management, Institute Musicians of of Musicians Institute staff, and a member of factual basis of the charges, the Musicians Institute the and violated, allegedly regulations or policies time and place of the hearing, within a reasonable hearing; the before time where the school will have the responsibility of proving that it is more likely than not that a violation occurred; witnesses; of fact, and, at the request of the student, access to a copy of a record of the hearing; Written notice, including a brief statement of the the of statement brief a including notice, Written The opportunity for a prompt and fair hearing The opportunity present to documents, defense and A written report including a summary of the findings An appeal process.

1. Referral1. of Cases the to Student Conduct 2. • • • • • The Student Conduct Committee The Revocation of Awarding of Degree Should - it be found that a degree, certificate, awardor was obtained by fraud, such degree, certificate, awardor to subject is revocation Such revocation. to subject is Institute. Musicians by appeal on review of Suspension or DismissalPosting on Academic result of violations of the Student as a When, Transcript is suspended or dismissed, Conduct Code, a student was imposed must be the fact that the discipline transcript for the duration of posted on the academic the Suspension or Dismissal. Appeal of the Sanction When a case is referred the to Student Conduct Committee for a hearing, the following will be provided theto student ensure to a fair hearing: If, as a result of an appeal, it is determined that the Office the disciplined, of improperly was student Registrar will, if requested by the student, have the record of the hearing sealed and have any reference theto disciplinary process removed from the student’s record. In such case, the record of the hearing may be proceedings. legal with connection in only used If the School Designee imposes a sanction of submit may student Dismissal, the or Suspension or Suspension imposed the of appeal written a Dismissal the to Director of Student Affairs within seven days of the date of notice from the School Designee of his or her action. The imposition of a deferred be Dismissal may or Suspension of sanction appeal. such during

I. • G. H. GENERAL 146 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS will be: The scope of information to be provided under this provision Designee. School the by victim alleged to the disclosed be will alleged are offenses sex or misconduct, sexual assault, sexual harassment, sexual which in hearing any of results The • • • K.

School Designee and decisions thereon shall be the to writing in made be shall modified be should Suspension or is that unnecessary its conditions that the Interim the contention concerning Appeals ahearing. for opportunity the and Suspension Interim the of conditions and length the her, or him against charges the of Suspension Interim the under student the notify will Designee School Upon imposition of the Interim Suspension, the operation of the campus. the orderly with incompatible activity disruptive other or functions, Institute Musicians official at or property Institute Musicians on person any of safety or health the threatens that conduct or violence, of threats abuse, to physical lead will campus the of areas Musicians Institute activities or presence at specified in participation student’s the that to believe cause reasonable is there when necessary extent to the other specified activities. A student will be restricted Musicians Institute campus, facilities, or from classes, Interim Suspension may include exclusion from the Designee. School the by imposed be may Suspension Interim Before final determination ofan alleged violation, Interim Suspension II. I. 3. 2.

assault, sexual misconduct, or sex offense. sex or misconduct, sexual assault, offender with respect to the alleged sexual alleged the against imposed is that sanction Any and offense; sex or misconduct, sexual assault, respect to the alleged sexual harassment, sexual with determination final Institute’s Musicians The written decision will be delivered to: based upon: of Suspension or decision may Dismissal, be asanction of appeal astudent’s reviewing When complete. and final be appeal. The decision of Senior Management will the on decision to the as student the notify will the submission of appeal, Senior Management of 20days Within process. due with accordance in and fairly out carried been has above process engage in to research further ensure that the c. b. a. b. a.

sanctions. out to carry necessary as employees Other Musicians Institute departments/ and Registrar; of Office Institute Musicians The any; if representative, her or his and student The misconduct by the student on file. of cases previous any and cases similar Records regarding sanctions imposed in Registrar of Office the from Information student regarding the sanction; and the by submitted appeal written Any M. L. •

not provide additional records or information. will Registrar of Office the record, discipline student’s the seek broader requesting disclosure party of a Should adegree. of awarding the of revocation the and/or Dismissal, both imposed and deferred, or records where violations resulted in Suspension release and/or report only will Registrar of Office provides an appropriate confidentiality waiver, the recordsdisciplinary of a student, after the student the for others, or employers, programs, graduate Upon receipt of a request from professional schools, indefinitely.retained theDismissal, student’s discipline records will be is disposition final the where cases those In case. recent most the in disposition final the of date the from years seven for retained be will student individual allCode, student discipline to records pertaining an violations of the Musicians Institute Student Conduct repeated been have there When disposition. final of notice the of date the from years seven for records discipline student retains Registrar of Office The ferpa/index.html). reg/ (www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/ Act Privacy and Rights gen/reg/ferpa/index.html), and the Family Educational Information Practices Act (http://www2.ed.gov/policy/ Activities, Organizations and Students, the California to Campus Applying Policies Institute Musicians to the disclosure of information from such records is subject Student discipline records are confidential.The or Federal policies. from a action disciplinary except as required by State resulting events and activities other or appointments, facilities or classes, tests, performances, lessons, and campus to MI’s access lost or privileges lost for to students tuition refund not will Institute Musicians policies. Federal or State with as well as appropriate) consistency with common academic policies (where for policies and rules, measures, all and any review will Institute Musicians adoption, Before time. any at Institute Musicians by made be may Code Conduct Amendment of the Musicians Institute Student Amendment andModification Privacy andRecordsRetention the Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code. Suspension will follow normal procedures provided in proceedings involvingDisciplinary students on Interim campus. incompatibleactivity with the orderly operation of the disruptive other or functions, Institute Musicians official at or property Institute Musicians on person any of safety or health the threatens that conduct or violence, of threats abuse, to physical lead will campus the of areas specified at presence or student’s participation in Musicians Institute activities the that to believe cause reasonable is there whether onbased information contained therein and upon GENERAL 147 POLICIES a hard copy from the Registrar’s Office. The right to inspect and review the student’s education inspect and review the student’s right to The records within 45 days of the day that Musicians Institute receives a request for access. A student or Director of the should submit to the Registrar, 1. NOTIFICATION OF STUDENT RIGHTS UNDER FERPA FERPA UNDER RIGHTS OF STUDENT NOTIFICATION FOR MUSICIANS INSTITUTE The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect their to include: records. These rights education GRADUATION RATE INFORMATION RATE GRADUATION to sent is rates completion and graduation on Information prospective students via mail along with their acceptance letters, or can be accessed online at http://nces.ed.gov/ an receive students enrolled Currently collegenavigator. email notification in Julyto review the annual completion rates on the college navigator website. Students may also request ACT RIGHTS AND PRIVACY EDUCATIONAL FAMILY (FERPA) This Act entitles students specific to privacy rights with respect their to academic records and student directory to considered is information directory Student information. certain and school- number, address, telephone name, be and records student Institute, Musicians At information. related specific or student the to provided be only may information parties authorized in writing by the student, a Musicians Institute employee, representatives of Federal or State officials other or auditors, organizations, accrediting agencies, authorized under the Act. FERPA information is provided to process. enrollment the during students Currently enrolled the from request upon information FERPA obtain may students to please refer Office.information additional Registrar’s For the MI Student Handbook maintained on the Student Affairs section of the student portal. LIABILITY DISCLAIMER Musicians Institute is not responsible for loss of, or damage to, personal property and/or personal injury that may occur while on the Institute’s premises. KNOW TO RIGHT STUDENTS’ MI is committed providing to current and prospective students as well as the campus community with full by required as information consumer all of disclosure students allow to intended are laws The regulations. Federal theopportunity make to fully informed choices about the institution they wish attend. to Crime statistics are available on the website and at Campus Security Office. Completion Statistics and Transfer Out Rate are shown on the School Performance Fact Sheet available in the Registrar’s Office. Director of Student Services: Kelly Chong Chong Services: Kelly Student of Director 860-1177 ([email protected]) (323) Public Safety 860-1127 (323) Comprehensive information on sexual harassment policy policy harassment sexual on information Comprehensive Security Manager: Mike Hinksmon Hinksmon Mike Manager: Security 860-1107 (323) ([email protected]) Title IX Coordinator: Kelly Chong 860-1122 (323) ([email protected]) and procedure can be obtained in the Student Affairs Office. Complaints may be submitted to the Student Affairs Office or delivered to the Title IX coordinator at the address above. Students may also make verbal complaints directly to the Title illegal of Complaints personnel). MI other (or Coordinator IX sexual harassment must be received within one year of the date of the last alleged incident. Complaints to the Office of Civil Rights at the Office of Academic Affairs must be made within six months of the date of the last alleged incident. Students may also make report tothe individuals below and/or to any MI employee. Note: Title IX Coordinator: Kelly Chong Contemporary Music of College Institute Musicians Hollywood6752 Boulevard Hollywood, CA 90028 860-1122 (323) ([email protected]) NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY NON-DISCRIMINATION Musicians Institute is committed creating to and maintaining a community in which all persons who participate in MI programs and activities can work together in an atmosphere free of all forms of harassment, discrimination, exploitation national religion, race, of basis the on intimidation or origin, sexual orientation, disability or sex, including sexual harassment. It is the intention of MI take to whatever action may be needed prevent, to correct, and, if necessary, MI prohibits policy. this violates that behavior discipline discrimination against members of the MI community by any student, staff, faculty, or third-party contractors brought on campus for the purpose of conducting business with MI. Discrimination of any kind isagainst MI policy and is laws. Federal and State under prohibited Any student who believes that he or she has been the victim of sexual harassment or other discrimination should contact Coordinator: IX Title the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education Postsecondary Private for Bureau 2535 Capitol Oaks Drive, Suite 400 95833 CA Sacramento, Toll Free: (888)-370-7589 431-6959 Phone: (916) 236-1897 Fax: (916) www.bppe.ca.gov Website: STUDENT RIGHTS STUDENT Musicians Institute is licensed operate to in the State of California through the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education. If you haveany complaints, required not but encouraged are you problems, or questions, tryto resolve to them directly with the school. At any time, you may write or call: GENERAL 148 POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS

Affairs by close of business on Friday of Week 6. NOTE: NOTE: 6. Week of Friday on business of close by Affairs to Student notice written providing by textbooks) or materials, refundable fees and/or charges for unreturned equipment, attendance calculation & any less registration fees, non- aweekly on (based refund apro-rated receive and aprogram from to withdraw right the has enrollment quarterly his/her of 60% than less completed has who A student WITHDRAWAL FROM APROGRAM REINSTATEMENT WITHDRAWAL, TERMINATION & 4. 3. 2. FERPA is: FERPA administers that office the of address and name The FERPA. of requirements the with to comply Institute of Education concerning alleged failures by Musicians Department U.S. the with complaint a to file right The his or her responsibilities professional for the school. to fulfill order in record education an to review needs official the if interest educational alegitimate has official school A tasks. her or his performing in official school another assisting or Committee, Grievance or Disciplinary as a such committee, official an on serving astudent or Trustees; of Board the on serving aperson agent); collection or auditor, attorney, an as using Institute Musicians employees or officials (such of instead aservice to provide agent its as contracted has Institute Musicians whom with company or person a staff); health and personnel credit enforcement positionor or staff (including research, support law academic supervisory, administrative, an in Institute Musicians by employed person is: a official A school towith school legitimate officials educational interests. disclosure authorizes FERPA that extent to the except Institute not disclose personally identifiable records, Musician’s that writing, in to request, right The when notifiedoftherighttoahearing. hearing procedureswillbeprovidedtothestudent for amendment.Additionalinformationregardingthe the student’s righttoahearingregardingtherequest will benotifiedinwritingofthedecisionaswell not toamendtherecordasrequested,student it shouldbechanged. IfMusiciansInstitute decides the recordstudentwantschanged, and specifywhy should writetheRegistrar, clearlyidentifythepartof wishes toaskMusiciansInstituteamendarecord student’s Astudentwho privacyrightsunderFERPA. inaccurate, misleading,orotherwiseinviolationofthe education recordsthatthestudentbelievesare The righttorequesttheamendment ofthestudent’s where therecordsmaybeinspected. for accessandnotifythestudentoftimeplace inspect. The designatedofficialwill makearrangements identifies therecord(s)thatstudentwishesto Registrar andScheduling, awritten requestthat Washington, D.C. 20202-5901 D.C. Washington, SW, Avenue, Maryland 400 Education of Department U.S. Office Compliance Policy Family as attendance for that week. that for attendance as attendance) within a week (Monday-Sunday) is considered inAttendance any meeting/session (and/or class swipe-in for disclosure to school officials. student’s prior written consent under the FERPA exception Musicians Institute discloses education records without a Refund issued to student College by retained Total amount College by retained fee Facility College by retained fee Technology College by retained fee Material College by retained fee Application Tuition retained by College 3 weeks completed) $2,399.00 cost Totaltuition fee facility Course Per quarter technology fee Materials fee Application fee ($.00fee per $1,000STRF tuition)(Non Refundable)$0.00 Tuition cost below: Audio Engineering the Program, refund calculation is shown the in weeks three after withdraws astudent if example, For SAMPLE OFREFUND CALCULATION: reinstatement. Requests for reinstatement will be reviewed reviewed be will reinstatement for Requests reinstatement. for apply must to MI to return wishing students Terminated REINSTATEMENT TO INSTITUTE MUSICIANS Institute. to Musicians Reinstatement see please termination, after Institute to Musicians returning on information For following: to the limited not but including reasons for aprogram from terminated be may A student TERMINATION FROM APROGRAM • • • • • • •

Week 6. Week after issued be will refunds term). No the of date start official the on effective (10length instruction of weeks total to its relative quarter the of portion completed the of length the on based is calculation The scan-in). date of attendance (either classroom attendance or Refunds are calculated on based the last recorded accepted by telephone. be will withdrawals No mailed). (if postmarked or by Student whether personally Affairs, delivered received is it date the on effective is A withdrawal withdrawal. the of date the on payable and due are Institute to Musicians owed monies Any Progress). (see Academic progress academic Satisfactory non-satisfactory of quarters consecutive Three consecutive weeks. three for aprogram from absence Continuous fees. or tuition to pay Failure Violation of student conduct policies.

$5,880.00 $2,728.00 $113.00 $45.00 $75.00 $100.00 $8,597.00 $45.00 $100.00 $7,995.00 $378.00 $75.00 GENERAL 149 POLICIES MAINTENANCE OF PLAN THIS MAINTENANCE Musicians Institute will review this plan each year ensure to it is current and maintains the appropriate and necessary information effectively to combat illegal file sharing, as well as update the methods employed as new technological available. become deterrents Musicians Institute currently employs bandwidth-shaping bandwidth-shaping employs currently Institute Musicians technology prioritize to network traffic, and blocks students’ ability access to certain sites from the student computer legitimate to promptly responds Institute Musicians networks. notices or letters of illegal copyright infringement based on the requirements of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, and directs both our Information Technology and Compliance respond. and investigate to departments SANCTIONS Musicians Institute will cooperate fully with any investigation by public authorities related illegally to downloaded copyrighted information. Students found guilty will be subject theto full extent of fines and penalties imposed, as well as facing automaticloss of Musicians Institute network access, suspension. possible and Penalties for copyright infringement include civil and criminal penalties. In general, anyone found liable for civil copyright damages actual either pay to ordered be may infringement or “statutory” damages affixed at not less than$750.00 and not more than $30,000 per work infringed. For “willful” infringement, a court may award up $150,000 per to work infringed. A court can, in its discretion, also assess costs and attorney fees. For details, United States see Code, Title 17, Sections 504, 505. Willful copyright infringement can also result in criminal penalties, including imprisonment of up five to years and fines of up $250,000 to per offense. For more information, please see the website of the U.S. Copyright Office at www.copyright.gov, especially theirFAQs www.copyright.gov/help/faq5. at Institutions make an annual disclosure that informs informs that disclosure annual an make Institutions students that the illegal distribution of copyrighted materials may subject them criminal to and civil institutions that steps the describes and penalties, will take detect to and punish illegal distribution of materials. copyrighted Institutions publicize alternatives illegal to file sharing.

• • PLANS TO “EFFECTIVELY COMBAT” THE COMBAT” “EFFECTIVELY PLANS TO OF COPYRIGHTED DISTRIBUTION UNAUTHORIZED MATERIAL This document outlines Musicians Institute’s plan to comply comply to plan Musicians Institute’s outlines document This with these requirements. The Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 (HEOA) illegal the reduce to designed are that provisions includes uploading and downloading of copyrighted material through sharing. peer-to-peer Copyright infringement is the act of exercising, without permission or legal authority, one or more of the exclusive rights granted the to copyright owner under section 106 of the Copyright Act (Title of the UnitedStates 17 Code). These rights include the right reproduce to or distribute a copyrighted work. In the file-sharing context, downloading or uploading substantial parts of a copyrighted work without infringement. an authority constitutes COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT INFRINGEMENT COPYRIGHT POLICY INTRODUCTION Students who have been terminated from program a for SAP such in Students program. said in continue to eligible not are said to admission for student new a as reapply may situations programs after a minimum two-year hiatus. Students who have been inactive for two or more years may be required complete to a placement exam prior re-enrolling. to placement advanced in result may performanceA evaluation depending on the performance level of the individual student. response in periodically revised are requirements Program changesto in industry standards and in an effort provide to re-enrolling, to prior such, As possible. education best the returning students must meet with Academic Advising for a degree audit evaluation. The Academic Advising team will assess which courses completed previously are relevant the to order in remain requirements which as well as program current for the student graduate. to by a panel consisting of members of Musicians Institute reason for the based on made be will Decisions management. termination, the needs of the college and students as well as the student’s overall performance.Reinstatement the to college plans and/or conditions to adherence upon contingent be may as stipulated by Musicians Institute—such as academic or adhere to Failure etc. provisions, conduct safe plans, payment the from termination in result may conditions/plans these to program. GENERAL 150

Miami Dade C.C. South, Musicians Institute Honors Musicians Institute “Outstanding Achievement” Graduate “Outstanding Institute Achievement” Musicians Graduate Institute Musicians Honors grad from MI, Instructor of the (twice) Year and Masters of Music, Western Michigan University. Bachelor University. Michigan Western Music, of Masters Institute Musicians Honors from

: : : FACULTY BIOS FACULTY

Bassist-Upright and Electric and Bassist-Upright Bassist- Electric Electric and Bassist-Upright Bassist- Electric Development Curriculum Electric, Bassist- Bassist- Electric Bassist- Electric Bassist-Upright

: : : : : : : : uthor of “The Beginning Bass Guitar Instructional Book,” “First Bass” & Upright Bass Workshop, LPWs, Private Lessons Private LPWs, Workshop, Bass Upright Upright Bass Workshop, 20th Century Jazz Bass, Walking Bass Metal Bass, LPWs, Performance, Priv Lessons LPWs, Harmony & Theory , Ear Training, Priv Lessons Bass & Vocals, LPWs, Private Lessons Bass Technique, Blues Bass, Electives Beatles, of (Tower Power, Led

Michael Buble, Steve Diane Tyrell, Schuur, Lou Soloff, Gabrielle Johnson Performed clinics at MI with Kirk Hammett (Metallica), Ray Luzier (Korn, Thelonious Monk, Art Blakey, Phil Spector, The Beach Boys, John Mayall, Marty Friedman (Megadeth), Steven Adler (Guns N’ Roses), and Mike Zakk Wylde, Alessandro Cortini, Ray Luzier, Shannon Larkin, Carl Anderson, A StillsCrosby, & Nash, Manhattan Jackson Transfer, Browne, Dweezil & : : : : : :

: : : : : : :

Graduate Outstanding Awards. Student of Music, Ball State University David Lee Roth), Royster, (Jay-Z) and Jr. Tony Marlene Dietrich, Burt Bacharach, Alan Broadbent, Mose Allison, Karin Alyson, Natalie Larry Norris, Koonse. Walter Most, Sam Cole, Hartman(David Lee Roth) Reba McIntyre. Endorsed by Ashdown Engineering (amps) and Moollon Basses. Ahmet Zappa, Albert Lee, Carole King, Rita Coolidge, Johnny Rivers, Martha Reeves and Chuck Berry. Performed on The Tonight Show with Jay Leno, The Late Show with David Letterman. Author of instructional video “The Slap Bass Program” and co- produced “Fingerstyle Funk” of Power by bassist Tower Francis Rocco Prestia. Writer for Bass Player magazine, author of “Bass Playing Techniques: The Complete Guide.”

Zeppelin) Project Recording, Private Lessons. Private Recording, Project Zeppelin) SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS GARY WICKS, COURSES SPECIALTIES HONORS & EDUCATION: & HONORS SMITH, PUTTER COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS VERBATEN, MENNO COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS MAURICE VERLOOP, SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS WEISS, GREG COURSES Private Lessons Private SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS JAY SIMPER, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS SKLJAREVSKI, ALEXIS COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS “Second Bass.” Freelance bassist with various artists

Musicians InstituteMusicians Bachelor of Music. California State University, Bachelor of Music from the University of Virginia, Bachelor of Music from University of Miami, Interlochen Interlochen Miami, of University from Music of Bachelor University of North Texas, Berklee Collegeof Music Bachelor Music, Musicians Institute of

: : : : :

Bassist-Upright and Electric and Bassist-Upright Bassist-Upright and Electric and Bassist-Upright Bassist-Upright and Electric and Bassist-Upright Bassist-Upright and Electric, Finale Skills, Curriculum Development Curriculum Skills, Finale Electric, and Bassist-Upright Bassist-Upright and Electric and Bassist-Upright Bassist- Electric

Bassist- Electric

: : : : : : Bass Reading, Upright Bass Workshop, Odd Meter Bass Funk Performance, Prince Performance, Upright Bass Workshop, LPWs, LPWs, Workshop, Bass Upright Performance, Prince Performance, Funk Performance, Latin Bass, LPWs, Private Lessons Fretboard, Advance RSW, LPWs, Project Recording, Private Lessons LPWs, Private Lessons Private LPWs, Harmony Theory and 101 201, Ear Training and 102 202, Bass Reading, Reading, Fretboard, Upright Workshop, Private Lessons, Harmony Theory LPWs, Technique, Reading, Performance Reading, Technique, LPWs,

Mark Lindsay, Rita Coolidge, Etta James, Darlene Love and the Platters. TV Freelance bassist specializing in country, bluegrass, and rock. US Navy Band New Orleans, ELAN Artists, Bobby Rodriuez Latin Jazz, Palaye Royale, Victoria Justice, Mindi Harley, Brian Abair, Troy Auger’s Joe Sample, Bass Player Live, NAMM’s Museum of Making Music Tito Puente, Celia Cruz, Azteca, El Chicano, Dave Valentine, Poncho Riverside Symphony Orchestra Symphony Riverside : : : : : : : :

: : : : : : :

Northridge. Masters Degree in Music, UCLA. Musicians InstituteMusicians Arts Michigan in Academy Sanchez, Norman Brown. Norman Sanchez,

Earth Wind & Fire LPW, Private Lessons

shows and movies including “Smallville,” “The Horse Whisperer” and “Trekkies.” Author of “Arpeggios for Bass,” “Grooves for Electric Bass,” “Classic Rock Bass” and “Latin Bass” Publishing Leonard Hal for NOVA Oblivion Express, Aly & AJ LYMAN MEDEIROS, COURSES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS LOPEZ, GEORGE COURSES SPECIALTIES COURSES SPECIALTIES: CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS DAVID KEIF, SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONG, STEVE COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS HALL, ZACHARY COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS HALL, ROBERT COURSES HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS FRANK, DEREK COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS BASS JUSTINAPERGIS, 101 and101 201, Ear Training and 102 202

GENERAL 151 FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS

HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS STEWART JEAN, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TOM WITT, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS COURSES JEFF BOWDERS, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BONACCI, ALBE HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BOLOGNESE, STEPHEN HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ARONOFF, KENNY HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES AKUTSU, KEITA SPECIALTIES DIRECTOR OF PERFORMANCE AND PROGRAMS FACULTY DRUM Crouch, Fantasia, Jennifer Hudson, Impromp2, Pepe Aguilar. Modern Drummer. Clinician at PASIC, Sam Ash and Musicians Friend. Musicians and Ash Sam PASIC, at Clinician Drummer. Modern Records. Media Century and Blade, Mark. Pro Evans, Tama, Zildjian, by Endorsed Fogerty. John and Stewart Rod King, B.B. Meatloaf, Pumpkins, Smashing Tyler, Steven The Jovi, Bon Jon Nelson, Willie Cash, Johnny John, Elton Grohl, Dave Seger, Bob Springsteen, Bruce Dylan, Bob Sting, Mars, Bruno Ga, Ga Lady Stones, soundtrack. “Contact” on heard be Can cymbals. Paiste and Kickport cases, Beato drumheads, Remo drumsticks, Firth Vic by Endorsed Rhythm Reading Workout, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Open Lessons, Private Workout, Reading Rhythm Collective. Arts Conservatory England New

: : : : : : :

: : : : : : Javier, Missing Persons, American Idol Live!, Enrique Iglesias, Andrae Andrae Iglesias, Enrique Live!, Idol American Persons, Missing Javier, bassist Transfer, freelance Manhattan The Larry Hart, Desmond Child, Diane Warren, and Jack Segal. Writer for for Writer Segal. Jack and Warren, Diane Child, Desmond Hart, Larry Into Eternity, Incurable Tragedy, various recordings for Roadrunner, Metal John Cougar Mellencamp, Sir Paul McCartney, Ringo Starr, The Rolling Quintet CJS Buffett. Jimmy Smith, Preston Diddley, Bo Kulick, Bruce Midon, Raul

LPWs, Keyboard Bass, Slap Bass, Private Lessons Private Bass, Slap Bass, Keyboard LPWs, Fill Fest, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Open Lessons, Private Fest, Fill Counseling Open and Lessons Private LPW, Jazz, Tuning, Drum LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Open Lessons, Private LPW, CounselingOpen Keyboard, Drumming, Digital Jazz, Harmony Theory, Ear Training, : : : : : :

Drummer, Keyboardist, Curricular Development Drummer, Instructor Drummer, Instructor Instructor, Studio, Touring, Career Development Instructor, Curricular Drumming Digital Development Electric Bassist-

: : : : : : :

Graduate of Musicians Institute and Drummers Drums. Pearl by Endorsed Indiana of University Arts, of Masters the of Institute California Arts, of Masters and Bachelor Miami of University Music, of Bachelor of Music College Berklee the from Music in Bachelor USC, from Music in Masters

CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BUCKLEY, BRENDAN HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS Specialties: COURSES BROWN, RYAN HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GARYHESS, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JASON HARNELL, HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: COURSES: EFA ETOROMA, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES FREDDINKINS, HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: COURSES: GORDEN CAMPBELL, HONORS & EDUCATION Remo. DW, by Sabian, Endorsed Bodeans. The endorser. DW and Remo Zimmer). (Hans Knight” Dark “The Fu Panda,” “Kung for Soundtracks Slick. Earl Lifeson, Alex INXS), Star (Rock McNeil Suzie Graham, Heather McCartney, Jesse Lachey, Nick Davis, Cassie Aiken, Clay Montana, DVD. Workshop” Drumming Bass Bowders-Double “Jeff and Techniques” Rhythmic Progressive of Encyclopedia Concepts-An Drumming Rock System,” “Essential Rhythm Component Fills-The Drumset System,”“Essential MirroredGroove Drumming-The Bass “Double Drumsticks. Firth Vic and Drumheads Remo Cymbals, Istanbul Drums, Yamaha by Endorsed Oles. Darek Show Ellen The Kimmel, Jimmy NAACP), BET, Video, MTV (Billboard, Shows Award Brown, Chris Daughtry, Simpson, PASIC. Endorsed by PDP, Vater, REMO, Sabian and Kickport. and PDP, by Sabian Vater, REMO, Endorsed PASIC.

Counseling Open and LPW Environment Creative the : : : : :

: : : : : Shakira, Shelby Lynne, Miley Cyrus, Emmanuel, JJ Lin, Melissa Ethridge, Ethridge, Melissa Lin, JJ Emmanuel, Cyrus, Miley Lynne, Shelby Shakira, Hannah Diablo, Circus Foreigner, Karate, Belt Black Zappa, Plays Zappa of Author Voice. The Mudd, of Puddle Derrico, Justin Gilbert, Paul Maynard Ferguson, Larry Goldings, Larry Koonse, Joe Bagg, Kei Akagi, and and Akagi, Kei Bagg, Joe Koonse, Larry Goldings, Larry Ferguson, Maynard Aganaba Bo Doty, Tuque, Ellen Jessica Neyo, Tours, “Live” Idol American Duke, George &Fire, Wind Earth, Sinbad, The Emotions, Deniece Williams, Hugh Masekela. Clinician at at Clinician Masekela. Hugh Williams, Deniece Emotions, The Sinbad,

Jazz, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Open Lessons, Private Jazz, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Open and Lessons Private LPW, Reading, Performance, Private Lessons, LPW and Counseling Open Reading, Developing Your Groove, Music Minus One, Private Lessons, Lessons, Private One, Minus Music Your Groove, Developing Reading, E-Drumming, Drum Performance, Project Recording, Private Lessons Timekeeping, LPW, Private Lessons, Counseling Open for Skills Development: Artist Lessons, Private Drumming, Gospel/R&B

Drummer, Instructor : : : :

Drummer, Instructor, Production Drummer, Instructor Drummer, Instructor Touring Musician (Drummer), Producer Touring Musician (Drummer), Producer Drummer, Instructor

: : : : :

Bachelor of Music, Howard University Howard Music, of Bachelor Bachelor of Music, Indiana University Graduate of Musicians Institute University of South Florida CalArts Degree, Masters Graduate of Musicians Institute Miami of University Music, of Bachelor

GENERAL 152

Graduated from Berklee College of Music. Played on Musicians Institute Alumni. Voted Guitarist of the by Year Bachelor of Music in Composition, Berklee College. Institute Musicians from Music of Bachelor Graduate of Musicians Institute Musicians of Graduate Bachelor of Music from Musicians Institute Institute Musicians from Music of Bachelor

: : : : : : FACULTY BIOS FACULTY

Jazz, Fusion, General Guitar Technique and Knowledge Harmony Theory and Ear Training, Guitar Performance Guitar Training, Theory Ear and Harmony Guitar Studio and Funk Pop, Country, Fingerpicking and Acoustic Styles, Roots Music and Technique, Theory, Solo Guitar

: : : : : Guitarist, Composer, Arranger, Producer, Bandleader, Educator Bandleader, Producer, Arranger, Guitarist, Composer,

Core Classes, Jazz Workshop, Guitar Workout, Eclectic Electric Guitar, Advanced Electric Guitar Styles, Advanced Ensemble, Open Counseling Open Ensemble, Advanced Styles, Guitar Electric Advanced Harmony Theory and Ear Training, Intro 1-4; Guitar to Core Classes, Funk Guitar, Advanced Groove Concepts, Slide Guitar Core Classes, Country Guitar, Surf/Spy Guitar, Acoustic Guitar, Country

Mr. InvisibleMr. (YT Records), performed with Cone of Silence and and Terri Toured withToured Jeff Hershey and the Heartbeats. Montreal Jazz Festival Kelly Clarkson, Westlife, David Archuleta, Nick Lachey, Anastasia, American Zen Robbi Performed and/or recorded with: Latin Grammy Winner Gaby Moreno, Dwight Yoakum, Pete Anderson, the BullDurham Band, Mark Collie, Tracy : : : : :

: : : : : : Performed/recorded with Marcus Miller, Billy Cobham, Brecker Brothers,

Kelly Clarkson’s #1 Moment hit “A Like This.” the California Country Music Association in 1988. Played on 4 Grammy-winning albums. Americana

Applied Technique, Fusion LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling (SUB), Studio Skills, Private Lessons, Reading 1&2 LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling appearance with For the Record: Tarantino in Concert Idol, Tonight Show with Jay Leno, Show, Good Today Morning America, Live with Regis, Jimmy Kimmel Allison Self, The Hot Club of North Hollywood. Recorded for TVand Film. Contributor variousto books and magazines. Lawrence and DisneyEntertainment. Performed at the Grand Old Opry and on TNN’s Chase.” & “Crook HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS DANIEL GILBERT, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS DEAN BROWN, COURSES Specialties: Credits: EDUCATION & HONORS CARLSON, ERIK COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS DESAI, PATHIK COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS GUITAR TRAVIS NEWLON, FACULTY PROGRAMS AND OF DIRECTOR ASSOCIATE SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS AL BONHOMME, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS David Sanborn, Roberta Flack, George Duke, Bob James, Vital Information. Featured in Guitar Player, Guitar World & Hal Leonard instructional videos, Released four solo albums

Bachelor of Music, University of Miami Graduate of Musicians Institute Musicians of Graduate Bachelor of Music Degree, University of Calgary-Alberta Graduate of Musicians Institute Musicians of Graduate

Graduate of Musicians Institute Musicians of Graduate

Graduate of Western Michigan University Michigan Western of Graduate

: : : : :

Drummer, Instructor Drummer, Drummer, Instructor Drummer, Drummer, Instructor, Digital Drumming Curricular Development Digital Drumming Curricular Instructor, Drummer, Drummer, Instructor Drummer, Drummer, Instructor Drummer, Drummer, Instructor Drummer,

Drummer, Instructor Drummer,

M.M. in Drumset & Contemporary Media from the Eastman School of : : : : : : : : Jazz, Afro-Cuban, Brazilian, Film & Video Games, Pop, R&B. Drummer, Instructor Drummer,

Performance, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Performance, New Orleans, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Funk, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Reading, Jazz, Private Lessons and Open Counseling LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Electronic Drum, Open Counseling Drum, Electronic

Performance, Latin, LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling

Masters program curriculum, applied lessons, music history, bachelor bachelor history, music lessons, applied curriculum, program Masters

Paulina Rubio, Snapdragon, Jim Brickman, Jason Reeves and In The Red Lauryn Hill, Bobby McFerrin, Darmon Meader, Stefon Harris, Eldar, Shawn Shawn Eldar, Harris, Stefon Meader, Darmon McFerrin, Bobby Lauryn Hill, Endorsed by Canopus drums. Performs with the Dave Hill Group. Danny Elfman, League of Legends, Cinesamples, Amper Music,Barry Amper Cinesamples, Legends, of League Elfman, Danny : : : : : : : Bobby McFerrin, Minnie Driver, Natasha Bedingfield and Duane Eddy.

Greg Howe, Marigold, MTV Request Total Live and SuperSix TV.

Author of “Encyclopedia of Reading Rhythms” (MI Press/Hal Leonard) : : : : : : Wang Chung, Artist and product consultant for YAMAHA/DTX

Manilow, Peter Bernstein, Larry Koonse, Joe Bagg, Gary Foster, Bill Cunliffe, Bob Sheppard, Julie Kelly, JudyWexler, Janis Mann,York Voices.New

Music Ministries. Endorsed by Paiste and Regal. and Paiste by Endorsed Ministries. “Thunder” Wallace, Charles Laster, Liz Mikel, Mozella WITTENBERG, SCOTT COURSES SPECIALTIES COURSES SPECIALTIES Credits: HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS ROBERT TERRY, COURSES Specialties: CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS STEVENS, KEVIN SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS SALINAS, DAVID COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS PALMIERI, GIANLUCA PALMIERI, COURSES COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS MCINTYRE, TIM CREDITS: EDUCATION: SPECIALTIES KELLY, DEVIN KELLY, COURSES: SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS HUNTER, JEVIN COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS ensemble, performance classes, music education, music theory, music education, music classes, performance ensemble, music business. Endorsed by Sabian, Remo and Vic Firth Endorsements with Yamaha, Vic Firth, Paiste, Evans GENERAL 153 FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS SPECIALTIES COURSES ALLENHINDS, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES: COURSES DAVIDHILL, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS HENDERSON, SCOTT HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS SPECIALTIES HAWLEY, ADAM HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GOLD, JUDAH “JUDE” HONORS & EDUCATION Leonard) (Hal Soloing” “Guitar of Co-author T-Bones. the SPECIALTIES COURSES COURSES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HARRISON, GREGORY HONORS & EDUCATION Awards. Country American the and Show, The Live, Tonight Kimmel Jimmy on Performed Asia. and U.S., Europe, Toured Scofield. John and Slash, Wylde, Zakk Paisley, Brad Metheny, Pat interviewed magazine, Player Guitar at Editor Migs. Miguel DJ and Berlin, Jeff (Fishbone), Moore Angelo Money, Eddie Symphony, Oakland the Hamm, Stuart Sheehan, Billy Starship, Crew, Jefferson albums. Featured articles in Guitar Player Magazine, the Guitarist, Guitar Techniques, Techniques, Guitar Guitarist, the Magazine, Player Guitar in articles Featured albums. 4solo Released Easton. Sheena and Blige J. Mary Maya, Richie, Lionel Wonder, Stevie backing Minor Rickey with appearances show TV Austin. Patti Hiroshima, Winans, BeBe etc. Ponty, Luc Jean Corea, Tech Chick Tones, Vital Zawinul, Tech, Tribal Joe books, and Metheny. Pat Corea, Chick Carter, Regina McDonald, Michael Pitbull, Wayne, Lil’ Rida, Flo Anthony, Marc Benet, Eric Fantasia, Sparks, Jordin Graham, Larry Studdard, Ruben Guitar, RandallLance Amplifiers, Alonzo guitars, Daddariostrings, Planet Waves

mentoring in general The Coasters, and Al Wilson. Staff transcriber for REH Instructional Videos. Instructional REH for transcriber Staff Wilson. Al and Coasters, The Night, Dog Three Earl, Jimmy Gambale, Frank Silence, of Cone Group, Hill Dave with Degree, University of Southern California (USC) California Southern of University Degree, Award Player Outstanding Morgan, and Ronnie Lee Ronnie and Morgan, Howard Martino, Pat with studies Private Music. of Conservatory Brooklyn and College : : : : : :

: : : : : : Toured U.S., Canada and Europe, including Montreux Jazz Festival. Played Played Festival. Jazz Montreux including Europe, and Canada Toured U.S., Toured/recorded with DJ Spooky, Greg Howe, Kristin Chenoweth, 2 Live 2Live Chenoweth, Kristin Howe, Greg Spooky, DJ with Toured/recorded Gino Vannelli, Randy Crawford, Crusaders, Roberta Flack, Natalie Cole, Cole, Natalie Flack, Roberta Crusaders, Crawford, Randy Vannelli, Gino Released numerous critically videos acclaimed solo albums, instructional Hathaway, Lalah E, Sheila Cole, Natalie Boys, Backstreet Lopez, Jennifer Premier World, Guitar Leonard, Hal Hollywood, North PDP, of Club Hot

Private Lessons & Open Counseling &Open Lessons Private Counseling Open Lessons, Private Masters, Fusion Classes, Core CounselingOpen Counseling &Open Lessons Private OC Lessons, Private Improvisation, Guitar, Shred Classes, Core Counseling Open Lessons, Private Beyond, and Pop Slap : : : : :

Variety of guitar styles, soloing over chord changes, comping, comping, changes, chord over soloing styles, guitar of Variety Fusion and Jazz on Emphasis Styles, All Jazz Fusion and Blues and Fusion Jazz Work Studio Gospel, R’n’B, Pop, Fusion, Jazz, Jazz Gypsy Rock, Shred, Djent, Metal, Progressive Instructor Guitarist, Chair, Program Guitar MI Former

: : : :

Musicians Institute Alumni MI Alumni, numerous awards in international magazines Bachelor and Music of Master’s Arts, Musical of Doctor Institute, Musicians Degree, Arts of Associate Berkeley at California of University Music, of Bachelor Musicians Institute Alumni. Queensborough Community

Executive Director, The Musicians Foundation. Musicians The Director, Executive Recording Programs, Logic 9 Master Pro, Pro Tools 11 Tools Pro Pro, 9Master Logic Programs, Recording MI Guitar Program (GIT) - Vocational Honors -Vocational (GIT) Program Guitar MI CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JACOBS, SID HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ERNST HOMEYER, HONORS & EDUCATION strings. Ball Ernie and strings Mangan Curt accessories, and straps Anthology pedals, Burt Bob Works, Amp Jackson Bogner,Vertex, gtrwrks, at pedals Premier Guitar. Author of “Liquid Legato” instructional book. Endorsed by Xotic, bV COURSES OZAKI, JINSHI HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JEFFERYMARSHALL, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BETH MARLIS, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KOLB, THOMAS II” Iand Guitar “Jazz and Phrases” and Lines Guitar Jazz of Book Complete “The of Jr. Author Sinatra Frank and Pavarotti, Luciano Magazine. World &Guitar libraries music Dog Xray and 51 Studio for Writer album. solo 2007 Tizer.Released Band, Kollman Jeff Morrison. Clinician, Author, Interviewer Panelist, Guitar. Premier and Edge, Guitar World, Guitar One, Guitar for Writer videos. instructional 40 over in &featured books method guitar nine of Author Seeger. Pete and Ryder, Mitch Skills, Guitar Tracking Tactics, Modern Rock LPW, I Love the 80’s LPW 80’s the ILove LPW, Rock Modern Tactics, Tracking Guitar Skills, Counseling, Private Lessons LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Open Lessons, Private LPW, Songbook American Listening, Jazz Ensemble, Reading Guitar Jazz Improv, Two-Line

Songwriting positive community relationships Soul. and R&B, Warwick, Framus, Joe Meek Joe Framus, Warwick, Music of College Berklee Graduate. MI Scholarship. Hayward. University State CA at Music Studied Year Award. the of Student and

: : : : :

: : : : : : EGH, King Crazy, Jacob Armen, X-Loop. Companies: MXL, Audio Technica, Technica, Audio MXL, Companies: X-Loop. Armen, Jacob Crazy, King EGH, Steve Lawrence and Eydie Gorme, Diahann Carroll, Ike and Tina Turner, Tina and Ike Carroll, Diahann Gorme, Eydie and Lawrence Steve Rick Monroe, Lisa Hayes and the Violets, Ashley Jay, Bleeding Harp, The The Harp, Jay, Bleeding Ashley Violets, the and Hayes Lisa Monroe, Rick Jackie DeShannon, Helen Reddy, John5, Brownie McGee, Barbara Dean, and Jan Johnson, Eric Tom Jones, Lindsay, Mark Winter, Edgar

Open Counseling.Open Vice President, Industry/Community Relations. Private Lessons, Guitar Heroes Of The 80s, Recording Guitar, Studio Studio Guitar, Recording 80s, The Of Heroes Guitar Lessons, Private Acid Jazz, Funk LPW, Private Lessons & Open Counseling &Open Lessons Private LPW, Funk Jazz, Acid Lessons Private Skills, Studio Guitar Classes, Core Open Leader, LPW Rock Classic Soloing, Melodic Classes, Core Reading, Jazz Guitar Improvisation, Modern Jazz Concepts, The Art of of Art The Concepts, Jazz Modern Improvisation, Guitar Jazz Reading,

: : : : :

Rock, Metal, Shred, Neoclassical, Fusion Neoclassical, Shred, Metal, Rock, Jazz and Classical and Jazz Blues, Classic Rock, Country, Fusion, Recording/Production/ fostering and scholarships MI for fundraising in Leader R&B. Jazz, Folk, Jazz, Country, Funk, Blues, Rock, in specializing Instructor Guitar

: : : : :

Bachelor of Arts in Commercial Music, MI’s Guitar & & Guitar MI’s Music, Commercial in Arts of Bachelor Master of Music, USC. Bachelor of Music, UC Santa Cruz. Cruz. Santa UC Music, of Bachelor USC. Music, of Master Winner of Guitar Player magazine’s Larry Carlton Carlton Larry magazine’s Player Guitar of Winner Graduate MI Graduated Musicians Institute with Vocational Honors

GENERAL 154

Bachelor of Music Composition, Cal State University, Bachelor’s Degree (Studio/Jazz Guitar Performance) Guitar Performance) (Studio/Jazz Degree Bachelor’s Bachelors of Music, Musicians Institute. Winner of Best

: : :

FACULTY BIOS FACULTY

Keyboardist Instructor, Sideman, Recording Musician, Composer, Music Director, Multi-Instrumentalist Musician, Singer, Songwriter, Educator Pop, Rock, Blues, Jazz and Studio Work Rock, Hard Rock, Punk, Alternative, Slide Guitar

Rock & Roll, R&B, Funk, Blues

: : : : : : BluesGuitar, Slide Guitar, Blues LPW, Private Lessons and Open Voicings 1-4, Groove 5, Jam Band LPW Open Counseling Core Classes, Rock Lead guitar, Rock Rhythm Guitar, Alternative Guitar Groove, Accompaniment, Private Lessons Classic Rock LPW Groove Reading Reading 1, 1, 2, Contemporary Praise & Worship

Maurice Hines, Niki Haris, Perla Batalla, Tierney Sutton, Kate McGarry, McGarry, Kate Sutton, Tierney Batalla, Perla Haris, Niki Hines, Maurice Wilson Pickett, CharlesBrown, Co-wrote War. the #1 single “Thinkin’ Michelle Shocked, Jim Lauderdale, Young Dubliners, Mike Stoller, Bo Member of Supertramp and leader of his own band. Recorded on Recorded five albums,toured U.S. and Europe,featured in film To “Get Him Nick Lachey, Wayne Everclear, Kramer, (MC5), Robby Krieiger (The Doors),

: : : : : : :

: : : : : : Northridge from University of Southern California Southern of University from Rock Band, All Access Magazine Awards. Phil Chen (Jeff Beck, Rod Stewart), Paul Barrere andKenny Gradney (Little Feat), Alan Headhunters) (Fourplay, Mason Harvey Parsons,

Independent A&R Consultant, Music Critic, Author Critic, Music Consultant, Independent A&R Performance Counseling Heroes, Hard Rock LPW, private lessons Johnny “Guitar” Watson, Melissa Manchester Watson, “Guitar” Johnny Problem” with country artist David Ball. Diddley, Spencer Davis Group, Warren Zevon. Interscope Records, Messenger Records, MusicTaxi hundreds of albums, movie soundtracks, and TVshows. Winner of Guitar Player magazine reader’s poll for Best Studio Guitarist. Writer for guitar magazines and producer of instructional videos and software The Greek.” instructional books. Endorsed by D’Addario Acoustic HAMMACK, KARENHAMMACK, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS KIM, HYUN COURSES COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS TECHNOLOGY KEYBOARD CARL BYRON, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS ROBERT GENNET, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS CARLVERHEYEN, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS LENNART WIDEGREN, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS STUART ZIFF,

MI Graduate Master’s Degree, Berklee College of Music Pierce Junior College, private studies with Derol Derol studies with private College, Junior Pierce Associate of Arts Degree, Miami Dade South. Attended Bachelor’s Degree, Berklee College of Music. Private Associate of Arts Degree in Music, Musicians Institute

: : : : :

Private Guitar Instruction, Modes, Shred, Metal Shred, Modes, Instruction, Guitar Private Jazz and Fusion Jazz and Blues Rock singer-songwriter & acoustic/electric multi-stylist, author/ multi-stylist, acoustic/electric & singer-songwriter Rock Improvisation, theory, blues, classic rock, jazz Jazz improvisation, composing & arranging, acoustic solo guitar

: : : : : : Guitar Instructor, Common Course Instructor Course Common Instructor, Guitar

Jimi Hendrix Rhythm Guitar, Guitar/Vocal Accompaniment, Theory/Ear Theory/Ear Accompaniment, Guitar/Vocal Guitar, Rhythm Hendrix Jimi Private Lessons & Open Counseling Metal Guitar, Applied Metal Guitar, Metal LPW, Private Lessons & Open Fusion Ensemble, Private Lessons & Open Counseling Private Lessons & Open Counseling Core Classes, Music Theory, Ear Training, Private Lessons, Open

Ray Charles, Bonnie Raitt, Al Kooper, Steve Wonder, Buddy Miles, David Performed with David Pritchard, Billy Cobham, Larry Klein, members of Released solo instrumental album “Project Steiger - Defiance”featuring Toured aroundToured the world with Kirk Whalum, Jody Keiko Watley, Matsui, Performing with John Zipperer, Severin Browne, Dave Morrison. Released Blood, Sweat & Tears, John Klemmer, Ronnie Laws, Doc Severinson, Don Jose Luis Rodriguez, El Puma, Chayanne, Deniece Williams, Annie Lennox Lennox Annie Williams, Deniece Chayanne, Puma, El Rodriguez, Luis Jose : : : : : :

: : : : : : Coraco, Greene, Ted and Joe Pass Florida State University and the University of Miami. studies with Greene. Ted three solo albums, author of instruction books and DVDs. Editor/author for over 100 projects Leonard Hal Grusin, Henry Mancini, and Alphonse Mouzon. Recorded six solo albums and the John Coltrane tribute Guitar “A Supreme,” featuring Mike Stern and Eric Johnson. of Eurythmics, numerous multimedia projects and TV shows.

Training, Guitar Reading, Open Counseling, Private Lessons Private Open Counseling, Guitar Reading, Training, Counseling Counseling, R&B Live Performance Workshop, Reggae Live Performance Workshop “Fathead” Newman, Willie Nelson, Jones and Tom Cypress Hill. Released solo albums & Acoustic Rock DVDs. Author of 50+ transcription/ Derek Sherinian, Franklin, Tony Virgil Donati and Gary Hoey. Teacher for the National Guitar Workshop (NGW), and author of instructional videos. Endorsed by D’Addario and ESP Guitars.

Jimbo Akira, andScott Kinsey. Veteran session guitarist for TV shows and studio work. CREDITS TURNER, DALE COURSES SPECIALTIES HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS BARRETT TAGLIARINO, COURSES COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS STEIGER, KEN RICHMAN, JEFFREY RICHMAN, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS SPECIALTIES CREDITS RABUCHIN, BRADLEY COURSES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS COURSES Specialties: HONORS & EDUCATION: & HONORS SCOTT PARKER, SPECIALTIES CREDITS: transcriber, producing engineer, Guitar World columnist Guitar World engineer, producing transcriber, GENERAL 155 FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS composing, and arranging, producing albums. as well as band, church the and choir church the directing currently is She more. and Todd Sweeney Birdie, Bye Bye including musicals, several at Texas and in Ensemble Jazz Metheny Pat Festivals, Jazz Denton Festivals, Jazz Edison the at performed also has She Auditorium. Shrine and Theatre Ebell at singers Korean prominent with performances live various in played has and LA in Potato Baked the and Mint Keyboards, Latin LPW, Brazilian LPW, Private Lessons Private LPW, Brazilian LPW, Latin Keyboards, Private Lessons LPW, Rock Modern LPW, Billboard Proficiency, Keyboard Performance, Keyboard styles Cuban

VOCAL HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ALBERTO SALAS, Institute. Musicians from award Musician Outstanding 2015. Texas. North of HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: COURSES: PARK, EVET HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES COURSES LEE, EUN JUNG HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KOVAL, MARK Institute Musicians at Award Student Outstanding Korea. South in University HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES Orchestra, ChristinaOrchestra, Aguilera Chamber Nashville the Orchestra, Jazz Luckman the Crouch, Andrae Seven, Super Los Trevino, Rick Malo, Raul Lopez, Cachao Israel Acuña, Alex Sanchez, Poncho Winans, University Mission World School, High Music Contemporary Seoul at Teacher Ali. Park, Kyung

Performance. Vocal Ensemble, Bachelor Worshop, Lessons Mixing and Production. Institute and more. and Institute Orchestra, Harvard University, the American Composers Forum, the Sundance Film Minnesota the for works orchestral created and People We the oratorio rights civil for &lyrics music Wrote Blades. of Brotherhood and Flight Last Zodiac, Chinese The as such films plus World, Bobby’s and Quest Jonny of Adventures Real The composition and Piano, Binghamton University. Binghamton Piano, and composition

: : :

the as such venues renowned at akeyboardist as performed Evet has

: : : Composed music for TV shows including Batman: the Animated Series, Series, Animated the Batman: including shows TV for music Composed Santana (Supernatural), Angelique Kidjo, Ozomatli, Mana, Los Lobos, Bebe Bebe Lobos, Los Mana, Ozomatli, Kidjo, Angelique (Supernatural), Santana Arranging/Recording soundtracks for MBC broadcasting in Korea Abraham Laboriel, Korean Singers Jin Sub Byun, Kyung Min Hong and Mi Mi and Hong Min Kyung Byun, Sub Jin Singers Korean Laboriel, Abraham

Keyboard Technique, Latin Workshop, Brazilian Keyboards, Afro-Cuban Afro-Cuban Keyboards, Brazilian Workshop, Latin Technique, Keyboard Reading, Keyboard Technique, Keyboard Ensemble, Metheny Pat Private Lesson, 80’s LPW, Assistant for Fusion Performance, Latin Latin Performance, Fusion for Assistant LPW, 80’s Lesson, Private Private &TV, Film for Writing Advising, Project 1&2, Scoring Video : : : : Lesson Private Composer, Arranger, Director, Music Player, Musician, Educator Musician, Producer, Arranger, Keyboardist, Percussionist specializing in Afro- Keyboard Instructor at MI, Music Director/Keyboardist at Church. at Director/Keyboardist Music MI, at Instructor Keyboard Music, Orchestral in Specialist Film/TV. for &Orchestrator Composer

: : :

Masters of Music in Jazz Piano Performance, University University Performance, Piano Jazz in Music of Masters Kook Dan Composition, Music in Degree Bachelor’s

Masters of Music of Masters music in BA Nominations. Two Award Emmy Grammy-Winning producer

Private Lessons Actor placement DJing and Sound Post Foley, ADR, member SPECIALTIES COURSES ANN CHUNG, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES BYRD, DEBRA HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SHAWNA BASICK, HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GALLO, JOHN HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CROSSEN, JUDE HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES COHEN, BARBARA HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS Miramax and Studios Universal NBC Disney, Bros., Warner Pictures, Sony Paramount, for movies on Worked Channel. Pentagon the and CTV ITV, Hub, CW, Disney, MTV, Fox, CBS, NBC, ABC, on Worked Idol. Canadian Possible is Anything Mary, Expecting More, No Silent Nightlights, Uncharted, Print, Atlas Shrugged of member former Hang,” DVD/CD “The Grammy-nominated (CBS); Arcadia” of “Joan &more Watch” “Third Jungle,” “Lipstick Palace,” Down “Broke Hood,” Riding “Red shows on featured vocals and Songs Farm Accident. with and artist asolo as albums Released &Air. Orbital with Collaborator Records). (Virgin Moon Sister Sun Brother of Year. the Co-founder of Vocalist and -Artist Award Music Counseling Open and Lessons Private LPW, Performance Pro LPW, Songwriter, Session Singer, Producer, Recording Engineer, Curriculum Developer and Breezy Lovejoy Breezy and Dumbfoundead Blow, Kurtis Pharcyde, Tasha, The JK, Tiger Drunken with collaborator University Composition and Artistry for Grant Board Arts State Minnesota Minnesota. of University the and Arts (“Superstar”) competitions talent and schools Korean South in used Songs

: : : : : :

: : : : : Released two albums in South Korea as Ann One. Producer and and Producer One. Ann as Korea South in albums two Released Vocal Coach for The Voice, American Idol, The Grammys, The Oscars, Oscars, The Grammys, The Idol, American Voice, The for Coach Vocal events sports and theatre musical in Performer DJ/VJ with Spotlight LA. Worked on films The Banshee Chapter, The Flock, Flock, The Chapter, Banshee The films on Worked LA. Spotlight with DJ/VJ and (NBC) Earl” is “My (NBC), Talent” Got “America’s Credits:: TV and Film Minnesota Lab; Composer Film Sundance Workshop; Conducting BMI

Lessons Private LPW, K-Pop Studio Recording, Scoring for Film & TV, Artist Development-The Songs, Songs, Development-The Artist &TV, Film for Scoring Recording, Studio Vocal Performance, Harmony & Theory , Sightsinging, Modern Rock Rock Modern ,Sightsinging, &Theory Harmony Performance, Vocal Apple Logic, Studio Recording and Vocal Mix Vocal and Recording Studio Logic, Apple Lessons Private LPW, House Coffee Performance, Vocal

: : : : : :

Educator, Recording Artist, Producer, Arranger, Singer, Vocal Coach, Coach, Vocal Singer, Arranger, Producer, Artist, Recording Educator, and technique voice in Specializes vocalist, background and Lead Recording, Pro-Tools, Ableton and Nuendo, Mixing and Mastering, Mastering, and Mixing Nuendo, and Ableton Pro-Tools, Recording, Singer, Songwriter, Producer Vocalist, Performer Artist/Singer- Recording Composer, &Television Film Educator,

: : : : :

Berklee College of Music graduate and former faculty faculty former and graduate Music of College Berklee Berklee College of Music, Artist-In-Residence, Kent State Musicians Institute graduate Associates of Achievement Academic Recording Arts, Performing the for School Carolina North of University Year. the of Song R&B for Grammy Korean 2008 Won

GENERAL 156

Bachelor of Music in Performance, an Associate of Arts Bachelor of Music in Performance from Musicians Oral Telecommunications, in Science of Bachelor Bachelor of Music in Vocal Performance from Bob Cole

: : :

Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies, University of Southern

Rock Vocals, Extreme Vocals, Mimicking Styles, Songwriting, Career Educator, Arranging, Copyist, Music Transcription, Producing Music Vocalist, Voice Instructor, Choral Director, Actor, Recording Artist Piano Acting, Performing, Jazz Vocalist, Clinician, Bandleader, Performer, Choral Conducting, Choral Performer, Bandleader, Clinician, Jazz Vocalist,

: : : : Art of Success, Extreme Vocals, BACH Vocal Performance, Hard Rock Vocal Performance, Bachelor Private Lessons Digital Notation & Arranging, Sight Singing, Harmony & Theory, Ear Ear Training, BACH Sightsinging, Vocal Performance, BACH Private Private BACH Performance, Sightsinging, Vocal BACH Training, Ear Rock Repertoire, Jam Band and Country LPWs

Jazz Vocals, R&B Vocals, Image Development, Vocal Performance,

Transcribing for Award winning musical “American Heartbeat” written & Irish“An Christmas” Hollywood Tour, Fringe Festival, Long Beach Opera, Played with ex-Megadeth Drummer Nick Menza in the band Deltanaut, Gina Saputo Quintet, Herbie Hancock, Wayne Shorter, Blanchard, Terence Vocalist with Racer X, Otto, Damn Hippie Freaks, Commercial Free, Michael Jackson, Soul II Soul, The Supremes, Barry White, Andre Crouch, : : : : : :

: : : : :

in Vocals and an Audio Engineering Certificate from Musicians Institute. Awarded the Musicianship Scholarship and Outstanding Student award for the Vocal Program at MI. Bachelor of Arts from the University of British Columbia Institute, Hiwassee College, Instructor of the Award, Year Outstanding Choir Member Award, National Orchestra Award Phoenix of University Administration, Business of Master Roberts University. Conservatory at Cal State University, Long Beach Deltanaut (ex-Megadeth drummer Nick Menza). TV performances on “2014 Superbowl “2014 TV on performances Menza). Nick drummer (ex-Megadeth Deltanaut Halftime,” Golden Globes, Burn Notice, The Mentalist, Smash, The Life and Times of Harry Belafonte. Broadway shows The Wiz, Violet, Little Shop of Horrors. Vocal Director for It Ain’t Nothin’ But The Blues. Appeared on “American Idol” Guidance, Performance, Goal Setting Achievement and Performance, Guidance, Theory, Sight Singing, Vocal Coaching Vocal Singing, Sight Theory, Background Vocals LPW, Punk LPW, Private Lessons Private LPW, Punk LPW, Training, Apple Logic, Computer Notation, Artist Development, Private Lessons California. Thelonious Monk Institute Vocalist, Orange County Music Awards composed by Martha Velez, “Temple of the Souls” composed by award nominees Dean Landon and Anika Paris. Wong (China) Faye Los Cancioneros Master Chorale, the Palos Verdes Classical Music Concert Series toured with Blacklist Union, released a full-length album as a solo artist, and was the former Music Director at Rock Nation school in Agoura Hills, CA Benny Green, Nnenna Freelon, Barry Manilow, Barbara Streisand and Bonnie Raitt SPECIALTIES: CREDITS COURSES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS GINABAGG, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS Education: & Honors SEZAKI, KATSUYA COURSES WILLIAMS, BRIAN COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS DEBORAH SHARPE-TAYLOR, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS: EDUCATION & HONORS ASHLEY STANBURY, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS Private Lessons Lessons

Bachelor Degree in Jazz Piano, The Conservatory of NARAS, ASCAP, Studied Directing at Harvard University, University, Harvard at Directing Studied NARAS,ASCAP, Musicians Institute graduate Institute Musicians Master’s Degree in Education, Bachelors Degree in Bachelor of Arts in Theatre and Media Arts/Film,

: : : :

Singer, Songwriter & Composer for TV, film and stage, Author, Poet Keyboard instructor, Chart Writing, Sibelius, Accompanist Sibelius, Chart Writing, instructor, Keyboard Vocal Performance, Artist Artistic Development, Producing, Direction, Performance, Vocal Recording Artist and Session Singer Jazz, Country, Pop, Songwiter, Recording Artist

: : : :

Project Recording, Vocal Private Lessons, LPWs, Music Industry History 1 Vocal Performance, Sightsinging, Image Development, Classic Rock Rock Classic Development, Image Sightsinging, Performance, Vocal Studio Recording, Project Recording, Intro Voice, to Harmony Theory 011 Keyboards for Vocalists, Digital Arranging, Notation Keyboard & for Keyboards Kenny Loggins, 4TROOPS, American Military Spouses Choir, Army Image Development, Vocal Performance, Artist Development-The Songs, Artist Development-The Performance, Vocal Development, Image

Shared stage with Stevie Wonder, John Legend and John Mayer. Recorded Shooter Jenning, Olsson, P.J. Rick Rubin, Herbie Hancock. Worked Mary J. Blige Holiday Concertwith David Foster, Clearwater Jazz Holiday, Ellen Greene, Chaka Khan, Gloria Gaynor, Thelma Houston, Donna De : : : :

: : : Adjunct Performance Professor Rutgers University, Artistic Director of Army Army Artistic of Director University, Rutgers Professor Adjunct Performance Entertainment Music Education from The Crane School of Music at SUNY Potsdam in Upstate New York Recorded with Nate Najar, Harry Allen, Kenny and Drew, Jr. John Lamb Lory Music Business Music and 2, Song Structure and Content LPW, Billboard Hot 100 LPW, Private Lessons for Edel/Sony, Warner Bros. Published Songwriter with Universal Polygram, Warner Chappell, BMG. Songs in films with Miramax, Lionsgate, 20th Century Fox & HBO as well as shows like “General Hospital” & “Latin Explosion” on commercials, TV, radio and film productionsfor Calvin Klein, Fox and ABC Voice, Middle Technique: Vocal “Advanced of Co-author Columbia. Capitol, Family, Placement and Styles” (Hal Leonard)

COLIN REID, HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS SPECIALTIES CREDITS: PARIS, ANIKAPARIS, COURSES HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS SPECIALTIES CREDITS CHRISTIAN KLIKOVITS, COURSES HONORS & EDUCATION: & HONORS CREDITS: COURSES: SPECIALTIES: HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS VICTOR HURTADO, CREDITS COURSES SPECIALTIES HUTCHISON, TITA HUTCHISON, CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS COURSES SPECIALTIES Award, Full Sail University HERTZNER, LISA the City of Vienna University of Kansas. ASCAP Pop Plus Awards. Platinium Songwriting Award, CRIA Canada Keyboard, Project Advising Project Keyboard, and 021, Ear Training 012 and 022, Country LPW, Vocal Private Lessons Improvisation, Ear Training, Hip Hop LPW, Vocal Performance, Jazz Vocals Entertainment, Sony Music, Music, Entertainment, Sony Universal Music, BBC Worldwide, NBC Universal, ABC, David Foster, Frank Fillipetti, Keith Toby GENERAL 157 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS RnB/Pop/Rock) Tools, Music Business

Conservatory of Music at Cal State University Long Beach Long University State Cal at Music of Conservatory CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ROBERT HARKNESS, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DAYE-ALBERSON, ALEXX HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CORNE, ERIC HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BROWN, JONATHAN HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES: COURSES BATES, JONATHAN ENTREPRENEUR PRODUCER/ ARTIST/ HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CHRISTINA WILSON, HONORS & EDUCATION Anarchy of Sons Tim, Humperdinck Love Stupid Crazy 2, Underworld True Blood, Pixies), (The Deal Kim Archwood Music Logic Workshop, Productin Music Programming, Contemporary Folk and Americana, Jazz Moby Neville Aaron and Bryson Peabo for Opened Awards - Walter Trout), Six top 5 Billboard Blues albums Blues 5Billboard top Trout), Six - Walter Awards Music Blues Year (The the of Year/Song the of Album Rock Trout), 2016 Blues (Walter Year the of Song Blues iTunes 2012 Wyatt), (Jaime Year 2017 the of Album Country Stone Rolling Baxley), (KaiL Year Nominee the of Album NPR (2004-2008), Studios Dog FIFA Bravo, Runway, Project Nissan, ALDO, Program

: : : : : :

: : : : : : Big Black Delta, Tour guitarist for M83. Remixes: Daft Punk, Britney Spears, Spears, Britney Punk, Daft Remixes: M83. for Tour guitarist Delta, Black Big DeRose. Dena Moody, James Festival, Jazz Trio, Monterey Whiskey Honey Publishing Sony/ATV Music Music, Kobalt Patti Labelle, Red Hot Chili Peppers, Christina Aguilera, Ne-Yo, Engelbert Ne-Yo, Engelbert Aguilera, Christina Peppers, Chili Hot Red Labelle, Patti DeVotchKa, Williams, Lucinda Walsh, Joe Bonamassa, Joe Mayall, John Publishing, Music Universal Khalil, DJ Peas, Eyed Black The Eminem, P!nk, Vocal Private Lessons, Project Advising, LPW

Workshop Production Music and Advising Project Music Analysis, Recording Project, Plugin Processing, Live Drum Drum Live Processing, Plugin Project, Recording Analysis, Music Production Vocal Workshop, Production Music Advising, Project Lessons Private BACH Performance, Vocal BACH Recording Project 1 and 2 1and Project Recording : : : : :

Vocals, Songwriting, Live/Studio Sessions (Gospel/Blues/Soul/Funk/ Sound Engineering, Music Pro Production, Songwriting, Arrangement, Producer, Arranger, Engineer, Mixer Music Producer, Engineer, Mixer, Songwriter, and Musician Musician and Songwriter, Mixer, Engineer, Producer, Music Touring, Mixing, Production, Marketing Online Composes and Arranges Choral, Classical, Big Band,Traditional &

: : : : :

Bachelors Degree in Jazz Studies, Bob Cole Cole Bob Studies, Jazz in Degree Bachelors Bachelor of Arts in Political Science, Chief Engineer Mad Mad Engineer Chief Science, Political in Arts of Bachelor Music of College Berklee Nominations, 2 Grammy Hemlock Grove, Halt And Catch Fire, Six Feet Under, Under, Feet Six Fire, Catch And Halt Grove, Hemlock Vocal Institute Musicians UCLA. Arts, of Bachelor

Records, American Airlines among others. Capitol Universal, NBC include clients Corporate Kiesel. Hesu, Strings, DR GruvGear, Roland, by Endorsed others. many and (Megadeth), Ellefson David Addiction), Caillat. Colbie and Switchfoot with stage the shared Has 2016. of Class Up Next Youtube’s in winner competition, Laude Cum Magna Music, of College Berklee Performance SPECIALTIES: COURSES: “KAT”HANNAH MCDOWELL HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ARTHURPOCHON, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES PARDINI, LAUREN HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS COURSES TOUCET, ERVIN MORALES Nomination HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SHOTTS, DAVID “BLAIR” CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: COURSES: SENTINA ,ANNA HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ANTOINESALEM, Zealand New Auckland, University, HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: McCartney, DJ Logic, Fishbone Logic, DJ McCartney, Sisters” and “Brothers Sony Playstation, HBO Playstation, Sony LPW Performance Vocal Saxophone), DJ Rock) (Rock/Latin/Metal/Country Sessions Live/Studio TV, (Hip-Hop, Electronica, Pop)

: : : : :

Jane’s Grooves, (Infectious Perkins Stephen (Candlebox), Martin Kevin SONY Japan/Avex, finalist in Guitar the Center Singer-Songwriter : : : : : Zoowax Tantrums, &The Fitz Rucker, Ursula Bleek, Art Soundtracks for Resident Evil: Afterlife, And Soon The Darkness. TV shows shows TV Darkness. The Soon And Afterlife, Evil: Resident for Soundtracks Rihanna/Drake Grammy performance, Macy Gray, Jesse Adam Lambert, ABC’s including Shows TV Loueke, Lionel Amerie, Fugees, Clinton, George Columbia, Sony/Epic, Island Def Jam, Atlantic, E, MTV, Oxygen, Lifetime, Lifetime, Oxygen, MTV, E, Atlantic, Jam, Def Island Sony/Epic, Columbia, Social Media Branding Media Social Branding Media Social SPECIALTIES: Project Advising Guitar Private Lessons, IAP Project Advising, DJ-Driven LPW, Hip-Hop Hip-Hop LPW, DJ-Driven Advising, Project IAP Lessons, Private Guitar Project Advising Project Advising, Private Guitar Lessons Project Advising, Artist Development, Vocal Private Lessons, Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Lessons, Private Vocal Development, Artist Advising, Project : : : : Social Media and Branding, Music Video Creation, Songwriting, Live Live Songwriting, Creation, Video Music Branding, and Media Social Social Media and Branding, Music Video Creation, Bass Creation, Video Music Branding, and Media Social

Drum Set Session Player, Percussionist in all styles all in Percussionist Player, Session Set Drum Composition, Production, Arranging, Mixing, Performance (Piano and Guitar, Songwriting, Arranging, Production Vocal Producer, Vocal Instructor, Songwriter, Singer, Keyboardist, Keyboardist, Singer, Songwriter, Instructor, Vocal Producer, Vocal

: : : : :

Production, Songwriting, Arrangement, MusicProduction, Songwriting, Arrangement, for Film/

MI Certificate in Drum Performance, Grammy Grammy Performance, Drum in Certificate MI Auckland Music, Jazz Arts, Performing of Bachelors Bachelor of Music, Music Production & Engineering, Conservatoire National de Région, Paris, France Paris, Région, de National Conservatoire USC NYU, Berklee College of Music Graduate of Graduate Music College Berklee

GENERAL 158

Represented by the CAA agency Bachelor of Arts, University of North Ableton Texas; Executive MBA (EMBA) from USC. Aassociate of Arts Degrees, Avid Certified, Gold and Diploma, Conservatoire National de Région, Paris,

Bachelor of Science in Business, University of Phoenix;

: : : : :

Live Sound Record Producer, Engineer, Writer and Arranger Composition, Production, Arranging, Mixing, Performance (Piano and (Piano Performance Mixing, Arranging, Production, Composition, Remixing, Arranging, Editing, Mixing, Recording, Production, Music Responsible for instructor performance and providing ongoing ongoing providing and performance instructor for Responsible Engineer, Writer, Composer for Television/Movies, Singer, Video

Ableton Live, Production, Engineering, Electronic Live Performance Live Electronic Engineering, Production, Live, Ableton : : : : : : Intro Live to Sound, Ableton, Logic, Lighting Mixing and Mastering, Recording Techniques, Console Operation, The Console Operation I and II, Pro Tools Ableton Live Instructor, Project Advising

Ableton Live, Beat Matching, Music Production Workshop, Project Advising Project IAP Snoop Dogg, Ice Cube, Stevie Wonder, Bad Religion, Nofx, The Roots, Earth Wind and Fire, Phil Collins, Busta Rhymes, Mary J. Blige, KRS-One, Dishwalla, Slash, Roger Daltry, Epitaph Records, Carmine Appice Art Bleek, Ursula Rucker, Fitz & The Tantrums, Zoowax Transworld Snowboarding’s The Nation, Giorgio Moroder, ZZ Ward, Barry : : : : : LeAnn Rimes, Snoop Dogg, Brie Larson, Kane West, The Grammys, Jon

Presha WreckIgnition Crew, : : : : : :

Certified Trainer Certified Platinum Records, Grammy Nominated. France Rothbart Saxophone), DJ Saxophone), Live Performance Businessof Audio Proud Family (Disney), Girlfriends (Fox), King of Queens (CBS) CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS NELSONBRADLEY, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS STUDIO RECORDING NEWKIRK, JONATHAN DEAN OF INDUSTRY STUDIES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS JAMES BARBER, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS MICHAEL BINIKOS, COURSES SPECIALTIES MARKMAN, BRIAN COURSES: SPECIALTIES: CREDITS: EDUCATION: & HONORS Associate of Science inRecording Arts, Full Sail Music & Media Production Center POCHON, ARTHUR COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS JOSH WEATHERSPOON, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS

curricular development. curricular Broadcast Advising, Logic Pro X Secada, Tucker Tanya

Mercury Award winner Award Mercury Bachelor of Arts, University of North Ableton Texas; Honors & Education: Bachelor of Music, Belmont Bachelor of Music, Metropolitan University of MI Guitar Program Graduate with Honors UCLA, Musicians Institute

: : :

DJing, ProductionDJing, Production, Arranging, Composition, Mixing, DJing, Logic DJing, Mixing, Composition, Arranging, Production, Music Production, Recording, Mixing, Editing, Arranging, Remixing, Arranging, Editing, Mixing, Recording, Production, Music Vocals, Background Vocals As DJ Jedi, has appeared in Russell Simmons’ Def Poetry Jam, Digable Vocals and Songwriting and Vocals

: : : : Beat Matching, Serato, Traktor, History of Recorded Popular Music, Ind. DJ Workshop, Turntablism, DJ-Driven and Hip Hop LPWs, Set Vocal Private Lessons, Artist Development the Songs, IAP Project Vocal Instructor, Project Advising Project Instructor, Vocal Ableton Live Instructor, Project Advising Beat Matching, Music Production Workshop, Set Building, Project Building, Set Workshop, Production Music Matching, Beat

Zedd, David Foster, Enrique Iglesias, Santana, Andrea Bocelli, Luis Miguel, Rob Hoffman, Griffin Boice, Dave Aude, Eddie Galan, Chase Foster DJ Colette, Concurrent Recordings Emmy Award-winning DJ. Nominated for the L.A. Weekly Theatre awards Chaka Khan, New Order, A Tribe Called Quest, Jamiroquai, M-People, Transworld Snowboarding’s The Nation, Giorgio Moroder, ZZ Ward, Barry : : : :

: : : : Certified Trainer Certified University, ASCAP Songwriter Sill Lester University, Educational Sciences & ProJazz Music Academy (Santiago, Chile) and the NAACP awards for the musical BASH’D. Moloko, King Manuel Britt, Tur, DJ Sneak, Doc Martin Rothbart Live Performance Project Advising, 1, DJ 2, DJ Tech Serato Tech DJ, Individual Traktor, DJ Workshop Building, other DJ courses Advising, LPWs Advising,

Juan Gabriel, Sheila E., Sang on the Spanish Version of “Happy Feet” SPECIALTIES: CREDITS: EDUCATION: & HONORS HARRIS, LACEY PROGRAM CHAIR PRODUCTION & PERFORMANCE DJ CREDITS COURSES: COURSES SPECIALTIES HONORS & EDUCATION: & HONORS FREDERICKS, TERENCE SPECIALTIES: CREDITS: BELL, MARK COURSES: DJ PERFORMANCE & DJ PERFORMANCE PRODUCTION

CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS JOSH WEATHERSPOON, COURSES SPECIALTIES HONORS & EDUCATION: & HONORS COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS KATHLEEN WALTER, HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS GISA VATCKY, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS on Telemundo, Univision Telemundo, on EDUCATION & HONORS Planets, daKAH Hip Hop Orchestra Advising, Music Industry History, Song Structure and Content GENERAL 159 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Graceland Season 2 Eps, FOH Mixer – Sounds of the Supremes-Gracie Theatre. Supremes-Gracie the of –Sounds Mixer FOH 2Eps, Season Graceland Management recording, FOH Mixer, Certified Pro Tools Instructor Pro Tools Certified Mixer, FOH recording, COURSES HUMPHREY, WILLIAM CARTER HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HELMERICH, TODD HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS: SPECIALTIES COURSES HASSINE, MEHDI Year winner the of Instructor MI Three-time AES, and NARAS of HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GREGORYHAINER, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TOGNI,DE MAURIZIO Certification. ACI 12.8 HD Tools Pro BFA-MFA, Audio-Video-Editing, Brussels-Belgium, in Arts HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: COURSES: CLISSEN, WALTER HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BUCKLEY, FRANCIS HONORS & EDUCATION: Gwar Donati SCEA EA, Activision, Microsoft, Essentials to Post Intro Tools, Pro Forensics, Author Guru, Pro Logic Production, Music Synthesis MacWorld ETB, Lennon John Stanford, BMA Nomination, TEC Awards, Reel Golden HD11 (46 Expert/Instructor certifications). Joint”. “Q’s Jook Jones Quincy Engineering Best for Award Grammy records, Platinum

: : : : Jose Feliciano, Mixing Arno Raunig performs Mozart castrati arias,

: : : : : : Sigur Rós, Dave Weckl, Disney International, PBS International, Disney Weckl, Dave Rós, Sigur Paramount Studios, J.Valentine & J.Carmichael (Maroon 5), UCLA, Stanley Clark, Ronnie Wood, Victor Wooten, Zappa Plays Zappa, Virgil Virgil Zappa, Plays Zappa Wooten, Victor Wood, Ronnie Clark, Stanley Todd-AO, Soundelux Studios, Universal Disney, Walt Bros., Warner Flag Black Dion, Celine Aerosmith, Morissette, Alanis Jones, Quincy ADR, Foley, Event production Contracts, Intro to Live Sound, State &Tour State Sound, to Live Intro Contracts, production Event Foley, ADR,

Console Signal Processing, Operations, Essentials Mixing

Mac Basics, Pro Tools 100/200, Mixing Essentials, Sound Reinforcement Reinforcement Sound Essentials, Mixing 100/200, Tools Pro Basics, Mac Audio For Video Games, Post Essentials, ADR Voice Over & Dialogue &Dialogue Over Voice ADR Essentials, Post Games, Video For Audio 1&2 Logic Apple 101/110, Tools Pro Avid Processing Signal Operation, Console Mastering, and Mixing Pro Tools 2, Mixng for film, Mixing and Mastering and Mixing film, for Mixng 2, Tools Pro : : : : :

Re- Foley, ADR, Engineer, Studio Recording Engineer, Sound Live Engineer, Producer, Shrapnel Recording Artist, Guitarist, Vocalist Guitarist, Artist, Recording Shrapnel Producer, Engineer, &TV Film for Supervision Sound and Production Music Composer for TV, Mentor to Grammy-winning producers, Pro Tools/ Pro producers, to Grammy-winning Mentor TV, for Composer Educator Producer, Engineer, Mixing Post Sound Editorial, Sound Design, 5.1 Mixing, Voice Over, Music Over, Music Voice Mixing, 5.1 Design, Sound Editorial, Sound Post

: : : :

Performing, and Theatre for Institute Higher National Master of Science Engineering, Member Electro-Optical Grammy Nominee 5 Scholar, Academic MP&E Music, Of College Berklee Logic Pro X Certified Pro/Trainer, Certified Pro Tools ProTools Certified Pro/Trainer, XCertified Pro Logic and Gold Multiple Music, Degree Arts of Aassociate School Recording LA

Theater, Advantage Productions, exp3d Productions, Advantage Theater, Technician, Microsoft Professional Certified Technician Computer Certified A+ CompTIA 210M), (210p, Operator pro Tools Certified (310i),

Bachelor of Music: Music Composition, Oral Roberts University Roberts Oral Composition, Music Music: of Bachelor 1-5 Volumes series, Songbook American Great Stewart’s Rod for awarded and Nominated Grammy credits include local and international bands SPECIALTIES: COURSES SCHWALBE, SOLANGE HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: COURSES: JOSHUA MORALES, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS: SPECIALTIES COURSES ADAM KAGAN, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SCHTONOV, ZAHARI HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES REID, MIKAL HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ORLANDO RASHID, HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARK NONISA, School Musical, EA Sports EA Musical, School Latifah Jeff Goldblum, Bad Girls Club, Keeping up With the Kardashians. the With up Keeping Club, Girls Bad Goldblum, Jeff EDUCATION: Dynamite Walls Gold and Platinum albums. B.A. University of Miami of University B.A. albums. Platinum and Gold for Flock of Seagulls of Flock for decades in the industry

: : : : :

Jaden Smith, John Fullbright, Susan Enan, The Green Note, Prospect Prospect Note, Green The Enan, Susan Fullbright, John Smith, Jaden

: : : : : : Mick Jagger, Ben Harper, Brother Cane, Bo Bice, Kenny Wayne Sheppherd, Sheppherd, Wayne Kenny Bice, Bo Cane, Brother Harper, Ben Jagger, Mick Gladys Knight, Kanye West, Usher, Elton John, Jeff Beck, Disney’s High High Disney’s Beck, Jeff John, Elton Usher, West, Kanye Knight, Gladys Queen Andrews, Julie Stewart, Rod Boys, Beach the of Wilson Brian Paramount, Walk Disney, E! Entertainment, MTV, Bravo, HBO, HBO, Bravo, MTV, Entertainment, E! Disney, Walk Paramount, Jamie Foxx Basix Plenty,” “Have soundtrack film Babyface,

Practical Recording, Console Op 2 Op Console Recording, Practical

Background & Sound FX Editing, intro to Post, Mac Basics and Gear Set-Up Gear and Basics Mac to Post, intro Editing, FX &Sound Background Sound Reinforcement Live Sound Essentials, Applications Dialogue Editing, Foley Editing, Background Editing, Sound FX Editing FX Sound Editing, Background Editing, Foley Editing, Dialogue Recording Practical Operations, Console Mastering, and Mixing to Post Intro SSL, Op Console Processing, Signal Recording, Field Recording,Practical Musicianship, Console Operations : : : : : :

Live Sound Engineer Field Recordist, engineer, songwriter Associates of Recording Arts, AVID Certified Expert ICON Mixer Mixer ICON Expert Certified AVID Arts, Recording of Associates Motion Picture Sound Editor in Feature Films Feature in Editor Sound Picture Motion Engineer, Mixer, Producer, 5.1 Mixing for Film, Studio Designer Studio Film, for Mixing 5.1 Producer, Mixer, Engineer, Engineer, Mixer, Producer Sound & Picture Editor, Re-Recording Mixer, Mixer Mixer, Re-Recording Editor, &Picture Sound Engineer, Producer, Songwriter Engineer, Producer

: : : : :

Master of Arts in Sonic Art, Middlesex University, University, Middlesex Art, Sonic in Arts of Master USC. from Recording Music Science: of Bachelor Experienced audio engineer andExperienced producer whose Engineered or produced 15+ Grammy Nominated and and Nominated Grammy 15+ produced or Engineered Wrote & produced for Dr Phil show, producer/engineer producer/engineer show, Phil Dr for &produced Wrote 3 Institute, Musicians from Honors with Graduated

Honors &

GENERAL 160

Voting Member of The Recording Academy, 13 Grammy Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration, Temple Golden Apple Award (The Beatles), Recording Academy Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Creative Arts,

Bachelor of Music, Berklee College of Music (Cum : : :

Talent AgentTalent representing national and international recording and Management/Artist Development, Touring, Booking (colleges & (colleges Booking Touring, Development, Management/Artist Product Development and Marketing, Branding and Artist Music Industry Consultant, Music Supervisor for independent films, Supervisor for Music IndustryMusic Consultant,

production media, visual supervision for music and Composition : : : : Publisher, Music Business Registry (contact information for the music

Digital Marketing, Independent Artist Marketing, Music Business Marketing Personal Management/Personal Management & The Artist’s Team, Team, Artist’s The & Management Management/Personal Personal Record Labels, Music Your Business Career, Start & Run Own Your Record Agents & Bookings Record Labels, Music Your Business Career, News & Industry Trends Music Licensing & Supervision, Music Publishing & Licensing 4, 4, Licensing & Publishing Music Supervision, & Licensing Music

Jill Scott, Diana Ross, Mint Condition, Sounds of Blackness, RML TV Series Major & indie companies for Music Registry; Clive Davis/Arista Records, Harold Payne, Faith Rivera (Emmy Winner), BB Chung King, Wonderboy, ICM, Agency for the Performing Arts, John Levy Enterprises, President of Capitol/EMI, Epic/Sony, Celine Dion, Tina Cyndi Lauper, Turner, Gloria : : : : :

Warner Bros., Paramount, Universal, Lionsgate; over 100 film trailers. TV: : : : : : Certificates, B.A. Economics Wesleyan University Wesleyan B.A.Economics Certificates, University. Certificates, CA Arts CouncilWestern & Arts Alliance. NACA member. member, co-author of “It All Begins With The Music” Teaching Credential Teaching Estefan, Joe Cocker, Duran Duran festivals), Endorsements/Sponsorships festivals), & Social Media 1 - 5 Getting Gigs, The Touring Musician, Making Money in New Music Markets, Planning FirstYour Tour Label, Music Industry 1 industry); Educator A&R; A&M Records, Promotions The Ravyns, Affinity Records CollinArtists JONES, JR., THORNELL COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS CREDITS FLETCHER, CHRIS COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS DON GRIERSON, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS TIMOTHY EDWARDS, COURSES: SPECIALTIES: CREDITS: EDUCATION: & HONORS Laude), Chair, Composer Advisory Committee - Production Music Association ESRA, RITCH COURSES Specialties: music libraries music touring artists. Development Advisory Board for MusicBizPro ProductionMusic For Visual Media 1 & 2 Keeping Up…Kardashians,The Bachelor, Ellen, TMZ, Extra (theme); Vampire Diaries, Smallville (songwriting); Creative Director - Move Music LLC

Berklee (Performance), UCLA (Marketing / Project Recognized N.A.R.A.S Engineer, Avid Certified, Pro Tools 11 Certified Instructor, Apple Logic Certified 15 years in the industry 30+ years in the industry Emmy Best Sound Editing for HBO’s “John Adams,”

BA from UCLA, a paralegal degree, and two

: : : : :

Live Sound Engineer , Monitors), (F.O.H Producer, Studio Engineer, Engineer, Guitarist Engineer, Engineer, Guitar Player, Producer Guitar Player, Engineer, Engineer, Producer Engineer, Music Business Law Business Music

: : : : ndependent Artist Marketing, Applied Entertainment Businessand 1 2, Console Operation I: Neve, Recording Techniques Musicianship, Pro Tools, Console Operation Console Tools, Pro Musicianship, I Pro Tools, Console Operation III: Icon and Euphonix, Logic Intro Live to Sound , Business of Audio, Console Operations, Monitor

Law and Contracts Dweezil Zappa, Dennis Chambers, Virgil Donati, Jeff Bowders, Sigur Ros 161 Feature161 Credits: since 1984 Member (Warrant / Beggars & Thieves), Author (Musician’s Handbook, (Musician’s Author Thieves), & Beggars / (Warrant Member The Zawinul Syndicate, Weather Report, Salif Keita, Stan Getz, Carlos Anthony Kilhoffer (KanyeWest, Eminem), Jamie Foxx, MaxWeinberg, Gravity Guild : : : : :

Assisted entertainment execs. such as Anthony Ferguson, Steve

: : : : : : Management / Instructor Development), and CBEST Certified. and Development), Instructor / Management Produced and Engineered 4 Grammy-nominated albums, Engineered Live shows in over 90 countries Pro, Waves Gold certified MPSE Golden Reel Award, 2 Emmy Nominations Production Manager, Sound Consultant Sound Manager, Production Marketing For DIY Musicians), VP of AMA. Santana, Miles Davis, Joe Zawinul, Kenny Burrell Assemble the Skyline HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS BARBARA COLLIN, CREDITS COURSES HONORS & EDUCATION: & HONORS BORG, BOBBY SPECIALTIES: CREDITS: business in certifications BARI, ANDREA COURSES: MUSIC BUSINESS HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS SPECIALTIES CREDITS ZAWINUL, IVAN COURSES HONORS & EDUCATION & HONORS YOUTH, SHAUN YOUTH, COURSES SPECIALTIES CREDITS CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS JASON WAY, COURSES SPECIALTIES SPECIALTIES CREDITS EDUCATION: & HONORS JOSEPH TESTAI, COURSES CREDITS EDUCATION & HONORS Computers in Music Business, Computer Music Tech Business Applications 1, The Businessof Working Musicians, Music Intro Publishing To Specialties: Helping Music BusinessProfessionals Their Turn Art Into a More Successful Business. Operations , Recording Theory / Techniques Winogradsky, and Jeff Jampol Jeff and Winogradsky, GENERAL 161 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FORUPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Dust Traxx Distribution, Gigolo Records Booking, Friendselectric Artist Mgmt Artist Friendselectric Booking, Records Gigolo Distribution, Traxx Dust Marketing & Social Media 2, Media Relations, Music Distribution, Business Writing Business Distribution, Music Relations, Media 2, Media &Social Marketing Song Plugger Development, Booking and Tour Mgmt and Booking Development, Distribution, Promotions, TV/Film Synch COURSES: SHAW, AL Communications, Columbia College Chicago HONORS & EDUCATION: CREDITS: SPECIALTIES: HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES AARON MEZA, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LOUIS, KARL HONORS & EDUCATION CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KO What?” Now So ASong, “You’ve Written Nominee) (Grammy Gamson David busbee, Baptiste, Jean Barry, Xandy Gagel, Wally Nominee), (Grammy Peiken Shelly songwriters with worked Composing 1 and 2, Music Publishing & Licensing 1, 3 and 4 3and 1, &Licensing Publishing Music 2, 1and Composing &Fan Management Media Social Distribution, Narrator TalentVoice and

More), Flip Records (Limp Bizkit, Staind) Bizkit, (Limp Records Flip More), Endowment Webb Clifton &Telly Awards. Aurora Cindy, Extension. UCLA Ç , SUZAN , : : :

GusGus, Högni Egilsson, Juan Atkins, Greg Gow, Doug Rasheed, Whitey, Whitey, Rasheed, Doug Gow, Greg Atkins, Juan Egilsson, Högni GusGus, : : : Warren Entner Mgmt (Rage Against The Machine, Deftones, Faith No No Faith Deftones, Machine, The Against (Rage Mgmt Entner Warren Former Director American Guild of Authors & Composers, author of of author &Composers, Authors of Guild American Director Former Taxi Music, BMG, NY&LA, &Run Hit France, Chappell Warner at Worked

Tour Management, Adv. Tour Management, Concert Promotions, Music Publishing, Music Licensing and Supervision, The Business of Personal Management/Personal Management & The Artist’s Team, Music Music Publishing, Music Publishing & Licensing 2

: : : Communications/PR/Music Mgmt Consulting, Mgmt and Artist Personal Management, A&R, Development, Artist Marketing, Music Publishing, International Music Publishing, Songwriting Coach, Owner of Amazon Ear Productions, Meza Music Publishing (ASCAP), (ASCAP), Publishing Music Meza Productions, Ear Amazon of Owner

: : Bachelor of Arts, Public Relations - Marketing -Marketing Relations Public Arts, of Bachelor Bachelor of Arts, UCLA; Certificates, USC Law Center & Center Law USC Certificates, UCLA; Arts, of Bachelor Bachelor in Law, Université de Genève de Université Law, in Bachelor